# Digital Photo Gallery — Support (complete knowledge base)
Generated from https://support.digitalphotogallery.com. Each section below is one help article.
---
## Invitation code
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/75ce8286-ab3c-11e2-8d1c-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2020-09-24T18:06:35Z
Digital Photo Gallery is currently in private beta. To sign up you will need an invitation code. To register your interest, please visit https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/register
---
## Creating a user
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fb20c8cc-ab3c-11e2-9cc7-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2020-09-24T18:06:36Z
Your invitation email will contain a [code](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/75ce8286-ab3c-11e2-8d1c-b8f6b11825bb) and a link to https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/signup
### Fields
**Login:** Your login must be a single word, no spaces and only alpha-numeric characters (abc123).
**Email:** Your email address.
**Invitation code:** The invitation code you were sent. Your code can only be used once.
**Password:** Your password must be at least 6 characters long. Passwords are case sensitive.
**Confirm Password:** Your password again.
---
## Introduction
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/430227ea-ab6e-11e2-b460-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2021-06-04T18:20:08Z
New to DPG? Welcome! We've put together a complete video tutorial just for you. We recommend this as your starting point to introduce you to DPG and build your first site.
[View article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248)
Using Essential Portfolio, our newest and most customisable template, this step-by-step guide will teach you everything you need to know to make a gorgeous website of your own.
This tutorial is perfect for beginners, as it assumes no existing knowledge of site building and doesn't require you to edit any code.
[View Tutorial](7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248)
### Websites
When you create your DPG site, you start by choosing a **template**. Think of the template as the main structure of your site.
Templates have different layouts, page types and ways to display content, but each one supports images, video and animated gifs.
Our templates work across all devices and look great on anything from mobile browsers to 5k displays.
You can use DPG to create all kinds of sites, from portfolios to password-protected client areas. And because DPG allows you to make multiple websites from one account, you can use the best template for the job each time.
### Templates
These are our current templates:
**Essential Portfolio** is our newest and most focused template for creating portfolio sites. It's easy to set up and straightforward to customise, with multiple different preset layouts to choose from and endless customisations to make.
If you're looking for a powerful portfolio site, this is the one for you.
Check out some Essential Portfolio demo sites [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e2388ac8-3ab7-11e9-a265-eac5b11bc458).}
autoplay
### What can you make?
Explore our website creation help guides to learn more:
[Your first website](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248) - just getting started with DPG? Here are the basics for creating a new site with Essential Portfolio.
[Shop](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0) - sell your artwork or products with the Dedicated Shop template.
[Photo blog](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2a51299a-ce52-11e9-bb44-66ad71e9c169) - share your news or tell your story with the Dedicated Blog template.
[Wedding gallery site](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd9c71f8-d063-11e6-a88d-6e61028599f7) - if you shoot weddings or events, you can use DPG to make beautiful galleries for your clients to share with their friends and family.
[Client area](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/27b07bd0-8965-11e6-9171-be279144b405) - you can use DPG as a secure way to store and deliver your high resolution files to clients by creating a site with user logins.
[Press site for a brand or event](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e53060-8a3a-11e6-8b26-be279144b405) - press sites can be used to display work by a single photographer or team and are ideal for distributing downloadable content to press and media.
### Next Steps
* Start working with your images in the [DPG admin](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0585dd78-ee3e-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7).
* [Compare plans](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) and [upgrade your account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) to get more features.
### Get in touch
Have a question? Contact us at support@digitalphotogallery.com, we're here to help!
---
## Creating your first website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/62e5e28a-67e1-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2018-03-27T15:00:40Z
### Choose a template
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3cc2724e-cecf-11e6-ab5d-967fcb7c1249/4bbae650-cecf-11e6-ab5d-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab and follow these steps:
1. Choose a template that you would like to use.
1. Select the intial theme and layout (these can be changed later).
1. Click **Create**.
1. Enter a name for your website, this can be anything you like.
1. Click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
autoplay
You can add images directly to a set.
### Using sets with the website
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/08a218c6-eb48-11e6-a364-8e12dd763e7d/17bd9254-eb48-11e6-a364-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You can also create sets within the website page sets to help you organise your images. [This site](https://flexiblesidescroll.demo.dpg.gallery/gallery/) shows an example of sets in use.
Each one of our Templates has several built-in themes and layouts for you to choose from. Using the **Design** screen you can change the theme and layout to use as-is or to customise further as much as you like.
### Getting to the Design section
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/20e12608-2e49-11e8-8747-22aeaf0bd45a/2e168188-2e49-11e8-8747-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
From the Dashboard got to **Websites** and select your chosen website. Once you're on the **Website management** screen click **Edit Design**.
### Selecting a theme
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/eb3f249e-2e4a-11e8-83f5-1ef790c6f0a9/0414aa0c-2e4b-11e8-83f5-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
Go to **Style** > **Theme** to see the premade themes available for your template. Clicking on a theme will preview it on your website on the left of the screen. Click **Save** to apply the theme, or **Cancel** to discard any changes.
### Selecting a layout
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/bfdd879a-2e4b-11e8-87fb-22aeaf0bd45a/d54f46fe-2e4b-11e8-87fb-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
Some templates also have different layouts to choose from. Clicking on a layout will preview it on your website on the left of the screen. Click **Save** to apply the layout, or **Cancel** to discard any changes.
After saving a new theme or layout you can navigate around the site on the left side of the screen to see how it looks across different pages.}
autoplay
Before you tell the world about your site you should add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4).
---
## Getting started with the admin
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0585dd78-ee3e-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-05-31T22:57:32Z
If you're new to using Digital Photo Gallery, this article will take you through the basics of the [admin](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard) system.
Think of the admin as your main DPG hub. This is where you'll upload and manage your content, create and update websites and blogs, or check your statistics.
> 💡 **Tip:** The other part of DPG is called [Accounts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/b19658ea-aa90-11e2-97b5-b8f6b11825bb). This is where you go to update payment and billing details, manage users and change passwords.
### Dashboard
The Dashboard is your starting point when you log in to your account. Here, you can see an overview of your account status and navigate to other parts of the admin. }
### Uploading
The first thing you will probably want to do is upload some content.
DPG works best with full-resolution images and will create special website versions to make your work look its best across all devices.
Make sure that you don't strip EXIF and Metadata when exporting images from your editing software, as DPG uses this information for things like image credits and statistics.
{detail:9ba49346-c718-11e6-95d3-56388aee727f
##### Further reading:
* [Preparing your images for upload](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
* [The upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Creating a metadata profile](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/04e04d18-ab85-11e2-9666-b8f6b11825bb)
> 💡 **Tip:** Though we talk about images a lot, we also ❤️ [video](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/b97e9238-aa91-11e2-97b5-b8f6b11825bb) and animated gifs!
### Working with your images
Under the **Images** tab in the main navigation, you'll find several ways to browse your uploads. Recently unloaded content will appear in **Recent Images**, where you can also see it large in the individual view.
The side panel on the right of the screen will be one of the main ways you interact with your images in the admin. This is where you add titles and descriptions, keywords and add images to sets.}
##### Further reading:
* [Useful keyboard shortcuts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405)
* [Customising your workspace](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/faabb18a-ee14-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7)
* [Changing image view](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/53d35b90-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb)
### Organising your content
You can organise your images in DPG by using sets and keywords.
{detail:ef155750-ef26-11e6-8291-8e12dd763e7d
##### Further reading:
* [All about sets](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/4e01ff76-ab32-11e2-a0b9-b8f6b11825bb)
**Keywords** are useful for organising you images, whether it's just for yourself or to help your website visitors find what they're looking for. You can also add keywords in your editing software which will be imported on upload.}
##### Further reading:
* [Keywords overview](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Dynamic keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/15821148-6a12-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405)
* [Namespaced keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df4b3ddc-f221-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7)
### Websites
Once you've got some of your content into DPG, you probably want to show it off! DPG allows you to easily make and update your websites for lots of different purposes.
{detail:cb8495c2-ef2a-11e6-a97a-8e12dd763e7d
##### Further reading:
* [Creating your first website](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/62e5e28a-67e1-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405)
Once you've made your first site, the Website screen is your starting point for everything from editing the design, to adding your own domain name.
The website screen also shows you the linked **sets**, so you can always find them easily. }
{detail:45cd8fd4-2ac5-11e7-b1b6-2e80af156eae
##### Further reading:
* [Making pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/196bbd9e-ac1b-11e2-b218-f23c91703874)
---
## Bandwidth
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/67a6e650-b021-11e2-9101-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-06-27T22:27:28Z
Bandwidth means the amount of data that your account has transferred.
Your DPG account has a monthly bandwidth limit, which you can see on your Dashboard. The size of your allowance depends on [which plan](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) you’re currently subscribed to.
Each visitor that loads your website will be using a small amount of your data transfer allowance. If you’ve just launched a site and it’s getting a lot of traffic - great news, your work is getting seen by a lot of people! That may also mean that your data transfer is unusually high for a short time. Don’t be alarmed as the number of visits should stabilise, but keep an eye on your Dashboard and any warning emails from DPG.
If you find that you are regularly exceeding your monthly bandwidth, you may need to switch your account to a plan with higher limits. You can easily [upgrade](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) your account by going to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/).
---
## Plans compared
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2026-02-17T08:04:54Z
In this article we are going to compare our free account against the paid accounts so you can evaluate whether you would like to [upgrade your account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb).
| | Free | Standard | Advanced | Professional | Enterprise |
|-----------------------------------------------|:----:|:--------:|:--------:|:------------:|:----------:|
| Monthly cost | Free| £15| £25| £65| £120|
| Storage | 50MB| 20GB| 60GB| 100GB| 200GB|
| Monthly bandwidth | 1GB| 80GB| 160GB| 300GB| 600GB|
| Websites | 2| 25| 50| 100| 200|
| Zip archive storage | None| 5GB| 10GB| 20GB| 40GB|
| [Web uploader](https://dpg.support/atfw) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [FTP uploads](https://dpg.support/aoun) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Email uploads](https://dpg.support/ajkm) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Metadata profiles](https://dpg.support/aine) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [External video support](https://dpg.support/czdi) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Native video support](https://dpg.support/ccxn) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image information](https://dpg.support/aawi) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image Exif export | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image metadata | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image licensors | ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Sets](https://dpg.support/cvwu) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Keywords](https://dpg.support/cvlb) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Automatic keywords](https://dpg.support/akbh) | ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image upload rules | ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image processing rules | ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Camera time validation](https://dpg.support/apsz) | ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Ratings](https://dpg.support/aubj) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Create archives](https://dpg.support/aaib) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Sales](https://dpg.support/cluz) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Discount code collections| ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Permitted countries lists| ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Shipping rule collections| ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Tax rule collections| ❌| ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Keyword profiles](https://dpg.support/ajwu) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Exif statistics | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Timeline stats | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image search](https://dpg.support/anme) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image versions](https://dpg.support/areo) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image visibility](https://dpg.support/aijm) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Set visibility](https://dpg.support/aijm) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Text export | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| CSV export | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| MD5 check | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| PDF contact sheets | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Per image statistics | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image profile previews | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Automated watermarking](https://dpg.support/abbn) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image notes](https://dpg.support/ajzf) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Crop tool](https://dpg.support/arbz) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Rotate tool](https://dpg.support/anql) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image replace | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Embed code tool | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Custom menu items](https://dpg.support/arbt) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Image links](https://dpg.support/apku) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Image downloads | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Video controls | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Duplicate finder | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| View by property | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| View by Exif | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| View by metadata | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Blogs](https://dpg.support/cerg) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Essential Portfolio Template](https://dpg.support/cpzt) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Classic Masonry Template](https://dpg.support/cdqy) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Flexible Side Scroll Template](https://dpg.support/csdk) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Modern Narrative Template](https://dpg.support/code) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Versatile Splash Template](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/b25202d4-99be-11e8-bd4c-3225061e24b0) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Dedicated Blog Template](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/4eea2562-c372-11e9-ad3b-faa88f73be91) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| User templates | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Websites overview | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Free DPG domain | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Free SSL for your domain](https://dpg.support/aebw) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Use your own domain | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Content management | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Create pages](https://dpg.support/agyz) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Visual website designer](https://dpg.support/atbo) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Website icons](https://dpg.support/aogx) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Website access key](https://dpg.support/alfr) | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Custom error pages | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Access to edit modes](https://dpg.support/amot) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Redirects](https://dpg.support/awkz) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Google Analytics](https://dpg.support/augh) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Woopra](https://dpg.support/amfi) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Facebook integration | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Twitter integration | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Pinterest controls](https://dpg.support/cjui) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Advanced cache control](https://dpg.support/axpm) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Search engine controls](https://dpg.support/ayjl) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Custom fonts](https://dpg.support/acqu) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Typekit support](https://dpg.support/awnk) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Website security](https://dpg.support/cvtt) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| User templates | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Custom assets | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Edit style sheets | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Edit JavaScripts | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| [Website development mode](https://dpg.support/akfp) | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Settings screen | ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Services | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
| Statistics | ❌| ✅| ✅| ✅| ✅|✅|
If you require more storage, bandwidth, dedicated servers or any other advanced features, please contact us at the email address below.
---
## Upgrading your account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2021-08-03T22:43:31Z
You can change your account plan or upgrade your account by going to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com).
> 💡 **Tip:** The most popular plan for new individual users is the **Standard** plan. If you're a team or organisation and need to upgrade to the Advanced, Professional or Enterprise plan please get in touch at support@digitalphotogallery.com
### Log in to Accounts
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a284b6b4-65b1-11eb-9fa4-8a1fab7e8d19/a51d0dcc-65b1-11eb-9fa4-8a1fab7e8d19.mp4)
From your [Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard), click the **Manage** button and log in with your username and password. Click the cog icon to manage your account then click the **Payments** tab. You'll now be able to choose your plan.
### Choose your plan
Choose your plan and billing frequency and click **Next**.
### Billing information
Fill in the billing information for this account and click **Next**.
### Payment method
Select the payment method for your subscription and click **Next**.
### Confirm your details and subscribe
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/80033ade-65b6-11eb-bf03-8a1fab7e8d19/8288da20-65b6-11eb-bf03-8a1fab7e8d19.mp4)
Check your details one last time to make sure that everything is correct. Click the **Subscribe** button to be directed to the secure payment processor where you can enter your payment information.
### Your subscription
Once your payment is complete, the **Payments** > **Subscription** tab will show details of your subscription.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can cancel your payments and downgrade back to a free account at any time. For more information see [our guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/af371daa-e993-11e6-8293-6e61028599f7).
---
## Changing account plan
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/069dd666-28bf-11ef-b84a-bad5c72c6c3a
Last updated: 2024-06-12T15:55:34Z
If you have an existing paid account you may want to upgrade it to a higher tier to expand your storage or access additional features.
> 💡 **Tip:** To change or upgrade an account you must be the account owner or account admin with billing permissions
### Log in to Accounts
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/74b08f08-28c0-11ef-916f-722fccee188e/7797c024-28c0-11ef-916f-722fccee188e.mp4)
Visit [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/).
Click the cog icon under **Manage** on the account you wish to change.
### Change Account Plan
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7ad44eec-28c0-11ef-9a67-722fccee188e/7ddc0184-28c0-11ef-9a67-722fccee188e.mp4)
Under the **Payments** tab, click **Manage Payments**. You will see the option to **Change Account Plan**. Click the **Switch** button.
### Choose new plan
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8154f00a-28c0-11ef-b342-722fccee188e/83fd34fc-28c0-11ef-b342-722fccee188e.mp4)
Choose your new plan. Click **Next** and follow the steps to complete your upgrade.
### Prorated refunds
If you switch accounts in the middle of a payment cycle we will automatically send you a prorated refund for the unused period once the new payment has processed.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you can't see the plan you wish to switch to please contact us on support@digitalphotogallery.com and we can enable it for you.
---
## Updating your billing address
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5068ba60-5260-11e6-a15b-7678d470c6e0
Last updated: 2024-06-12T15:55:09Z
You can update your billing address and other contact information by visiting [https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/edit](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/edit)
---
## Updating Stripe subscription
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1b3996fa-f492-11eb-8b99-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2024-06-12T15:55:09Z
If you use **Stripe** to pay your DPG subscription you can update your card details by going to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com).
### Log in to Accounts
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0aecc148-f495-11eb-9799-fa7da867fdae/0da4654e-f495-11eb-9799-fa7da867fdae.mp4)
From your [Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard), click the **Manage** button and log in with your username and password. Click the cog icon to manage your account then click the **Payments** tab.
In **Payments** select the **Manage Payments** tab and click the **Update** button.
### Update card details
Enter your new card details and click **Save card**. This card will now be used for future subscription payments.
---
## Updating PayPal payment method
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8dd5bc40-7088-11e6-a316-be279144b405
Last updated: 2024-06-12T15:55:09Z
If you use **PayPal** to pay your DPG subscription you can update your card details by logging in to [your PayPal account](https://www.paypal.com/) and adding or updating your card there.
###### Please refer to PayPal's support for further information:
➡️ [How do I add, update, or remove a card?](https://www.paypal.com/uk/smarthelp/article/how-do-i-add,-update,-or-remove-a-card-faq1457)
➡️ [How do I change the expiry date of my debit or credit card?](https://www.paypal.com/uk/smarthelp/article/how-do-i-change-the-expiry-date-of-my-debit-or-credit-card-faq408)
➡️ [How do I update my automatic payment method?](https://www.paypal.com/uk/smarthelp/article/faq2254)
---
## Downgrading your account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/af371daa-e993-11e6-8293-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2024-06-12T13:47:17Z
You can downgrade your account back to a free account at any time.
To downgrade, first make sure that your account is within the limits of the free account. It should have under **50MB of images** and no more than **2 websites**.
Once you've done that, log in to PayPal and cancel your subscription.
DPG will detect the subscription cancellation and mark your account for an automatic downgrade as soon as the current billing cycle ends.
As you've already adjusted your account to be back within the limits of the free account any websites you have will stay active and you'll be able to use DPG as you did before the upgrade.
---
## Deleting account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7f8ac2a6-ab7f-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:11:14Z
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Using the delete option will **permanently** delete your account and all of its data. Alternatively, you can [downgrade to a free account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/af371daa-e993-11e6-8293-6e61028599f7) instead.
To protect your account against accidental or malicious deletion, you must enter a unique code sent to you by email before your account is permanently deleted.
### Requesting deletion code
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c1c7b590-6745-11eb-8223-565ed601a6b3/c490773a-6745-11eb-8223-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
From your [Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard), click the **Manage** button to go to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/) and log in if prompted.
Click the cog icon next to the account you want to delete, then click the **Delete** tab.
Click **Begin** to start the deletion process.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that the email address you see is a current account that you have access to, as this is where you'll receive your code.
Click the **Request Code** button. Check your email for your deletion code.
### Entering deletion code
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/be45d384-6745-11eb-850d-565ed601a6b3/c06e2576-6745-11eb-850d-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
Check your email address for an email from Digital Photo Gallery containing your deletion code.
Enter (or copy and paste) the code and click the **Delete Account** button.
This will flag your account for automatic scheduled deletion and you will see the date that the deletion will take place. You can still change your mind until the scheduled deletion takes place.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The scheduled deletion is permanent. Data cannot be recovered once it's permanently deleted.
### Cancelling deletion
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ba2296ca-6745-11eb-a482-565ed601a6b3/bd001dcc-6745-11eb-a482-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
If you want to cancel the deletion, you can do so any time before the scheduled deletion date.
Click **Cancel Deletion** to revert your account to its normal status.
---
## User avatar
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c5f19e5a-10ba-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-03-24T18:03:49Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6ad80558-10bb-11e7-ba8d-269460a4cb02/7b72d6c2-10bb-11e7-ba8d-269460a4cb02.mp4)
To upload an image for your DPG avatar, go to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/). Click on **Settings** then **Avatar** and select the image to upload. Click the **Upload** button.
---
## Automatic deletion
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8d718c38-d66a-11ea-a4fd-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-01-27T23:17:33Z
If you've received an email informing you that your account has been scheduled for deletion, you have the option to cancel this process to continue using the account.
Status showing that an account is scheduled for deletion.}
### Cancel scheduled account deletion
{video:0c457b58-d695-11ea-a726-6e50fb6d292e
Log in to [accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/) with your DPG username and password.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you don't remember your password, you can reset it [here](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/password/new).
If one of your accounts is scheduled for deletion, you'll see a red status icon. Click the cog icon to manage the account.
Click the **Delete** tab. You can see the reason for the deletion and its scheduled date.
To cancel the deletion click the **Cancel Deletion** button. You will now see the standard deletion options and your account will be restored to normal status.
Status showing that the account is operating normally and deletion is cancelled. You can continue using your DPG account.
---
## Two-factor authentication
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/44728d52-ab7f-11e2-b07f-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-15T00:25:06Z
Two-factor authentication provides an extra layer of security for your DPG account.
### Adding a device
Create a new device with a memorable name like **iPhone**.}
The mobile app will give you a code to enter to complete the set up.
Now when you log in to DPG you'll also need the code from your device. This means that even if someone gains access to your account password, your account will still be safe. If you are working on a machine you own you can make the device always trust you by changing the **trust this computer** option.
---
## Two-factor applications
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/29038166-f310-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2018-05-25T00:59:45Z
### Authy
A great option for a dedicated two-factor app, useful as it can restore your codes if you replace your phone.
* [iOS](https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/authy/id494168017)
* [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.authy.authy)
### 1Password
1password is a password manager that can also store your two factor codes.
* [iOS](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/1password-password-manager/id568903335?mt=8&at=11lHw9)
* [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.agilebits.onepassword)
* [Mac](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/1password-7/id1333542190?mt=12&app=apps&at=11lHw9)
### Google Authenticator
Google's authenticator app.
* [iOS](https://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/google-authenticator/id388497605)
* [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.apps.authenticator)
---
## Password managers
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/642fb292-2808-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-05-25T01:00:02Z
The majority of people use very weak passwords and reuse them on different websites. How are you supposed to use strong, unique passwords on all the websites you use? The solution is a password manager.
Password managers store your login information for all the websites you use and help you log into them automatically. They encrypt your password database with a master password – the master password is the only one you have to remember.
### Don’t reuse passwords
Password reuse is a serious problem because of the many password leaks that occur each year, even on large websites. When your password leaks, malicious individuals have an email address, username, and password combination they can try on other websites. If you use the same login information everywhere, a leak at one website could give people access to all your accounts. If someone gains access to your email account in this way, they could use password-reset links to access other websites, like your online banking or PayPal account.
To prevent password leaks from being so damaging, you need to use unique passwords on every website. These should also be strong passwords – long, unpredictable passwords that contain numbers and symbols.
### Apps
These are our recommendations for password managers:
1Password for iOS: [Apple App Store](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/1password-password-manager/id568903335?mt=8&at=11lHw9)
1Password for Mac: [Apple App Store](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/1password-7/id1333542190?mt=12&app=apps&at=11lHw9)
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5ecbb050-ab77-11e2-8187-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-14T23:40:14Z
Notifications allow the requested users to be informed when specific events occur.
---
## Slack
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/17eae8f2-0be3-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2020-09-24T19:28:58Z
### Overview
[▶ An example of the DPG Slack integration showing website downloads in real-time.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/198dd548-6638-11e6-9f39-e2fa661e35e8/6bf27b2c-6638-11e6-aea9-e2fa661e35e8.mp4)
Digital Photo Gallery integrates deeply with Slack, this functionality is especially useful if you are running a shared site with many photographers.
You can create a Slack account [here](https://slack.com/r/02b3nnjp-1346rmsm) and receive $100.00 in free credit to get you started.
Integrating your DPG account with Slack will allow you and your team to receive notifications for:
* Reports of all user activity, for example - uploads, adding keywords, deleting images.
* Real-time download alerts, to track exactly who is downloading your images.
* Press Site sign ups.
Slack works best when used with their mobile and desktop apps which you can download [here](https://slack.com/downloads).
### Configuration
Follow these steps to add a Slack Webhook to DPG.
If you'd like to add a DPG icon to the integration in Slack you can download this file:
[Download: digital_photo_gallery_logo_square_1024.png](http://media.digitalphotogallery.com/hyqelgcvfopo/downloads/digital_photo_gallery_logo_square_1024.png) — DPG icon
Create a channel in Slack for DPG notifications.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6737628a-623e-11e6-ac87-e2fa661e35e8/9846d3b5-c7dd-4f56-90f0-42a1d78616b6.mp4)
Add an Incoming Webhook in Slack.
Create a new account contact in [DPG Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/).
Add the Slack Webhook URL and configure the events you would like to be notified of.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you are working with a team the DPG channel will generate a lot of notifications, we recommend that you [mute](https://get.slack.help/hc/en-us/articles/204411433-Muting-a-channel) the channel in Slack and check it manually when you'd like to see what's been going on.
---
## Pushover
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e26da742-f2ef-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-14T20:00:44Z
https://pushover.net/
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/86e784e4-ab7a-11e2-832d-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2020-04-30T23:50:22Z
DPG accounts feature support for multiple users. This is perfect for working in teams on collaborative galleries, working with designers or inviting more experienced users to help set up your account.
### Adding users who have a DPG account
To add a user, click on the **Users** tab and enter the login of the users that you would like to add to the account.
### Inviting people who don't have a DPG account
It's also possible to invite non-DPG users to the account using the **Invite** tab and entering their email address.}
### Roles
To transfer control of the account to another user use the transfer section.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eacd058e-ab7e-11e2-b07f-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2016-08-21T17:37:52Z
To get an overview of your account activity visit Statistics.
---
## Cookie Policy
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fc7b9ef4-ade9-11e2-abd4-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2018-06-11T19:05:32Z
Digital Photo Gallery uses [Google Analytics](https://www.google.com/analytics/) and [Woopra](https://www.woopra.com/) to help us track how you are using the system and diagnose potential problems. The use of these services is purely to help improve the working of the system.
### Do Not Track
Digital Photo Gallery fully supports Do Not Track technology http://donottrack.us/ which means if you are not happy about the usage of Google Analytics or Woopra you can easily opt-out at any time, below is an overview of how Do Not Track works.
For more information on how to enable the Do Not Track feature in your browser visit http://donottrack.us/
### Cookies
When using Digital Photo Gallery the system uses cookies to keep you logged in, ensure your account is secure and store your preferences. To help you understand what each of the cookies does here is a breakdown.
| Name | Usage |
|:-------------------:|:---------------------:|
| __utmb | Google Analytics |
| __utmb | Google Analytics |
| __utmc | Google Analytics |
| _utmz | Google Analytics |
| wooTracker | Woopra |
| wooMeta | Woopra |
| Random UUID | Digital Photo Gallery |
| remember_user_token | Digital Photo Gallery |
While Google Analytics and Woopra cookies will be disabled automatically when using Do Not Track, the other two cookies are essential to the running of the system. The remember_user_token cookie is generated if you choose the 'Remember me' option when logging in, while the Random UUID (example 2125af6d137eb2559b5b0e72f31b1ce8) is used as part of the [two-factor authentication](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/44728d52-ab7f-11e2-b07f-b8f6b11825bb) security feature.
We hope that this information completely explains our use of cookies, if there is anything else you would like to ask just email support@digitalphotogallery.com
---
## Privacy Policy
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0f286b66-5fbc-11e8-a824-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2018-05-25T05:52:56Z
At Digital Photo Gallery we are committed to our users’ rights to privacy and work hard to protect your personal information. We do not sell your data or use it for advertising. With your consent, we use your personal information primarily in order to provide you with our services.
Please read the following Privacy Policy which outlines how we collect, use and protect any personal information we collect.
**Last updated: 25th May 2018.**
This policy may be updated in the future and you are advised to consult this page regularly. In the event that this policy changes in a way that significantly alters your rights or our responsibilities, we will make reasonable efforts to notify you of this change via email or notification when you log in to your account.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** By using Digital Photo Gallery, you agree to the collection and use of information in accordance with this Policy.
### Definitions
“DPG”, “the service”, “we”, “us” and “our” refers to Digital Photo Gallery Limited and the services we provide at [digitalphotogallery.com](https://www.digitalphotogallery.com/).
“User” refers to registered customers of our service, both free and paid.
“Visitor” refers to non-registered visitors to the public areas of our sites.
“Our sites” refers to all elements of [digitalphotogallery.com](https://www.digitalphotogallery.com/) including [Admin](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/), [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/) and [Support](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/).
### How do we collect information?
For the purpose of this policy, personal information means any information relating to an identifiable individual.
We collect personal information when you create your account, when you update your account settings, while you use our service and when you interact with us directly via email or Slack support.
We also automatically collect user and visitor data from our sites to help us improve our service, troubleshoot bugs, implement new features and optimise our user experience.
### What information do we collect?
We collect several different types of information from users and visitors of DPG.
#### Personal Information provided by you
**Name and contact data**
When you express an interest in DPG by signing up for an invite, in order to get in touch with you we collect your contact details and optional comments about your potential use of the service.
When you create an account with DPG you are asked to provide information and contact details such as your name, address and email. We securely store an encrypted hash of your password for account access and authorisation.
**Payment data**
When you upgrade your account to a paid one or purchase any additional services from DPG we collect information relating to your payments such as your PayPal email, invoicing details and tax numbers.
#### Automatically collected data
When you log in to the DPG Admin we collect certain technical information from your device such as the type of device, operating system, platform, browser version, screen resolution and IP address.
We log actions you take while you are using the service, such as pages visited within DPG, dates and times and actions performed.
#### Cookies
Like most websites, we also collect information through cookies. You can find out more about this in our [Cookie Policy](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fc7b9ef4-ade9-11e2-abd4-f23c91703874).
#### Data relating to users-of-our-users
We store some data collected by our users in the process of running their sites using our service. This includes logins for password protected sites, information submitted via contact forms and ecommerce data.
A DPG user may collect, store or upload data of their own users or visitors into our service. Each user is responsible for providing their own notice of terms regarding how this data is used.
#### Integrated services
DPG allows you to use services outside of DPG for actions such as posting to social media. Please review the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy of any integrated services carefully before using them.
### How do we use your personal information?
**Operations**
On signing up to Digital Photo Gallery, we ask for information such as your name and contact information. We use this information to create your account and provide you with our services.
**Support**
When you contact DPG support, we use your personal information in the process of helping with any enquiries, debugging and troubleshooting.
**Communications**
We will contact you about essential information regarding your account or important updates to our services. This includes notifications of your account limits, urgent security issues, payment problems, known bugs or errors which may affect your account or your use of the service.
We may also contact you regarding intellectual property infringement or any other violations relating to your use of the service or uploaded data.
**Marketing**
DPG does not collect, store, or share your information for the purposes of marketing and promotion without your explicit consent via an opt-in subscription to promotional communications.
**Improvements**
We use aggregated and anonymised data including usage trends and analytics to improve our service and develop new features, services and functionalities.
**Cookies**
Digital Photo Gallery uses cookies to keep you logged in and to help us track how you are using the system to diagnose any problems.
**Compliance with laws and law enforcement**
We may disclose any information about you if it is deemed necessary in order to comply with reasonable requests by government, law enforcement officials or court order.
### How do we protect your information?
We use appropriate tools available to us to keep your personal data secure and protect it from misuse and unauthorised access. Your data is only accessible to DPG staff who need access to the information in order to fulfil their duties in running the service or providing customer support. DPG follows industry standard security measures such as SSL across the service, encryption where possible and the option to use two-factor authentication on your account. We use a number of popular security tools to audit our code and subscribe to a regular security patch schedule for all software.
Unfortunately, no information transmitted via the internet is without a risk.
We remind you to always keep your login credential safe, always use a strong unique password which you keep confidential and consider using two factor authentication wherever possible.
We will do everything in our power to prevent unauthorised access to your account but we can not guarantee the security of your data and the use of the service is at your own risk.
In the case of breaches of security, we will inform you of this within 72 hours of us becoming aware of the incident.
### Third-party service providers
In the everyday running of our service, we use a number of separate outside companies and services as sub-processors. These have their own Terms and Privacy Policies with which you can familiarise yourself on their sites.
* Cloudflare (CDN)
* Linode (CDN)
* Amazon Web Services (CDN)
* Stripe (Payments)
* PayPal (Payments)
* Skylight (Debugging)
* Sentry (Debugging)
* Enchant (Support/Communications)
* Slack (Support/Communications)
* Google Analytics (Analytics)
* Xero (Accounting)
* Bainbridge Lewis (Accounting)
### International transfers of data
To provide the best and most optimised service to our users, DPG uses a variety of servers worldwide. The means that in some cases the personal data we collect from you might be transferred outside the European Economic Area ("EEA”), including to the United States or other countries worldwide. These countries may not have the same data protection laws as those within the EEA, however we are obliged to protect your data to the standards described in this policy.
All data transmitted to the US is certified as compliant to the EU-US Privacy Shield as set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce.
### Data retention
We retain your personal data for the duration of the time you have an account open with DPG. We will retain financial data such as invoices for at least 7 years from the date of issue to comply with our tax, accounting and financial reporting obligations.
### Children’s privacy
The Service is not directed at and does not knowingly collect personal information from children under 16. If you are a parent or guardian of a child that has been found to be using our service, please contact us and we will remove their information from our records.
### Your rights
You have the rights over your personal information.
If you would like to review the data that we have collected for you please contact us at support@digitalphotogallery.com.
You have the right to withdraw your consent to the use of your personal information by requesting that we delete all of your data.
As some of the data is essential in order for us to be able to fulfil our services, if you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to provide the service to you.
### Contact us
If you have any questions or concerns regarding this policy or how we handle your data please contact us using this address: support@digitalphotogallery.com
---
## Actions in progress
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c935ce6a-6944-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-02-08T19:45:46Z
Certain actions, such as adding images to sets, show a progress bar until they are complete. You can continue using the Admin as normal while the actions are in progress.
### Visibility
You can hide and show the active transactions by clicking on the transaction progress.
---
## Adding to iOS Home Screen
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d7459f5c-8b46-11e6-8b26-be279144b405
Last updated: 2016-10-05T22:00:47Z
You can add DPG to your iOS Home Screen via Safari.
---
## Custom menu items
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/91dbde3a-d638-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-08T14:54:47Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/696ded6a-ee0e-11e6-971d-8e12dd763e7d/7648134e-ee0e-11e6-971d-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
If there is a certain page in DPG that you access all the time, you can create a shorcut in the main menu so getting there takes just one click.
---
## Customising your workspace
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/faabb18a-ee14-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-08T22:12:31Z
Whether you're working on a large monitor or a small laptop screen, there are several ways to optimise your work area in the DPG Admin.
### Toggling the side panel
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f0cee63c-ee14-11e6-91aa-8e12dd763e7d/1661f8c6-ee15-11e6-91aa-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To hide or show the side panel, click on the burger icon on the right side of the screen.
### Adjusting side panel width
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6f1c59dc-ee17-11e6-9230-8e12dd763e7d/872b3520-ee17-11e6-9230-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To change the width of the side panel, hover your mouse at the edge of the panel. The cursor will change to a double-ended arrow, allowing you to click and drag to make the panel wider or narrower.
### Toggling thumbnails panel
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d400b32c-ee15-11e6-85dd-8e12dd763e7d/f591781e-ee15-11e6-85dd-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To hide or show the thumbnails on the image review screen, click the arrow at the bottom of the screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can navigate between images on the image review screen using the ← → arrow keys on your keyboard.
---
## Upload screen
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-11-17T21:14:55Z
You can navigate to the **Upload** screen from your dashboard.}
autoplay
> 💡 **Tip:** We recommended that you upload full resolution images. See [this article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e4b4b658-aa19-11e2-8405-d49a20fffecc) for a list of supported formats and maximum file sizes.
Drag your images or MP4 videos onto the upload area or click **Add** to select them. Choose a set (or sets) as applicable and click **Upload** to begin uploading.
Once uploaded, you will see your content in the selected set as well as in [Recent](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/recent) and [Images](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images).
### Adding to sets
When uploading, you can choose to add your content to a set.
See the guide to [keyboard shortcuts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405) to add to multiple sets at the same time.
Images not added to a set will still appear in your account in [Recent](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/recent) and [Images](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images).
### Fields explained
* **Get details from image metadata** - Toggle this on to use the information embedded in your files by external editing software such as Adobe Lightroom. This allows you to import image ratings, titles, descriptions and keywords on upload.
* **Title** - See [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5e970908-aa1a-11e2-8bb3-d49a20fffecc) for more information.
* **Description** - See [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5e970908-aa1a-11e2-8bb3-d49a20fffecc) for more information.
* **Keywords** - For information on how keywords are used in DPG see [these articles](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/e60c65b8-ab82-11e2-b07f-b8f6b11825bb).
* **Image creation date** - If left blank this will be pulled from the file's EXIF data where possible.
---
## Preparing your images for upload
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:12:42Z
Something that we are often asked is "Is there anything I should do to my images before I upload them to DPG?"
Digital Photo Gallery will accept your images in any format, so while there is technically nothing that you **need** to do, there are some guidelines that you can follow to make sure that you are getting the most out of DPG and also optimising the space used in your account.
### Preserve image metadata
DPG makes extensive use of image Exif and metadata. Many editing programs strip this information by default so it's a really good idea to check that your metadata is being exported. Doing this will mean you get to use all of our features like Exif statistics and browse by metadata. It also means that information like the date that the image was originally taken will be stored correctly.
For example, here is the export setting in Adobe Lightroom, you should look for the same settings in your chosen software.
You can check that your image metadata is being preserved on the image review screen.
### Resizing images
We generally encourage users to upload full resolution images. DPG is built to look towards the future and you may find that you'll need an image that looks great on an 8K display, or you may just need to download the full-res version while you're away from home. Uploading full-resolution images is the best way to save yourself time in the future.
If you still want to resize your images, then it's best to do it at a size which is an exact multiplier of the original aspect ratio.
Choosing a setting like **longest side 3000px** works well as this will be smaller than the output of most modern cameras and a multiplier of the 3:2 aspect ratio, but still enough to supply all sizes needed by DPG.
### Optimise compression for JPEG images
We've said that you should upload full resolution images, but one place where you can save some space is by choosing the best format and image compression.
For photographs you'll almost certainly want to use JPEG format. DPG does work with TIFF, GIF and PNG files, but JPEG usually offers the best size to quality ratio.
When you export your images from an editing program in JPEG format, it's really tempting to set the quality of the image to 100% and not go any lower for fear of making the image look worse. JPEG compression is very clever and it's actually possible to drop the quality slider a little and still have an image that looks practically identical, just at half the file size.
As an example, here we have a 100% crop of a RAW image shot on a Fujifilm X-T2 using the Fujinon XF 90mm f/2 R LM WR lens that has been processed in Adobe Lightroom. The below image shows a comparison of 5 different JPEG output qualities and their respective file sizes.
As you can see, dropping the compression level can result in significant reductions in file size meaning you can store far more images in your DPG account. Test your JPEG images at different quality levels and find your own perfect balance between size and quality for the things you shoot.
If you don't have time to work out your own settings and want to get started quickly, here are some setting we recommend:
For Lightroom: a setting between 85 - 95.
For Photoshop: a setting between 9 and 11.
It's possible to check the image quality of your uploads in DPG using the [images view](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/properties/quality). Here you can explore images in your account and find any that are stored at 100% quality.
### Color spaces
When exporting your images choose the sRGB colour space for maximum compatibility across current devices, if you want to target more modern devices with a wider colour gamut then export as [Display P3](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/17bcc248-72af-11e9-bff1-0ad06ec3f2bd).
### Video
For our guide on compressing video see [this article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d228cfc4-2437-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4).
### Summary
* Make sure to export your images with metadata
* Use JPEG for photographic content
* Don't use 100% compression quality
* If you are going to resize images make them exactly 3000px on longest side
---
## Supported files
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e4b4b658-aa19-11e2-8405-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-02-15T15:17:43Z
### Supported formats
* [JPEG](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG)
* [TIFF](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tagged_Image_File_Format)
* [PNG](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_Network_Graphics)
* [GIF](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphics_Interchange_Format)
* [ZIP](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ZIP_%28file_format%29)
* [MP4](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MPEG-4_Part_14)
### Maximum file size
The maximum size per file is currently set to 150MB. This setting can be increased on request.
---
## Uploading by FTP
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/424d1d94-ab34-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2018-06-14T23:05:06Z
DPG allows you to upload images into the system via FTP. This can be useful when uploading a large number of images, uploading over an unstable internet connection or working collaboratively with multiple photographers who don't have their own DPG accounts.
#### In this article:
* [Creating a new FTP user](#creating-a-new-ftp-user)
* [FTP details](#ftp-details)
* [Sending details to user](#sending-details-to-user)
* [Advanced Options](#advanced-options)
### Creating a new FTP user
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c745df86-6fd3-11e8-85af-2ed44208a190/e31ac7bc-6fd3-11e8-85af-2ed44208a190.mp4)
On the **Upload** screen, open the **FTP users** panel. Select **new** in the **Account** dropdown. Enter the name of your user and choose the set destination for their uploads.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can create as many users mapped to different sets as you need.
### FTP details
Once you've created a user you'll see their unique FTP details.
These can now be used in any FTP client to upload images to the selected set in DPG. }
An example of the settings as entered into an FTP client. In this example we're using [Cyberduck](https://cyberduck.io/) which is available free for Mac and PC.
Enter the **Server**, **Port**, **Username** and **Password** details as shown under their account and click connect. You should now be ready to drag your images into the FTP client and upload them.
### Sending details to user
{video:ec5c7c24-6fd5-11e8-b3cb-1a7a86a1165a
If you're setting up an FTP account for someone else, or just want to have the details for reference, add an email address to the user in the **Contact email** field.
Click **Update** and you will now see *Send details to EMAIL* underneath their details. Click on this to send an automatically generated email to the user.
An email will be sent to the user with their FTP details. }
### Advanced Options
Unfold the **Advanced Options** menu on an FTP user to configure advanced settings.
{detail:6c9fb4ee-6fd8-11e8-9124-1a7a86a1165a
---
## FTP clients
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4a5c27c8-ae72-11e2-9f10-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2019-10-30T16:14:22Z
### Windows
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9a4534d8-8b31-11e6-a216-56388aee727f/7a8b7e6c-9960-11e6-bacc-56388aee727f.mp4)
Download software from https://filezilla-project.org/
### Macintosh
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d99b8f88-8b31-11e6-ab09-7a0f266557bf/68acb422-9960-11e6-b649-56388aee727f.mp4)
Download software from https://cyberduck.io/
### iOS & iPadOS
Download software from https://apps.apple.com/us/app/ftpmanager-pro/id522627917
---
## Uploading by email
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ba889ea6-ff26-11e6-92ab-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2018-06-13T12:01:02Z
You can upload to a set via email, which can be useful if you are on the go or uploading from a mobile device.
### Setting up email uploads
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8a56f6d2-6efc-11e8-8b9a-2ed44208a190/a2e558ba-6efc-11e8-8b9a-2ed44208a190.mp4)
On the **Upload** screen open the **Email users** panel. Select **new** from the Account dropdown and choose the set to upload to. Click **Create**.
You will now see a new email in the Account dropdown.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can set up multiple email addresses if you want to email uploads to different sets.
Copy this email address to use in your mail client.}
To make an email temporarily inactive toggle the **Active** switch off and click **Update**.
To permanently delete an email, click the **Delete** button.
---
## Automatic camera time validation
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6114f660-89ac-11e7-84b6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-10-09T15:36:31Z
This feature allows you to require that the camera time of all users in your account is validated on upload. This can be useful for teams and events, to make sure that all cameras have been set to the correct time prior to starting uploads.
When camera time validation is turned on, an upload from a camera which hasn't been validated will prompt the user by showing a warning on the upload screen.}
This option is enabled on the [settings](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#image_validations) page. Click on the **Images** > **Validations** tabs. Toggle the **Validate camera time** switch to on and click **Update**.
The settings allow you to choose the terms of validation:
* **Accuracy** dropdown specifies the maximum time difference between the image creation time and the time uploaded.
* **Revalidate every** dropdown allows you to choose the length of the validation period.
---
## Creating
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/25fcb16e-aa1b-11e2-8405-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-02-06T00:51:45Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/bf095cb4-c71c-11e6-84de-56388aee727f/c81c903c-c71c-11e6-84de-56388aee727f.mp4)
New sets are created using the **New set** panel. Sets must have a name and can be given an optional description.
You can also select a set colour to help you organise your set structure and easily attract attention to certain sets. The set colour affects the DPG admin only.
---
## Adding images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-06T00:51:45Z
### Adding a single image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/61229fc2-c571-11e6-a905-56388aee727f/8050de40-c571-11e6-a905-56388aee727f.mp4)
On the the image review screen open the **Sets** panel. Choose your set and click Add.
> 💡 **Tip:** An image can be added to multiple sets. Removing an image from a set does not delete it, the original image will remain in your account without belonging to a set.
### Adding multiple images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/823eea30-c571-11e6-a057-7a0f266557bf/9f175296-c571-11e6-a057-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
In list view, select your chosen images and open the **Add to set** panel. Select a set and click Add.
For adding an image to multiple sets and tips on selecting several images easily, see [Keyboard shortcuts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405)
---
## Removing images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8ec157aa-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-06T00:51:45Z
### Removing a single image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9b1e284c-c7c2-11e6-95bb-56388aee727f/bbc38a60-c7c2-11e6-95bb-56388aee727f.mp4)
To remove a single image from a set use the **Sets** panel on the review screen.
### Removing multiple images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9ca2f0ba-c7c4-11e6-9357-56388aee727f/b5d3ca0a-c7c4-11e6-9357-56388aee727f.mp4)
To remove multiple images from a set use the **Remove** panel in list view.
---
## Setting the lead image
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c044ed5a-ab37-11e2-8ffe-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2020-09-23T01:19:25Z
The thumbnail shown for each set in your gallery is called a **lead image** or **set cover image**.
### For images in the same set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c31e1db2-bf3c-11e7-9e62-d658663aa1e7/d84f215e-bf3c-11e7-9e62-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
To assign a lead image to a set, navigate to the relevant set and open the **Set information** panel. Drag your chosen image over the thumbnail area. The page will refresh automatically to display your new lead image.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can change the square crop of the lead image using the [Crop tool](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/28dc013a-ab85-11e2-bc0b-b8f6b11825bb).
### For images outside the set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/98544758-bf3e-11e7-9c6f-1e21557f5317/a7e012c4-bf3e-11e7-9c6f-1e21557f5317.mp4)
You can also add a set cover which isn't in the same set. This can be useful for setting a lead image logo or graphic, without it becoming part of the gallery set itself.
> 💡 **Tip:** Before you begin, make sure that your chosen image or graphic has a name.
To select the lead image from elsewhere in your account, navigate to the relevant set and open the **Set information** panel. Click on the thumbnail area, which will make visible a drop-down menu. Select your image from the drop-down and click the **Update** button.
---
## Locked
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd088678-ab37-11e2-ab65-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-06T00:51:45Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9738e6fc-c7c9-11e6-8b5e-7a0f266557bf/a1b62108-c7c9-11e6-8b5e-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
It's possible to lock and image set to prevent against accidental deletion.
Locked sets appear with a padlock icon.
You can define the default state for new sets on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#admin_features).
---
## Hidden sets and images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d8313ad6-ab37-11e2-8ffe-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-16T01:39:12Z
Changing set or image visibility allows you to arrange and preview your work on a website without making it publicly visible. Hidden sets and images are only visible on your [testing host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) address, which means that you can get a set ready to go live at a later date without disrupting your visitors' experience on your live site.
Before you begin, make sure your site has a [testing host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) set up.
### Changing image visibility
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fdb0abd2-f3d8-11e6-833b-8e12dd763e7d/10942c60-f3d9-11e6-833b-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Go to the set containing the image you wish to hide. Use the **Hidden** toggle in the **Visibility** panel to make the image hidden.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can also select and hide multiple images at once on the overview screen.
Hidden images are shown as faded in the admin.}
### Making images visible at a later date
By default, images made hidden will stay that way until you manually make them visible. You can optionally set a date and time for the image to automatically become visible.
{video:5f354dd4-f3db-11e6-8da6-8e12dd763e7d
After toggling the **Hidden** toggle, click on **Advanced Options** and select and date and time under the **Becomes visible** dropdown.
### Hiding a set
You can set an entire set and all the images within it as hidden.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/56802f84-f3df-11e6-aabe-8e12dd763e7d/66070996-f3df-11e6-aabe-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Open the **Set information** panel. Under **Advanced Options**, toggle the **Hidden** switch to the on position. This will hide all images and the set itself on the public site.
### Hide new images
This allows you to make any new images added to a set hidden by default.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ff1eb31c-f3e0-11e6-aed1-967fcb7c1249/10a6db1e-f3e1-11e6-aed1-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Open the **Set information** panel. Under Advanced Options, toggle the **Hide new images* switch to the on position. Any new images added to this set will be hidden by default.
### Hidden set comparison
Drag the slider across the screen to compare a view of the live site to the testing site. The hidden **People & Portraits** set is only visible on the testing site.
---
## Moving sets
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6a9ddca-ab37-11e2-ab65-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-13T00:28:48Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Sets can only be moved if they are [unlocked](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd088678-ab37-11e2-ab65-b8f6b11825bb).
The move tool allows a set to be moved from one location to another.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** We do not recommend that you use the move set tool when trying to switch to a new website design, for that purpose the [clone sets](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9c577f9a-ec04-11e6-921c-6e61028599f7) tool is the best choice.
---
## Cloning sets
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9c577f9a-ec04-11e6-921c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-06-19T19:54:43Z
If you've created a new website and want to migrate your previous site's content, or otherwise wish to duplicate the set structure in another set, you can use the **Clone Set** option.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that you've created the destination set - where you want to clone your content - before starting the clone process.
### Navigate to current set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ac12c230-551f-11e7-8153-8ef06f2f9be6/b8c964fc-551f-11e7-8153-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Navigate to the set which houses the content you want to clone. Using the clone feature will copy everything in the set, including sets nested within it.
In this example, we'll be cloning the entire *Prints* set from a portfolio site, to a shop site. The three sets inside *Prints* and the images inside them will be cloned.
### Choose the destination set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b143bdba-5522-11e7-ae1b-2e80af156eae/bdfe123a-5522-11e7-ae1b-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Once you're inside the set you want to duplicate, open the **Clone** panel and choose the **Target Set**. This is the destination set where your content will be copied to. Click **Clone**.
You will see a progress bar appear. While the clone operation is running, you can leave this window, but do not perform any other actions in your account until it is complete.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** In large sets this process may take a long time, so please be patient. Wait for the process to be complete before doing anything else.
### Check the destination set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/33967e40-5525-11e7-847d-8ef06f2f9be6/40a9b3fe-5525-11e7-847d-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Once the clone operation is done, check the destination where you'll see your newly cloned content.
> 💡 **Tip:** Cloning a set only copies its content to another location. The original set will not be moved or deleted.
---
## Delete
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f1d0dd0c-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-06T00:51:45Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d629556a-c7cc-11e6-8a5b-7a0f266557bf/df501f20-c7cc-11e6-8a5b-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If the set is locked you'll need to [unlock](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd088678-ab37-11e2-ab65-b8f6b11825bb) it first.
To delete a set, enter the set that you wish to remove and choose the **Delete set** panel.
> 💡 **Tip:** If a set contains images they won't be deleted from the system, they will just be unassigned from the set as it no longer exists. You can view all the images in your account [here](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images).
---
## States
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5b6627fa-5538-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-06-19T21:44:54Z
If you are doing things like custom ordering you can restore the state of your set at any point in time using this panel.
---
## Switching views
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/53d35b90-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-11-16T22:15:28Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d1672860-c7d4-11e6-8cf1-56388aee727f/ea096a9a-c7d4-11e6-8cf1-56388aee727f.mp4)
There are several different ways to view your images in DPG's admin interface. To switch views click on the cog icon and select the options you would like to use.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can control the default view for new sets and keyword in your account's [settings screen]( https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings).
### Icons view
This is the default view. It's great for getting an overview of a large number of images. The square area of the image you can see is controlled by the [square crop](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/28dc013a-ab85-11e2-bc0b-b8f6b11825bb) tool.
### Thumbnails - Masonry
Use if you want to see your images in their native aspect ratio.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The thumbnail masonry view isn't compatible with custom ordering of images. If you'd like to change the order use either the Icon or Thumbnails Grid view.
### Thumbnails - Grid
This view is ideal for using to layout the [photo story pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0).
### Details
Details view shows images alongside information such as titles, descriptions and creation date, as well as any sets and keywords.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7931ea60-cb19-11e7-8296-1e21557f5317/95ccafb6-cb19-11e7-8296-1e21557f5317.mp4)
Toggle the size slider to view the images larger in this view.
---
## Display order
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b642e7a8-ab82-11e2-a508-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2016-12-22T00:29:22Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2da6c3c8-c7db-11e6-92e0-7a0f266557bf/3ef7f5de-c7db-11e6-92e0-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
You can change the order of sets and images by using the icon in the options bar. Choosing custom will allow you to drag and drop images and sets in to an order that you choose.
**Custom - ASC**: New images will be added to the end.
**Custom - DESC**: New images will be added at the start.
You can set the default option for new sets on the [Images settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/main/settings#images_options).}
{detail:1192a86c-c7dd-11e6-a49c-56388aee727f
---
## Information
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5e970908-aa1a-11e2-8bb3-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-10-24T19:58:17Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/24abd920-c7e0-11e6-af3a-56388aee727f/3b11e15a-c7e0-11e6-af3a-56388aee727f.mp4)
DPG can automatically read the information that you add to your images using Photoshop, Lightroom and other editing software. You can also edit this image information using the admin interface. Images can be updated individually on the review screen or in batches by selecting them and using the **Image information** panel on the list view screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** The title you enter will also become part of the image filename.
By default the time editing option is set to date, if you need more fine control you can switch to the **Date & Time** option on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_options). }
### Image versions
{detail:5afa9844-c7e1-11e6-ab11-7a0f266557bf
---
## Notes
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8e1e701e-ac07-11e2-b433-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2016-12-22T01:10:41Z
Notes are a way of adding information to your images. The information is purely for use in the admin system.
> 💡 **Tip:** The text added to notes is searchable using the built in search feature.
---
## Crop tool
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/28dc013a-ab85-11e2-bc0b-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-11-01T20:49:11Z
### Cropping
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/26860b66-c88b-11e6-842f-7a0f266557bf/3fd5d97a-c88b-11e6-842f-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
DPG uses cropped images in a variety of place in both the admin and on websites. The system tries to crop intelligently, but if you'd like to customise the crop of any image you can do that on the image review screen.
### Uses
Square cropped images are used in the **icon view** in the admin.}
{detail:ee81304a-c88c-11e6-a82b-56388aee727f
---
## Rotate
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/672c6016-ff2c-11e6-92ab-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-03-02T09:44:39Z
You can rotate any image from the review screen.
---
## Image links
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/aee383bc-6ebd-11e6-a316-be279144b405
Last updated: 2021-11-09T12:18:10Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a71cc920-c7e8-11e6-bb3a-7a0f266557bf/cc25404e-c7e8-11e6-bb3a-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
The image link feature allows you to turn images on a page in to custom links to either internal or external pages.
When linking to an internal page you should use a relative path such as /gallery/.
> 💡 **Tip:** When linking to an external website make sure that you enter the full URL including the http:// or https:// prefix.
---
## Keyboard shortcuts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-11-17T21:34:35Z
* [Select a sequence of images](#select-a-sequence-of-images)
* [Select multiple images](#select-multiple-images)
* [Set an image rating for a single image](#set-an-image-rating-for-a-single-image)
* [Set an image rating for multiple images](#set-an-image-rating-for-multiple-images)
* [Uploading and adding to multiple sets](#uploading-and-adding-to-multiple sets)
### Select a sequence of images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/af6f4cce-c586-11e6-ab1d-56388aee727f/c7ee69ce-c586-11e6-ab1d-56388aee727f.mp4)
To select a number of consecutive images, hold down the **Shift** key and click on the first and last images of your chosen selection. The images between them will also be selected.
### Select multiple images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c5b681ac-c584-11e6-90e7-56388aee727f/dcd0fc5a-c584-11e6-90e7-56388aee727f.mp4)
To select multiple non-consecutive images, hold down the **Alt** key on Mac or Windows and click on the chosen images.
### Set an image rating for a single image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/522b5de6-c581-11e6-8e92-7a0f266557bf/843f6566-c581-11e6-8e92-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
Press a key from 0-5 on the image review screen to change the [image rating](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb).
### Set an image rating for multiple images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/81096bba-c583-11e6-bb82-56388aee727f/99ae2bc4-c583-11e6-bb82-56388aee727f.mp4)
Make an image selection, then press a key from 0-5 to set an [image rating](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb) for all of the selected images.
### Uploading and adding to multiple sets
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4c05c88a-c580-11e6-872e-56388aee727f/5a167686-c580-11e6-872e-56388aee727f.mp4)
Hold the **Command ⌘** key (Mac) or **Ctrl** key (Windows) on any set selection menu, then click on multiple sets to add or upload to them at the same time.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5f8080ce-c582-11e6-a419-56388aee727f/76069f0e-c582-11e6-a419-56388aee727f.mp4)
---
## Send to account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/14062190-6bd6-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405
Last updated: 2021-11-23T15:42:22Z
The **Send to account** option allows you to copy or move images between different DPG accounts. This can be useful if you're a user of multiple accounts, such as an event and a personal account. Sending images to an account is faster than uploading them and preserves any added information such as keywords.
> 💡 **Tip:** This option will only show in your sidebar if you are added as a user or admin to more than one account.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fdeb8526-c7ec-11e6-9c61-56388aee727f/1dbbdce8-c7ed-11e6-9c61-56388aee727f.mp4)
Select the images to send to another account. Open the **Send to account** panel and select the account to send the images to. Click **Send**.
> 💡 **Tip:** By default when sending to an account images are **copied** across. A copy of the file is created in the chosen account and the original remains in the original account. You can choose to **move** the images instead by selecting **Move** under Advanced Options, see below.
#### Advanced options: Method
**Copy** - A copy of the selected images is made in the chosen account. Selected images stay in the original account.
**Move** - The selected images are moved from the original account into the chosen account. Selected images are deleted from the original account.
---
## Deleting images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fba3a992-ac07-11e2-bcc6-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-06-28T21:31:05Z
### Single images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/07c88156-c88e-11e6-89f8-56388aee727f/29b2c0ce-c88e-11e6-89f8-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can delete single images from the review screen by using the delete panel.
### Multiple images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4f76a478-c88f-11e6-8da2-7a0f266557bf/6d53ba8a-c88f-11e6-8da2-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
If you'd like to delete multiple images go to the icon image view, select the images you'd like to delete and use the delete images panel.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** There is no way to restore deleted images, so please make sure you have a backup before deleting from the system.
---
## Using HTML in image description
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2969048-0c00-11e7-ac7e-6e427e8a5d79
Last updated: 2017-03-18T17:56:31Z
You can use HTML in the image description field. For example, to link to an external site use the following code:
```css
[Link text here](https://www.google.com)
```
> 💡 **Tip:** When linking to an external website be sure that you enter full URLs including the http:// or https:// prefix.
If you are linking to another page on your DPG site, you only need to include the part of the address after the / at the end of the domain name.
For example, to link to your blog page, you only need to enter /blog/:
```css
[See more on my blog](/blog/)
```
---
## Replace
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f8d59a78-5521-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-07-03T10:49:56Z
The replace tool allows you to update an image while retaining its other settings.
---
## Basics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2022-01-05T15:24:22Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8254fa92-c624-11e6-a2db-56388aee727f/91dfd4e6-c624-11e6-a2db-56388aee727f.mp4)
Keywords are a very powerful tool to help you organise your images in DPG.
### In this article
* [Adding keywords](#adding-keywords)
* [Viewing all keywords](#viewing-all-keywords)
* [Viewing keywords for images in a set](#viewing-keywords-for-images-in-a-set)
* [Removing keywords from an image](#removing-keywords-from-an-image)
* [Batch editing or renaming keywords](#batch-editing-or-renaming-keywords)
### Adding keywords
There are multiple places that keywords can be added:
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8b6e87f2-c628-11e6-885d-56388aee727f/9a06d8fa-c628-11e6-885d-56388aee727f.mp4)
On the image upload screen, above.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a2a618ae-c62d-11e6-9d89-7a0f266557bf/b926df50-c62d-11e6-9d89-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
On the image review screen, above.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/09b46e8c-c62f-11e6-8ab3-56388aee727f/26ef0066-c62f-11e6-8ab3-56388aee727f.mp4)
Keywords can be added in batches in image list view, above.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/04f37472-c631-11e6-aef5-7a0f266557bf/16f51978-c631-11e6-aef5-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
Keywords can be added in your image editing software and imported by using the **Get details from image metadata** option on the image upload screen in DPG, above.
You can add more than one keyword at a time by separating keywords with commas or semi-colons:
```
Bride, Groom, Wedding, Dress
```
> 💡 **Tip:** You can use emoji characters in your keywords ✌️.
### Viewing all keywords
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e1e8bae4-c632-11e6-af20-56388aee727f/fb293fa6-c632-11e6-af20-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can view all keywords on the [keywords screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/keywords).
### Viewing keywords for images in a set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7cf13092-c643-11e6-93c0-7a0f266557bf/9a7bc19a-c643-11e6-93c0-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
You can also view just the keywords in a certain set.
### Removing keywords from an image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6671e4d8-c634-11e6-ba9a-56388aee727f/819bffe6-c634-11e6-ba9a-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can remove keywords from a single image on the review screen.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/17a7839c-c636-11e6-b728-7a0f266557bf/266f2c36-c636-11e6-b728-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
You can also batch remove by visiting the [keywords screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/keywords) choosing a keyword, selecting all the images you would like to remove it from and clicking **Remove** in the Remove keyword panel.
### Batch editing or renaming keywords
You can rename a keyword once it's already applied to images.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5b952ca8-c645-11e6-b8ad-56388aee727f/6912c1f6-c645-11e6-b8ad-56388aee727f.mp4)
Go to **Images** > **Keywords** from the main navigation. Choose the keyword to edit and click on it. Select all the images inside the keyword, then in the **Edit keyword** panel make changes to the keyword and click **Update**.
---
## Batch remove
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0a0a13ca-ab83-11e2-832c-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-16T17:37:54Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ee266874-f46d-11e6-9bf8-967fcb7c1249/0f6449f2-f46e-11e6-9bf8-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To remove a keyword from multiple images go to **Images** > **Keywords** in the main navigation.
Click on the keyword you want to remove and select the relevant images.
Open the **Remove keyword** panel and click the **Remove** button.
---
## Keyword profiles
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce675ac4-63eb-11e6-974d-be279144b405
Last updated: 2021-10-20T23:09:51Z
### Overview
Keyword profiles allow you to create a custom title and description that can be displayed on websites that use a keyword.
### Example
An example of a profile in use on a website.
### Links
It's also possible to add links to keyword profiles.
> 💡 **Tip:** If the social icon that you'd like to link isn't included let us know at support@digitalphotogallery.com.
---
## Dynamic keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/15821148-6a12-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-10-18T21:09:48Z
When added to an image, dynamic keywords automatically replace the generic part of a keyword with the actual value pulled from the metadata. This allows you to easily add keywords for the **creator** of the image, **the day of the week** and **the year** that it was taken.
This is useful for keywords pages - such as a weekend-long event with keywords for each day, or simply to help you organise an account with a lot of content by its creator.
### Adding dynamic keywords
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1de59718-c649-11e6-b762-56388aee727f/417c8d76-c649-11e6-b762-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can use dynamic keywords anywhere that you use a normal keyword. You can also insert multiple dynamic keywords separated by a comma.
### Supported keywords
The following can be used as dynamic keywords:
* <% Creator %>
* <% Day %>
* <% Year %>
### Namespaced dynamic keywords
Dynamic keywords can be used alone and as part of a [namespaced keyword](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df4b3ddc-f221-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7).
When used alone the **<% Day %>** keyword will add the single day keyword. }
{detail:b713f946-b43e-11e7-9dee-d658663aa1e7
---
## Keyword validation
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/50c2c744-7ac9-11e6-8ef6-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-05-30T18:00:13Z
Keyword validation allows you to mark keyword as correct. Validated keywords appear as green instead of blue in the keywords view.
To validate a keyword use the **Validate keyword** panel.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you validate a keyword you are confirming that not only is the keyword spelt correctly, but also that the case is correct. If a keyword is validated all future keywords that match will have their case automatically corrected to match the validated version.
---
## Namespaced keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df4b3ddc-f221-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2021-10-14T07:16:51Z
Namespaced keywords are used to group similar types of data. They are defined by using the format **namespace:keyword**, for example:
```
artist:Lady Gaga
```
---
## Automatic keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/486de4dc-ff28-11e6-92ab-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-03-02T09:15:44Z
Automatic keywords are AI powered keywords which use machine learning to analyse the image and identify the content.
> 💡 **Tip:** Automatic keywords are used in internal and website searches.
---
## Profiles
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/04e04d18-ab85-11e2-9666-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-11-17T19:21:37Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/731e053a-c563-11e6-a17f-56388aee727f/7d530280-c563-11e6-a17f-56388aee727f.mp4)
Metadata profiles allow you to embed your contact information into images, whether they are displayed on the web or file downloads.
When you first start using DPG you should fill in the default profile with your details. You can include as much information as you like, such as contact details, usage terms or copyright notice.
---
## Information
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d51ae9ba-66db-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2016-12-22T22:26:51Z
### EXIF data
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/31ea0bfc-c894-11e6-9db5-56388aee727f/53b340f0-c894-11e6-9db5-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can view the EXIF data for single images on the review screen.
### All information
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/78322292-c895-11e6-a839-56388aee727f/9acf90d2-c895-11e6-a839-56388aee727f.mp4)
It's possible to see all the metadata contained in the original image file by clicking on the text icon in the options bar on the image review screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** The **all information** view is great for making sure that your software has encoded the correct metadata, such as keywords, into the original image file.
---
## Updating profiles for existing images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3c2e2e28-67d1-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2018-06-08T19:11:54Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b2b939a6-c899-11e6-a5ee-56388aee727f/d261917c-c899-11e6-a5ee-56388aee727f.mp4)
If you have images which have already been uploaded and are associated with a specific metadata profile, you can update all of the metadata profiles for those images at once by following these steps:
1. Visit the main [Images](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images) page of your account.
1. Open the [Metadata](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/metadata) section.
1. Choose [Creator](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/metadata/creator)
1. Select the name of the profile that you wish to update.
1. Select all of the images (make sure to scroll to the bottom of the page to ensure all images are loaded before selecting).
1. Open the **Image metadata** panel.
1. Fill in the updated details.
1. Click the **Update** button.
Once updated you can click through to the review screen for any image to check that the details have been updated.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** When updating metadata, make sure that you fill in all the relevant information again, not just the fields that need updating.
---
## Ratings
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2016-12-19T19:11:23Z
### Single image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4bef56ac-c618-11e6-9253-56388aee727f/6a00cf36-c618-11e6-9253-56388aee727f.mp4)
DPG will import star ratings from all popular image editing software (such as Adobe Lightroom). You can also change the rating of any image on the review screen.
### Batch updating
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5d4b06ca-c619-11e6-a614-7a0f266557bf/77b29af0-c619-11e6-a614-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
In list view, you can easily batch-edit the rating of any selected images.
> 💡 **Tip:** Use your keyboard's numerical keys 0-5 to quickly change ratings of selected images in list view, or on the review screen.
### View by rating
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d9f399e8-c61a-11e6-b08e-56388aee727f/e99adc76-c61a-11e6-b08e-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can view all of the images in your account organised by rating [here](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/metadata/rating).
### Defaults
If you'd like to set a default rating for all new images added to the system, you can do that on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_options).
### Uses
> 💡 **Tip:** For keyword-based sites, the images with the highest rating will automatically be used as the lead image.
[Some sites](https://modernnarrativedemo17.dpg.gallery/starratingsdemo/) use ratings to control their layouts, see [this guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0) for more information.
---
## Watermarks
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c55a7f50-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2018-07-31T13:42:18Z
DPG allows you to automatically watermark images by applying an overlay to any image profile. You can add as many different overlays as you need and use them for different purposes.
You could use a small logo in the corner of all of your portfolio images for branding.}
autoplay
Upload your watermark image to the assets set of your website, making sure to give the image a title so that it's easy to identify.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0d0f8958-c6f3-11e6-9377-7a0f266557bf/1b6f9c2c-c6f3-11e6-9377-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
Update the relevant image profiles in your website gallery set with the overlay settings you would like.
If you are just starting out we'd recommend you use these settings:
* Overlay source: Your Watermark
* Overlay scale: 10%
* Overlay position: bottom right
* Overlay offset x: 50
* Overlay offset y: 50
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/82a8d376-c6f4-11e6-bab8-56388aee727f/a74d6fde-c6f4-11e6-bab8-56388aee727f.mp4)
You can preview how your watermark looks on each version on the image review screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** Before adding a watermark to an entire set, it's a good idea to apply it to a single image first. This allows you to make sure that you're happy with its appearance and make any necessary changes.
---
## Search
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/dab85e44-ac07-11e2-b433-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-12T23:16:27Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/371727ac-c89b-11e6-a57e-56388aee727f/597d015e-c89b-11e6-a57e-56388aee727f.mp4)
To search for images in your DPG account, click on the search icon in the options bar and enter the word you would like to search for.
DPG will search the image title, description, note, keywords and some EXIF data, such as camera model.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you are in any image view you will see results from the whole account, if you are in a set you will see just the results from that set.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/518507f2-e7e6-11e6-87ac-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-11-17T19:20:45Z
Image profiles or 'versions' are an important part of DPG. A full set of image versions is generated automatically when you create a website. If you want exact control over the way that your images are displayed, you can you can optionally edit these image profiles to get the result that you want.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** When updating image versions for a website, most sites will contain profiles in sets of two - one for retina screens (@2x) and one for non-retina screens. Make sure that any relevant changes are reflected in both profiles.
### Unsharp mask
Enables use of sharpening options below. If switched off no sharpening will be used.
### Sharpening
The above tool shows you the two extremes of the sharpening settings, you can adjust to find the one that works best for your images.
### Progressive
When the progressive option is enabled JPEG images will load in stages, which may make them appear to load faster on slow connections.
### Write metadata
The **Write metadata** option allows you to encode [metadata](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/04e04d18-ab85-11e2-9666-b8f6b11825bb) into the image version.
---
## Embed code
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f6d7b748-5520-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-06-19T19:00:30Z
Embed code allows you to place your DPG hosted image versions inside other websites and services.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e5e2d2b4-6dd5-11e8-9a20-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2018-06-12T15:03:25Z
With the **Licensors** and **Rights** features, DPG allows you to attach additional license information to your images.
While standard copyright and usage terms information should go in the [metadata](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/04e04d18-ab85-11e2-9666-b8f6b11825bb) fields, the **Licensors** panel allows you to add any extra parties that license images on your behalf and their contact details. This is useful if your images are syndicated or licensed by a picture agency.
> 💡 **Tip:** This feature is available for all plans from the [Advanced](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) plan and up.
### Creating a licensor
Go to the **Upload** screen and open the **Licensor** panel. To create a new entry select **new**, fill in the applicable information fields and click **Create**.
You can add as many different licensors as you need by selecting **new** from the dropdown.
To edit or delete a licensor, select it from the dropdown menu.}
### Adding licensor to an image
Navigate to the relevant image. Open the **Rights** panel and select your licensor from the dropdown. Click **Add**.
{detail:d7ee5e72-6e4c-11e8-8c5b-2ed44208a190
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/bcf9b6e0-bb61-11e8-899a-3225061e24b0
Last updated: 2018-09-18T16:46:02Z
Code fragments are an advanced feature which can be added to images in higher tier accounts.
Shared code fragments can be created on the settings screen, these can contain variables:
```html
```
They can be used on an image using this syntax:
```html
```
---
## Credits
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/34de1fc2-3ab8-11e9-b2da-92852488ce07
Last updated: 2019-02-27T17:58:57Z
Use the **Credits** panel to add additional credits to an image.
Enter the Role, Name and URL and click **Add**.
This information will show alongside the image on relevant pages.
> 💡 **Tip:** Use this feature for additional team credits. The photographer credit should be added using the [Metadata](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/fdebc35c-ab84-11e2-a0d0-b8f6b11825bb) features.
---
## Display P3
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/17bcc248-72af-11e9-bff1-0ad06ec3f2bd
Last updated: 2019-05-14T21:50:38Z
Display P3 is a wide-gamut alternative to sRGB, at the moment there is limited device support, but the number of users who can view wide-gamut images is increasing.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** As of 10 May 2019 all newly built DPG sites support Display P3, to enable P3 on older sites please contact support.
---
## Setting up a blog
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/81d3eca0-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:04:36Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fa5169f6-f183-11e6-b8e0-967fcb7c1249/0bae7464-f184-11e6-b8e0-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To create a blog, go to the Blogs screen from main navigation. Click the **Create** button and give your blog a name. Click **OK**.
You can now make your first post.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can make as many separate DPG blogs as you like, such as separate blogs for side projects or different types of work.
---
## Backups
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/100bf8f0-5526-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-06-19T19:33:45Z
The backup options allows you to export a JSON version of your blog.
---
## Making a new blog post
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f3c3be16-f310-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T19:54:40Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c6032d56-f188-11e6-848b-967fcb7c1249/d87d7608-f188-11e6-848b-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Navigate to your blog and click the **New Post** button. Give your post a title (you can change this later) and click **OK**.
### Saving a draft
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4d965570-f22b-11e6-872b-8e12dd763e7d/5b9e7a8a-f22b-11e6-872b-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
While you're working on your blog post, click the **Save** button to save it as a draft.
---
## Editing a blog post
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/39127e1e-ac1e-11e2-8b5b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:07:18Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/917d2d8e-f2f5-11e6-81d8-967fcb7c1249/ad1aaf76-f2f5-11e6-81d8-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To edit an existing post, click the Edit button from the blog overview screen, make your changes, then click the **Save** button.
---
## Publishing a blog post
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1edc96f0-f310-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:08:37Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/28065bb8-f23d-11e6-a719-967fcb7c1249/384a004c-f23d-11e6-a719-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
When you're ready to make your post public, click the **Publish** button.
### Unpublishing a post
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/84413480-f2eb-11e6-bb3f-967fcb7c1249/964ccba8-f2eb-11e6-bb3f-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To return a post back to draft status, click the **Unpublish** button.
---
## Deleting a blog post
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7be21988-f310-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:08:39Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a5709fa6-f2f0-11e6-8fe0-8e12dd763e7d/b7e4266c-f2f0-11e6-8fe0-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To permanently delete a blog post, open the **Delete** panel and click the **Delete** button.
---
## Adding images to a blog post
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/31fc4190-ac1f-11e2-96b4-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2019-08-20T23:35:47Z
When you set up a DPG blog, a corresponding **blog set** will automatically be created in your sets. This is where you need to add the images or videos that you want to use in your blog posts.
### 1. Add images to the blog set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/90249ae2-c388-11e9-a2fa-c24a015f63c4/ac7b9006-c388-11e9-a2fa-c24a015f63c4.mp4)
Select your chosen images. Open the **Add to set** panel, select you blog set and click **Add**. Wait for the images to be added to the blog set.
> 💡 **Tip:** This may take a few minutes if adding a lot of images as the blog versions are created at this time. You'll see the action progress in the top right corner and you can leave this screen while it finishes.
### 2. Add images to a post
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/18d62c0c-c389-11e9-a38c-c24a015f63c4/34fa1704-c389-11e9-a38c-c24a015f63c4.mp4)
Once your images are in the blog set, navigate to the blog from the main menu. Create or edit a blog post. In the blog editor click on the **Insert media** icon. Select the image(s) from the pop up window and click **Insert*.
You can now continue editing your blog post, save or publish.
---------------------------------------
##### Creating a new post from images [legacy]
> ⚠️ **Warning:** This is an older way to create a blog post. We suggest switching to the above method instead.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/159fe51e-f190-11e6-89cf-967fcb7c1249/406cd356-f190-11e6-89cf-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Select your chosen images and add to the blog set. Once that operation is complete, go to the blog set.
Select the images, open the **Create blog post** panel and click **Create**. This will create a new blog post from the images that you can now add text and other information.
---
## Adding blog categories and keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d3e80cfa-f3a6-11e6-8cef-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-29T21:22:41Z
To organise your blog posts, you can add categories and keywords to posts. These will show in the sidebar of the blog and allow your visitors to find and navigate past content easily.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/585b53f0-f3ae-11e6-9c3a-8e12dd763e7d/74a7f0ea-f3ae-11e6-9c3a-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
### Adding Keywords to a blog post
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b75fbaf0-f3a7-11e6-ad71-8e12dd763e7d/cd04bf2c-f3a7-11e6-ad71-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Open the **Keywords** panel and add your chosen keywords. You can add multiple keywords separated by a comma.
### Adding Categories to a blog post
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/485d4a04-f3ad-11e6-bda8-8e12dd763e7d/5e8f257c-f3ad-11e6-bda8-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Open the **Categories** panel and add your chosen categories. You can add multiple categories separated by a comma.
> 💡 **Tip:** We suggest using categories for things like different types of work, while using keywords for adding more information and potential search terms.
---
## Formatting text
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cc41eee4-f310-11e6-976a-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:08:43Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/452d6810-f230-11e6-841b-967fcb7c1249/5d094ac6-f230-11e6-841b-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
You can format your text by highlighting it and clicking on the various text formatting icons.
---
## Adding a jump
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/63d16980-ac37-11e2-bdcf-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:07:31Z
Insert the following into your posts HTML to add a break.
```html
```
---
## Batch editing categories
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/675ce0de-caa3-11e9-87c2-66ad71e9c169
Last updated: 2019-08-29T21:36:26Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/73ec1adc-caa2-11e9-b085-1ae551117509/8ef3f048-caa2-11e9-b085-1ae551117509.mp4)
To batch edit a category name, first go to a blog post with that category applied to it. In the **Categories** panel, click on the category name.
You will see a list of all the posts in that category. In the **Edit category** panel, make any changes to the category name and click **Update**.
This will update all the posts within that category.
---
## Batch editing keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f62a0c72-caa5-11e9-87c2-66ad71e9c169
Last updated: 2019-08-29T21:58:44Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/970eb812-caa7-11e9-baab-c24a015f63c4/acc18b12-caa7-11e9-baab-c24a015f63c4.mp4)
To batch edit a keyword name, first go to a blog post with that keyword applied to it. In the **Keywords** panel, click on the keyword name.
You will see a list of all the posts in that keyword. In the **Edit keyword** panel, make any changes to the keyword name and click **Update**.
This will update all the posts within that keyword.
---
## Adding a blog to a website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/38744fda-c375-11e9-ad3b-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2019-08-20T19:43:25Z
You may want to start populating your blog with content before launching it publicly. Once you're ready to add it to your website, you need to create a new blog page.
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/75a6bfbc-f3bd-11e6-a0ca-8e12dd763e7d/8572c972-f3bd-11e6-a0ca-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
From your website overview screen, go to the **Pages** tab.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the **Create** button. Choose a name for your blog page and select **Blog** from the page type drop down menu.
Click **OK** and wait for the page to be created.
Once the blog page is made, click on the **Edit** button and select your blog from the **Source** dropdown. Click **Update**.
The posts from your chosen blog will now show on your blog page.
---
## RSS feeds
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7e8363e6-ac37-11e2-bdcf-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2019-08-20T19:43:26Z
If you want to allow visitors to keep up with your work via an RSS reader such as [Feedly](https://feedly.com/) you can enable an RSS feed for your blog.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d0539c16-f3c5-11e6-b9b4-8e12dd763e7d/e1f6ae54-f3c5-11e6-b9b4-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Go to your blog page and click the **Edit** button.
Go to the **Components** tab and expand the Blog component. Toggle the Enable RSS switch to the on position and give your feed a name and optional description, then click **Update**.
Now go to the **Feeds** tab. Click the **Add** button, select your feed and click **OK**.
### Validate your feed
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/39197fda-f3c7-11e6-9d97-8e12dd763e7d/47439816-f3c7-11e6-9d97-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You can check that your RSS feed is working correctly by entering your blog address [here](https://validator.w3.org/feed/).
---
## Social sharing options
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7aa36d18-f3b2-11e6-8cef-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:05:37Z
You can add sharing icons to your blog posts to make it easy for visitors to share your work.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/534ccce6-f3b2-11e6-8ddf-8e12dd763e7d/64d08354-f3b2-11e6-8ddf-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
From the websites section, go to the blog page and click on the **Edit** button.
Under the **Content** tab you'll find a number of blog configuration options. Toggle the **Social** switch to the on position. You can then choose which sharing options will be displayed underneath the posts.
Click **Update**.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can change the appearance of the sharing buttons in the website design section.
---
## Blog comments
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c98517ae-f3b4-11e6-8cef-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2019-08-20T21:05:04Z
By default Facebook comments are enabled on DPG blogs.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9f9e41b8-f3b4-11e6-9c6b-8e12dd763e7d/bba08164-f3b4-11e6-9c6b-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
### Turning off Facebook comments
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ba99f802-f3b6-11e6-9945-8e12dd763e7d/caebe88c-f3b6-11e6-9945-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
From the websites section, go to the blog page and click on the **Edit** button.
Under the **Content** tab you'll find a number of blog configuration options. Toggle the **Comments** switch to the off position.
Click **Update**.
---
## Set up a Tumblr blog as a subdomain
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/046b2062-aead-11e2-a47c-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-02-13T01:22:16Z
An easy way to use your existing Tumblr blog with DPG is to set it up as a subdomain. This means that your DPG site would load at an address like http://www.yourdomain.com while your blog is served via http://blog.yourdomain.com.
Visit [this](https://www.tumblr.com/docs/en/blog_management#customdomain) Tumblr guide and follow the instructions to set up the blog subdomain.
Once you have your blog working as a subdomain, all you need to do is [add it](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/79ffa408-ef2f-11e6-9d7f-6e61028599f7) to your website's main navigation menu.
---
## Creating a link from your site to an external blog
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/79ffa408-ef2f-11e6-9d7f-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-10T01:24:38Z
If you have a blog which is hosted with an external service you can create a link to that blog from your website by creating a new website navigation item.
---
## Beta testing info
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8d6bfaf8-c396-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2020-01-29T00:11:51Z
**Last updated: 27th January 2020.**
Thank you for joining the Dedicated Blog beta test! We're so excited to have you on board and to hear your feedback.
### About template testing
Dedicated Blog is our most versatile template yet and creating it has been a big endeavour. Its flexibility and near infinite options mean that it's incredibly powerful. We're proud to have built it from the ground up using the latest web technologies and including all the features that we ourselves wanted from a modern, image-rich blog. We took on a blog template, but on the way we also overhauled a lot of existing DPG blog features. That means there is a lot to test!
#### Where are we now?
We've done a lot of internal testing and have been living with this template for a number of months, so we classify this user testing period as a **stable final release** of the template. This means that this is more or less the template that will be rolled out to all users. There should be no big issues, but there may be some bugs, the occasional odd behaviour and changes to the function or appearance of elements as we move forward.
We think that this template is ready for users to create public sites. Based on this testing period, there may be changes or bug fixes in the near future that mean you would need to rebuild your site from the updated version of the template. As the blogs/posts are separate to the website template, this should be as simple as creating a new site and re-linking your blog. Your blog content will be preserved and transferred over to the new site. However, any changes to the theme design may need to be made again.
There are currently only a handful of pre-made themes for this template, with more in progress. You are able to fully customise all elements of the design in the meantime using the Design section.
#### What's your role?
Our primary goal is for you to enjoy using it! We made the template by observing the kind of blogs our users make and listening to the features you requested over the years. We can't wait to see what you create with it. If there is a blog feature or customisation that you would like to see or a design element you want to change, or if you can't figure out how to do something - please get in touch.
#### Support
Another purpose of this testing period is for us to create all of the support materials covering the breadth of the template and all its new features. This means that you may not be able to find an article or guide for every Dedicated Blog related question at this time.
We are working as fast as we can, but until we have everything covered we're happy to answer any questions, talk you through things or even hop into your account and take a look over your progress (if you want us to!).
Contact us at [support@digitalphotogallery.com](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) any time, we're here to help.
### About the template
[Dedicated Blog - Overview](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/691b3988-c05e-11e9-964b-faa88f73be91)
### What's new
* Index view - truncated blog view with 6 new layout styles
* Post templates - a new way to visually lay out blog posts
* Featured posts - highlight best content at the top of the blog as a carousel
* Related posts - select similar posts to display in post view
* Post navigation - navigate between posts in post view
* New mix and match headers and footers
* Optimised for all modern devices and beautiful mobile design
### Get started
If all that sounds good and without further ado, let's dive in.
**Follow a step by step guide to [create and set up a new Dedicated Blog here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2a51299a-ce52-11e9-bb44-66ad71e9c169).**
### What next?
Once you've set up your new blog site, why not try some of the other new features:
* [Featured posts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4243a2d0-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91)
* [Related posts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/52c383dc-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91)
* [Enabling post templates](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/64b29cf4-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91)
* [Using post templates](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0df0258-d343-11e9-bf01-222534bf2d82)
---
## Featured posts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4243a2d0-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2019-08-22T00:41:16Z
Series 3 blogs allow you to mark posts as **featured posts**. Featured posts appear as a banner at the top of the blog and multiple posts become a post carousel. Carousels can be set to autoplay, so that after a set amount of time the carousel moves on to the next post.
The appearance of the featured post is controlled by and designed to suit the index page layout.
> 💡 **Tip:** This feature is new for [Series 3](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/197946ac-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91) blog websites. If added, featured posts will not be visible on older blog websites.
### Making a featured post
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/33b4a4a0-c455-11e9-a92d-1ae551117509/4d8d8842-c455-11e9-a92d-1ae551117509.mp4)
In the Blogs section, navigate to your chosen blog post. In the **Options** panel, switch the **Featured** toggle to the on position and click **Save**.
> 💡 **Tip:** Marking the post as featured will reload the page, so make sure your blog content is saved in the post editor.
The post will now appear as a featured post on the Dedicated Blog website linked to this blog.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c7c4e068-c457-11e9-a0d4-1ae551117509/e9d2fe7e-c457-11e9-a0d4-1ae551117509.mp4)
Add multiple featured posts to make a carousel. The order of the posts in the carousel is organised by date, with the newest post first.
### Setting the carousel to autoplay
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/48d6fe62-c45c-11e9-b86c-1ae551117509/6eeb0652-c45c-11e9-b86c-1ae551117509.mp4)
In the website's Design section go to the **Page**, then **Blog** tab. Switch the **Autoplay Featured Posts Carousel** toggle to the on position and **Save**. You can control the speed of the carousel by choosing the time in seconds from the dropdown menu.
---
## Related posts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/52c383dc-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2019-08-22T00:44:27Z
You can select **related posts** to show visitors additional relevant content at the end of any post.
> 💡 **Tip:** This feature is new for [Series 3](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/197946ac-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91) blog websites. If added, related posts will not be visible on older blog websites.
### Adding related posts
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/612bed20-c465-11e9-8011-c24a015f63c4/7bbbdf10-c465-11e9-8011-c24a015f63c4.mp4)
In the Blogs section, navigate to your chosen blog post. In the **Related posts** panel select a post from the dropdown menu and click **Add**. You can continue adding posts by repeating this process.
> 💡 **Tip:** Adding related posts will reload the page, so make sure your blog content is saved in the post editor.
To remove a related post, click the 𝖷 icon.
---
## Enabling post templates
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/64b29cf4-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2019-09-04T00:39:53Z
Post templates allow you to create posts with special formatting and layouts in Series 3 blogs. This includes full-width images, side by side images, two or three small images in a row, as well as text options like columns and large pull quotes.
To start using post templates, you need to enable them in your account settings.
### Turning on post templates
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0b0d87b6-ce4f-11e9-8969-621939287099/1c85e448-ce4f-11e9-8969-621939287099.mp4)
From the **Dashboard** click on **Settings**. Select the **Blogs** tab.
Switch the **post templates** toggle to the on position. Click **Update**.
Once this is done, the **post template** icon will appear in the blog editor.
---
## Using post templates
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0df0258-d343-11e9-bf01-222534bf2d82
Last updated: 2019-09-26T21:36:35Z
Post templates allow you to create posts with special formatting and layouts in Series 3 blogs. This includes full-width images, side by side images, two or three small images in a row, as well as text options like columns and large pull quotes.
> 💡 **Tip:** Post templates are optimised for Series 3 blogs. Sites with blogs made prior to this may not display template blocks correctly. Make sure that you have tested the appearance of your blog on the web before publishing if using post templates on older blogs.
### Contents:
* [Turning on post templates](#turning-on-post-templates)
* [Inserting a post template](#inserting-a-post-template)
* [Creating layouts with post templates](#creating-layouts-with-post-templates)
* [Deleting a post template](#deleting-a-post-template)
### Turning on post templates
Before using post templates for the first time, you need to enable them in settings. Follow the instructions [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/64b29cf4-c38f-11e9-a64e-faa88f73be91).
### Inserting a post template
Once you have turned on the post templates option in settings, you'll see the **post template** icon in the blog editor.}
{video:6ab78858-d343-11e9-84f3-621939287099
Click the icon to select one of the post template blocks from the drop down. This will insert a coloured placeholder block for media or stock text, which you can then replace with your own content.
Click on the coloured block to select it, then click the **Insert media** icon to choose your image or video.
> 💡 **Tip:** When inserting media, you should select each block and insert a single item to fill it. Selecting multiple items will not work correctly when replacing blocks in post templates.
Your content will maintain its aspect ratio, so if your photos are free-cropped then they may not match up neatly.}
### Creating layouts with post templates
When using post templates you can work one by one, or use different blocks to work out a layout before inserting your content.
{video:6fbf26e2-d34a-11e9-a27b-2a1b36472473
This video shows how you can use post templates to build a rough layout of the post without content. Select different blocks to build your post. You can save the post and preview it on your blog with the placeholders.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/cd075e80-d351-11e9-a02f-621939287099/d908537e-d351-11e9-a02f-621939287099.mp4)
Once you're happy with how your blog post is coming together, you can select each placeholder and replace it with your own content. Don't worry if you need to make changes, you can always add or delete post template blocks.
Click **Save** and preview the post to see it on the web.
When your post is done, you just need to click the **Publish** button.
### Deleting a post template
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4eb352f6-d34b-11e9-abf3-2a1b36472473/5ab1feae-d34b-11e9-abf3-2a1b36472473.mp4)
To delete a block, click on it to select it and use the backspace or delete key on your keyboard.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that you delete the entire contents of a block, such as all three images in a 3 block. Partially deleting a block may cause the formatting to display incorrectly for the content that follows.
---
## Creating a website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7200696e-ac34-11e2-a7fb-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-05-31T18:51:04Z
### Choose a template
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3cc2724e-cecf-11e6-ab5d-967fcb7c1249/4bbae650-cecf-11e6-ab5d-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab and follow these steps:
1. Choose a template that you would like to use.
1. Select the intial theme and layout (these can be changed later).
1. Click **Create**.
1. Enter a name for your website, this can be anything you like.
1. Click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
You'll be able to visit the site straight away by clicking on the **visit** link next to the URL. When you do you'll see an empty site, waiting for you to edit it and add content.
---
## Filling in site information
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5d039ef4-ad0d-11e6-89d4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:11:00Z
### Change the default text
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/869d2aa2-ceda-11e6-929d-8e12dd763e7d/943e8b60-ceda-11e6-929d-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Once your site is created, go to the Content tab and replace the default text with your own information.
---
## Adding images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/baba18b2-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-03-23T22:36:47Z
### Website sets
When the site was created it also created a folder structure inside [sets](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/sets) which you can add images to. One of the ideas behind DPG sites is that they are very easy to update. We think you should be able to spend some time setting up your site and then updating it in the future will be as easy as adding images to sets.}
### Adding images
{video:81a23cb4-eb3f-11e6-9c3a-967fcb7c1249
You can add images directly to a set.
### Using sets with the website
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/08a218c6-eb48-11e6-a364-8e12dd763e7d/17bd9254-eb48-11e6-a364-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You can also create sets within the website page sets to help you organise your images. [This site](https://flexiblesidescroll.demo.dpg.gallery/gallery/) shows an example of sets in use.
---
## Making the site public
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eacbea12-654a-11e6-be22-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-05-04T22:57:41Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d1aee6f4-c96f-11e6-ad7a-56388aee727f/dfddd334-c96f-11e6-ad7a-56388aee727f.mp4)
Before you tell the world about your site you should add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4).
---
## Switching Templates
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df9ed924-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2018-03-22T23:57:27Z
In this guide we’ll show you how to migrate your current live site to a new design with zero downtime or disruption to your visitors.
This is useful if you are upgrading from one of our older templates, want to try a new type of design, or even rearrange your content.
### Create the new site
The first step is to create a new website in your account. To do that you should follow [this guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/62e5e28a-67e1-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405).
We refine the site build process on a regular basis, so even if you’ve built a DPG site in the past, it’s a good idea to check out the guide. It’s likely that the process is even easier than the last time!
You can also see a step-by-step video of the site building process on [this page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/430227ea-ab6e-11e2-b460-b8f6b11825bb).
### Set up the site basics
Following the above guides, fill out the standard information like your site name and tagline.
### Copy images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d0c534e8-2e1b-11e8-bd8e-22aeaf0bd45a/e00c14ee-2e1b-11e8-bd8e-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
For pages like the **Image Slideshow** homepage or a simple gallery with no nested sets, you can select all of the images in your original set and simply add them to the new site set. Images can exist in multiple sets at once.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/00ed2536-2e1c-11e8-a984-22aeaf0bd45a/0da96154-2e1c-11e8-a984-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
If you have a gallery with nested sets (sets within sets), make new versions of those sets inside the new site's gallery using the **[New set](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/25fcb16e-aa1b-11e2-8405-d49a20fffecc)** panel. Then go through each one and [add the images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) from the old set to the corresponding new set.
Once the transactions are in progress in the corner of your screen, you no longer need to keep the window open, so feel free to go for a cup of coffee while the images are adding ☕️🍰}
> 💡 **Tip:** If you have a paid account there are [additional tools](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9c577f9a-ec04-11e6-921c-6e61028599f7) which can help you clone complex set structures.
### Copying text page content
{video:c1ec3fac-2e1b-11e8-8ea3-22aeaf0bd45a
Migrating text on pages is as simple as copying and pasting the text from the text block on each page.
Don't forget to configure the form on the Contact page if you have one.}
### Adding your existing blog
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
{video:e1da4f5c-2e1b-11e8-b76c-22aeaf0bd45a
Blogs in DPG operate independently of websites, so they can be attached to multiple sites. In your new site, create a new blog page, click **Edit** and select the relevant blog as the **Source**.
### Final tweaks
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2effe846-2e1c-11e8-87d6-1ef790c6f0a9/3df8db28-2e1c-11e8-87d6-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
Check that the **Navigation** items are in the right order, add any external links or change navigation item names.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/989112e0-2e1b-11e8-9c19-22aeaf0bd45a/a55c944a-2e1b-11e8-9c19-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
Add social icon links.
You can also choose a different theme or layout and customise the **[Design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/5f52acde-2d88-11e8-9f8e-76b97dfa4d82)** as much as you like.
### Moving your domain
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f058678a-2e1b-11e8-ad1e-1ef790c6f0a9/ff813fa2-2e1b-11e8-ad1e-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
When you're totally happy with the new site and are ready to go live, you can seamlessly switch over the domain from the old site.
In the **Hosts** panel click **Add Host** then select **Move a host from an existing DPG site** and your existing domain name. If your previous site's DNS records were correctly configured, this change will take pace immediately. Your new site should now be live! 💃
### Deleting the old site
It's probably a good idea to keep your old site around for a few days, but once you are sure everything is working great with the new one, you can [delete](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/381e4d30-ac0a-11e2-a18c-b8f6b11825bb) the old version if you want to.
### Renaming the new site
You can rename the new site and sets if you need to.
---
## Creating a portfolio with Essential Portfolio
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/987b927c-b0cc-11ea-8752-d6336a578750
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:10:10Z
In this guide we'll be going through the steps to set up a brand new website using the Essential Portfolio template.
> 💡 **Tip:** For an even more in-depth video tutorial, please see [Getting started with Essential Portfolio](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248).
#### Before you begin
If you're new to DPG, prepare some images or native video to upload. You can always add more later, but it will help you to see some real content when making initial design choices. And don't worry too much about any information you add using the helper (such as the name of the website or the header text), everything can be edited once the site is created.
### In this guide:
* [Create the site](#create-the-site)
* [Follow the helper](#follow-the-helper)
* [Preview your site using a testing host](#preview-your-site-using-a-testing-host)
* [Edit content](#edit-content)
* [Add navigation items](#add-navigation-items)
* [Add social icons](#add-social-icons)
* [Add media](#add-media)
* [Create sets](#create-sets)
* [Edit the design](#edit-the-design)
* [Edit the contact page](#edit-the-contact-page)
* [Add website icons](#add-website-icons)
* [Add homepage description](#add-homepage-description)
* [Set up a public host](#set-up-a-public-host)
Let's begin! 🚀
### Create the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d8998670-b18a-11ea-8ce2-0ad4e06bc2a4/dc18adc6-b18a-11ea-8ce2-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
From the Dashboard navigate to the websites screen by clicking **Manage**.
Choose the **New site** tab, then **Websites** where you will see the Essential Portfolio template.
Select an initial theme and index view preset for the site (this can be changed later) and click **Create**.
### Follow the helper
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/787d2cfc-b18e-11ea-aa6f-6e50fb6d292e/7b05caba-b18e-11ea-aa6f-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Click **Start** to use the helper and fill in some basic information for your site. This will guide you through a few steps to easily configure things like the header and contact page. You'll also add some images to make design customisations easy to visualise.
Once you've completed each step, click the **Build website** button.
You'll see a **Creating website** loading screen. Stay on this page while the website is created, this may take a few minutes depending on the size and quantity of your images.
Once the website is created, you'll see the website **Overview** screen. This will be your starting point for anything to do with this website.
### Preview your site using a testing host
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/381b2544-b191-11ea-bdad-6e50fb6d292e/3accf3d0-b191-11ea-bdad-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Click the **Visit** button to preview your site on the web. If you've added content using the helper in the previous step, you should see your site is beginning to take shape.
> 💡 **Tip:** This is just a preview URL for testing, we'll make a public address to share later on in this guide.
### Edit content
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/42b25050-b195-11ea-9b7e-0ad4e06bc2a4/457d43c6-b195-11ea-9b7e-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
From the website **Overview** screen, choose the **Content** tab. This is where you can edit information that appears on your website such as the header and footer text, navigation items and social icons.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can add a logo to the header in the design section, but a text entry is also required for accessibility.
### Add navigation items
You can add and remove navigation items here. These can link to other DPG or external websites.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1a5f7e92-b1aa-11ea-befa-6e50fb6d292e/1d1909d2-b1aa-11ea-befa-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Select the **Main Navigation** tab. Click the **Create** button, select type Standard and enter a name and URL. Click **OK** and repeat this process for each new item.
To [add a new page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/196bbd9e-ac1b-11e2-b218-f23c91703874) to the navigation, create it in **Pages** first.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that external addresses start with http:// or https://.
### Add social icons
Add links to your social media profiles. These will appear as icons in the footer and overlay navigation.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/29a47054-b1ac-11ea-b849-6e50fb6d292e/2c7f5a78-b1ac-11ea-b849-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Select the **Social** tab. Click the **Create** button to choose a service and enter the address of your social media links.
### Add media
On the **Overview** screen you'll see the sets linked to this website. The Gallery page is linked to the Gallery set. You can [add images or native videos](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) to this set to see them on the gallery page of your site.
### Create sets
You can use sets to organise your work. Learn more about [sets and the gallery page structure here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/923f931c-9cd9-11e8-b6bf-3225061e24b0). If you want to keep all you images inside the gallery without separating them into sets, you can skip this step 🏃.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/82718632-b1c9-11ea-b1ab-0ad4e06bc2a4/8558615e-b1c9-11ea-b1ab-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
To convert the existing images into a nested set, click on the **Gallery** set from the **Overview** screen.
Open the **New set** panel and enter a name for the set. Click the **Create** button. Select all the images inside the gallery.
Open the **Add to set** panel and navigate to the Gallery set. You'll now see your newly created set nested inside **Gallery**. Select it and click **Add**.
Once done, you can use the **Remove** panel to remove the images from the main Gallery set (they'll still remain in the new nested set where you just put them!).
You can create more sets inside the Gallery set to further organise your work, then add images and native video to populate your gallery.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/909cb2b8-b1ba-11ea-8c42-6e50fb6d292e/93a8eee0-b1ba-11ea-8c42-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
If you've created some nested sets and added images, you will see them on your site.
### Edit the design
This template comes with a number of pre-made themes, layouts and navigation styles. There are endless customisations to make the design your own. In the **Design** section, start by choosing a theme and a gallery style (if you're happy with what you chose at the start, then stick with that but switching is just one click if you want a change). Once you're happy with the general layout, customise fonts and colours in the **Style** tab.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5b29f654-b1b0-11ea-b8b1-0ad4e06bc2a4/5e1c9736-b1b0-11ea-b8b1-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
To enter the Design section from the **Overview** screen, click the **Edit Design** icon. In the sidebar choose the **Style** then **Theme** tab. Select a Theme to use or customise later.
Your theme will preview in the main window and you can click **Save** when you're happy with your choice.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6ced5660-b1b5-11ea-9a3e-0ad4e06bc2a4/70d88d6c-b1b5-11ea-9a3e-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
Select the **Page** tab to see an array of options relating to the page's design. In the **Components** tab you'll see options for the page header, gallery views, footer and more.
Try different styles to change the look of your website.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9d869c3a-b1bc-11ea-85ac-0ad4e06bc2a4/a07e4df2-b1bc-11ea-85ac-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
If you've created sets, you can change the style of the sets view.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e35f632e-b25f-11ea-a7f4-0ad4e06bc2a4/e85594b6-b25f-11ea-a7f4-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
These options are contextual to the preview window on the left of the screen. If you navigate to a different page, you'll see layout options specific to that page.
> 💡 **Tip:** Shared items such as the header will be consistent across all pages, but you can change them on any page on which they're visible.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4431e2e8-b261-11ea-af57-6e50fb6d292e/4acb29a2-b261-11ea-af57-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
You can navigate between different pages in the preview window, or use the top bar to choose a page to view.
### Edit the contact page
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e1e5bcbc-b1d0-11ea-a7a2-0ad4e06bc2a4/e4d37a5e-b1d0-11ea-a7a2-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
Select the **Pages** tab and click the **Edit** button on the Contact page. Here you can edit the default **Text** and if you need to, the email address you entered in the **Contact** tab.
### Add website icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ff17dcd4-b1b2-11ea-9252-0ad4e06bc2a4/020635a8-b1b3-11ea-9252-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
Website icons are the icons you see in the corner of a web browser tab, when bookmarking a page or saving it to a mobile device. Using custom icons is a great way to showcase your brand.
You can add common website icons in the side panel of the website overview screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** For best results your icon should be in PNG format and a minimum of 512px across, apart from the Pinned Site icon which must be an SVG file.
### Add homepage description
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d5fcf574-b193-11ea-a732-6e50fb6d292e/d90d8260-b193-11ea-a732-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Under the **General** tab, you can enter a description of your website. This is used by search engines and will be seen by visitors who search for your work, so use plain text rather than keywords to describe your site.
### Set up a public host
AKA going live! If you're happy with your site, setting up a public host is the final step before making the website public. This will be the url that you share with the world. If you have your own domain name, you can configure it in the **Hosts** panel. If you don't have your own domain, you can set up a free dpg.gallery URL.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Before you launch your site you should always add a public host, as testing hosts aren't cached for optimum speed or indexed by search engines.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9573236c-b1d8-11ea-9f6b-0ad4e06bc2a4/983279c2-b1d8-11ea-9f6b-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
You can create a free dpg.gallery host, move a host from an existing DPG site or add your own new domain in the **Hosts** tab.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you're not sure how to configure your domain [ask DPG to help](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86)!
---
## Creating a shop with Dedicated Shop
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:15:19Z
In this guide we'll go through each step of creating a shop with the **Dedicated Shop** template. Using DPG's Sales features we'll create products and add them to sets, to create a powerful ecommerce site with full checkout and payment integration with Stripe and Paypal.
In this template DPG powers the shop, the cart and the checkout. After checkout, orders are handed off to PayPal or Stripe to securely collect payment. Once payment is complete, customers receive an order confirmation via email and you will see new orders in the DPG admin ready to be fulfilled.
### Before you begin
* You must have a DPG subscription with a [Standard](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) or above plan to use the Sales features. If you don't have a Standard account you should [upgrade your account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) first.
* Sign up with a payment provider - DPG offers the choice of using [Stripe](https://stripe.com/) and/or [PayPal](https://www.paypal.com/) integration for secure customer payments. You will need your own account with each service to integrate it with your shop.
* Gather text and imagery for your products - Before getting started building your shop, you may find it helpful to prepare item titles and descriptions for some of your products. This information doesn't need to be final and can always be changed before you launch your shop, but it will help you to build and customise your website with real content from the start.
#### Advanced-level preparation:
* Prices and stock levels - Decide on your product pricing and note down any taxes that you will need to collect.
* Shipping costs - Where will your items be delivered? Research and note down shipping costs for customers in different regions.
* Discounts - You can offer discount codes to customers which can be a great promotional opportunity when launching your shop.
Prepared and ready to go? Let's get selling! 🛒💳🛍
### In this article
* [1. Create products](#1-create-products)
* [2. Connect payment provider](#2-connect-payment-provider)
* [3. Create Dedicated Shop site](#3-create-dedicated-shop-site)
* [4. Follow the helper](#4-follow-the-helper)
* [5. Get to know your shop](#5-get-to-know-your-shop)
* [6. Edit site content](#6-edit-site-content)
* [7. Edit the design](#7-edit-the-design)
* [8. Get ready for customers](#8-get-ready-for-customers)
* [9. Test your site](#9-test-your-site)
* [10. Add a public host](#10-add-a-public-host)
### 1. Create products
Before you create your shop website it's helpful to make some products. If you skip this step, you can choose to use randomly generated products to get started instead.
📎[Creating products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) - Follow the instructions to create a few products.
### 2. Connect payment provider
You should already have a PayPal and/or Stripe account. Link your accounts to DPG by following the instructions in the following articles:
📎[Linking Paypal account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3eef80a0-a870-11eb-9b23-2e38a617bcc0)
📎[Linking Stripe account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/860888f6-a870-11eb-8610-824cb035c834)
You can choose to use either one or both services with your shop. If you select both, your customers will choose which payment provider they wish to use at checkout.
### 3. Create Dedicated Shop site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8e44d272-a9ba-11eb-9e8d-0e9a6ba445f3/90a65540-a9ba-11eb-9e8d-0e9a6ba445f3.mp4)
From the Dashboard navigate to the websites screen by clicking **Manage**.
Choose the **New site** tab, then **Sales** where you will see the Dedicated Shop template.
Select one of the themes for your site (this can be changed and customised later) and click **Create**.
### 4. Follow the helper
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fdc826a0-c3b2-11eb-a3f2-facf1bc641fa/00989680-c3b3-11eb-a3f2-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
Click **Start** and follow the helper to fill in some basic information for your site.
This will guide you through some steps to easily configure things like the header text, connect payment providers and add some products to start working with. This will make it much easier to complete the site setup and begin working with your site visually.
> 💡 **Tip:** All the information you enter in the helper can be edited once your site is created.
Once you've completed the steps, click the **Build website** button.
You'll see a **Creating website** loading screen. Stay on this page while the website is created, this may take a few minutes depending on the size and quantity of your images.
#### Visit your new site
Once the website is created, you'll see the website **Overview** screen. This will be your starting point for anything to do with this website. You can return here by going to **websites** from the main menu or dashboard.}
{video:02b128f4-a9c0-11eb-8635-0e9a6ba445f3
If you added content using the helper, you can now see the results of your hard work. Click the **Visit** button to see your site in progress.
If you've added products and images, you'll see that your shop is already coming together. The Overview clicks through to the Product View, where you can see product options and add items to the cart. The cart clicks through to a full checkout.
### 5. Get to know your shop
On the website overview screen, you'll see the sets that have been created for you which make up the structure of your site.
Dedicated Shop is a sets-based template, so each product is a set. The set holds the images and videos for the item and has the product information attached to it.}
If you click on one of the sample sets, you'll see that any images you added using the helper are inside.
#### Upload extra product images
{video:0c4955aa-a9cd-11eb-9dd3-facf1bc641fa
Upload more images to the sets by going to the **Upload** screen and selecting the set.
New images will appear on the product page. }
#### Arrange media order
📎[Media order](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/101e0f8a-a9c4-11eb-a3d1-2e38a617bcc0) - You can arrange the order of the images or videos inside sets, as well as choose which is used for the set cover.
#### Add more products
At this stage you also may want to add more products to your shop.
📎[Creating products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) - First create the product in Sales.
📎[Product images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/89a73c36-a303-11eb-9461-824cb035c834) - Create a new set inside the main shop set and attach the product to the set
### 6. Edit site content
From the website **Overview** screen go to the **Content** tab where you can add and edit the information that appears across your site.
#### Add homepage description
autoplay
Go to **Pages** and click the **Edit** next to you Contact page. Click the **Content** tab where you can edit the stock text.
You can edit the Contact page image in the **Media** tab and the contact email in the **Contact** tab.
### 7. Edit the design
> 💡 **Tip:** If this is your first time working with a Series 3 template, you may find it helpful to watch [Part 3 of our Essential Portfolio Guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248#part-3-all-things-design) which takes a detailed tour of the Design area and covers themes, headers, footers and other elements in more details.
This template comes with a number of pre-made themes, layouts and navigation styles. On top of that, there are endless customisations to make the design your own.
To enter the Design section from the website **Overview** screen, click the **Edit Design** icon.}
{detail:a5f5fa98-c3e8-11eb-b90d-facf1bc641fa
You can see detailed articles on design and customisations for this template below:
📎[Sales Page - Overview design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/990ccdee-b1f4-11eb-a4fe-2e38a617bcc0) - this is the main shop page where you can see all your products.
📎[Sales Page - Product View design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ebd3c2b6-b1eb-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834) - this is the individual product view.
📎[Sales Page - Index View design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7517a3e6-b8fc-11eb-97a3-824cb035c834) - the index page is an optional customisation which makes a great landing page.
📎[Cart design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5290f2e-b1e6-11eb-8c17-2e38a617bcc0) - the cart has a number of customisations you can try.
📎[Checkout design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ddbc36e2-b1e9-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834) - customise the checkout page.
Once you're happy with the general layout, customise fonts and colours in the **Style** tab.
In the sidebar choose the **Style** > **Theme** tab. Select a theme to use or customise. Your theme will preview in the main window and you can click **Save** when you're happy with your choice.
You can save the current setting as a custom theme by clicking the **Create** button at any time. }
Style options are contextual to the page viewed in the preview window on the left of the screen. If you navigate to a different page, you'll see layout options specific to that page.
{detail:791feebe-c3e5-11eb-8d75-facf1bc641fa
> 💡 **Tip:** Shared items such as the header will be consistent across all pages, but you can change them on any page on which they're visible.
The **Colours** tab shows the colour palette for the current theme. You can replace each colour, which will change the colour of every element that's set to that colour across the site. You can also add new colours to the palette which will make them available to choose in the settings across the site.}
{detail:3ef86726-c3e9-11eb-89ec-0e9a6ba445f3
#### Mobile devices
You can toggle between the desktop and mobile preview window by clicking on the icons in Design. }
{detail:acbeafd4-c3e6-11eb-b798-facf1bc641fa
### 8. Get ready for customers
Once you've completed your design, you should have a fantastic looking shop site which is almost ready for your first customer. Here are some other features you may find useful for your shop:
📎[Announcement banner](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2c1135a4-b4c9-11eb-86d2-2e38a617bcc0) - Create an Announcement Banner at the top of your shop to highlight special offers, important information or shipping dates.
📎[Related products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6fdd80cc-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834) - Select Related products to appear in product view to give your customer relevant products to explore.
📎[Similar items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7cc1456c-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834) - Similar items allows you to automatically display all the other products in the same set on the product page.
📎[Order Confirmations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/21a65168-b2ca-11eb-9032-824cb035c834) - Confirm order confirmation text and notifications.
📎[Shipping](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/e1936812-6ca7-11eb-b610-6ae3c97cceff) - Create shipping rules based on conditions like the shipping country, total order value and number of items purchased.
📎[Discount codes](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/c9ee7536-785e-11eb-84f4-6ae3c97cceff) - Create discount codes to share with customers.
📎[Options](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e992528e-b028-11eb-b80f-824cb035c834) The checkout allows you to enable and disable options like the notes field, discount codes and an opt-in consent checkbox for terms.
#### Info and text pages
Depending on your business, your products and where you are based, you will want to provide customers with information about your shop. This may include a Privacy Policy, Terms and Conditions and Returns Policy. This template has several text pages available to use for text and information:
* Text | Freeform Text & Media - ideal for any text information.
* Q&A | FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions and other Q&A-based content. Answers unfold underneath the questions when clicked.
* Policies | Privacy Policy - Privacy Policy or other terms.
To create a new page go to **Pages** and click the **Create** button. Give the page a name and path and choose the page type from the dropdown menu. Click **Create**.
Once your page is created, click the **Edit button** to add your content. }
### 9. Test your site
Once you're happy with your shop, make sure that you test how your design looks on both desktop and mobile devices. Check through every page to make sure that all of the product information and prices are correctly entered.
📎[Testing your shop](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ff4e4680-ad1e-11eb-b914-2e38a617bcc0)
You can test the entire order process by using test payment credentials provided by PayPal and Stripe, which allow you to place test orders in your shop without spending real funds.
📎[Testing Stripe](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/47a3b13a-b2b6-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0)
📎[Testing PayPal](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/93f4664e-b2be-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0)
### 10. Add a public host
If you're happy with your shop, setting up a public host is the final step before making the website public. This will be the url that you share with the world. If you have your own domain name, you can configure it in the **Hosts** panel. If you don't have your own domain, you can set up a free dpg.gallery URL.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Before you launch your site you should always add a public host, as testing hosts aren't cached for optimum speed or indexed by search engines.
{video:7013f02a-af5b-11eb-a0f4-facf1bc641fa
You can create a free dpg.gallery host, move a host from an existing DPG site or add your own new domain in the **Hosts** tab.
#### Your own domain
If you're using your own domain, it's especially important that shop websites have an SSL certificate and are served over HTTPS.
📎[Overview](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3f344350-cb21-11e7-a677-02616046d57b) - DPG can provide free SSL certificates to all users on our paid plans to make their sites secure.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you're not sure how to configure your own domain [ask DPG to help](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86).
### Launch
Now that your shop is ready, tested and running on a public domain you should be ready to welcome customers. Contact us if you need any help or advice and happy selling!
---
## Creating a blog with Dedicated Blog
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2a51299a-ce52-11e9-bb44-66ad71e9c169
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:12:05Z
In this guide we'll be going through the steps to create and configure a blog using the Dedicated Blog template.
Before we begin, make sure you have an existing DPG blog or [make a new one](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/81d3eca0-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874) to use with this site. A blog can be linked to multiple websites, so you can work on a new blog website without disturbing a previous one until you're ready to go live.
### Contents:
* [Create the site](#create-the-site)
* [Link your blog](#link-your-blog)
* [Preview your site using a testing host](#preview-your-site-using-a-testing-host)
* [Fill in page title](#fill-in-page-title)
* [Fill in header text](#fill-in-header-text)
* [Add navigation items](#add-navigation-items)
* [Add social icons](#add-social-icons)
* [Fill in contact details](#fill-in-contact-details)
* [Edit the design](#edit-the-design)
* [Edit widget text](#edit-widget-text)
* [Add website icons](#add-website-icons)
* [Set up a public host](#set-up-a-public-host)
Let's get started! 💪
### Create the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8e43039a-ce54-11e9-ad60-2a1b36472473/a2ee93b8-ce54-11e9-ad60-2a1b36472473.mp4)
From the Dashboard navigate to the **[websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites)**.
Choose the **New site** tab, then **Blogs**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7beb3112-ce5a-11e9-8303-2a1b36472473/8ce7eb36-ce5a-11e9-8303-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Scroll to the **Dedicated Blog** template.
Select an initial theme and index view preset for the site (this can be changed later) and click **Create**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/88e9c886-ce57-11e9-8728-2a1b36472473/99232c1a-ce57-11e9-8728-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Give your site a name and click **OK**. Stay on this screen while the website is created, this may take a couple of minutes.
Once the website is created, you'll see the **Overview** screen.
### Link your blog
Now that you've made the website, it's time to connect your blog. If you haven't made a DPG blog yet, see [Setting up a blog](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/81d3eca0-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0b54eb06-ce5e-11e9-9996-2a1b36472473/1b660a8e-ce5e-11e9-9996-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Choose the **Pages** tab and click the **Edit** button on the blog page.
Select the **Content** tab and choose your blog from the **Source** dropdown menu. Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click **Update**.
### Preview your site using a testing host
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5b20e758-ce5d-11e9-9c9d-2a1b36472473/6a3473b8-ce5d-11e9-9c9d-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Now that your blog is connected, you should see the site is starting to take shape. Click the **View** button to view your blog on the web.
> 💡 **Tip:** This is just a preview URL for testing, we'll make a public address to share later on in this guide.
### Fill in page title
This is the text that appears at the top of the browser window and in search engines when visitors search for your website.}
{video:6f5d138e-ce5f-11e9-82ed-621939287099
From the main Overview screen, choose the **Content** tab. This is where you can enter information that appears on your website such as the header and footer text, navigation items and social icons.
Under the **General** tab, enter your page title and description and click **Update**.
### Fill in header text
This is the text that appears in the header of your website. It may be your name or your blog's name.}
{video:4821c506-ce61-11e9-be71-621939287099 Under the **Header** tab, enter your header text and click **Update**.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can add a logo to the header in the design section, but a text entry is also required for accessibility.
### Add navigation items
You can add and remove navigation items here. These can link to other DPG or external websites.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f03194ea-ce72-11e9-adae-2a1b36472473/ffc70fd4-ce72-11e9-adae-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Select the **Main Navigation** tab. Click the **Create** button, select type **Standard** and enter a name and URL for any additional navigation items. Click **OK** and repeat this process for each new item.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that external addresses start with http:// or https://.
### Add social icons
Add links to your social media profiles. These will appear as icons in the footer and overlay navigation.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c91a3540-ce74-11e9-a9ea-621939287099/d6af2c74-ce74-11e9-a9ea-621939287099.mp4)
Select the **Social** tab. Click the **Create** button to choose a service and enter the address of your social media profiles.
### Fill in contact details
Any contact information you enter will be displayed in the footer of the page.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e0d0539c-ce7c-11e9-80b6-2a1b36472473/f442e570-ce7c-11e9-80b6-2a1b36472473.mp4)
Select the **Contact Details** tab. Enter contact text and click **Update**.
### Edit widget text
Blog widgets help visitors discover more via search, archives, categories and keywords. Replace the first text widget with your own text.}
{video:4694e5a8-cf6d-11e9-b345-621939287099
Choose the **Pages** tab and click the **Edit** button on the blog page.
Select the **Content** tab and scroll down to **Sidebar components**. Click the **Edit** button on the HTML component, enter your own text and click **OK**.
You can also delete or rearrange the order of widgets here.
### Edit the design
This template comes with a number of themes, index views and navigation styles. There are also endless design customisations to make the design your own. Start by choosing a base theme and an index view. Then you can customise the style of your site using the Design section.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e92e823a-ce80-11e9-95d0-621939287099/f87e103e-ce80-11e9-95d0-621939287099.mp4)
From the **Overview** screen, click the **Edit Design** icon. In the sidebar choose the **Style** then **Theme** tab. Select a Theme to use or customise later.
Your theme will preview in the main window and you can click **Save** when you're happy with your choice.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/68a8b7e8-ce9e-11e9-898c-621939287099/873c341e-ce9e-11e9-898c-621939287099.mp4)
To select the index view style, click the **Page** tab, then **Components**. In the sidebar you will see **Blog Index View** options.
Select your chosen style and click **Save**.
### Add website icons
Website icons are the icons you see in the corner of a web browser tab, when bookmarking a page or saving it to a mobile device. Using custom icons is a great way to showcase your brand.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/81fda236-ce84-11e9-b970-621939287099/91b9f724-ce84-11e9-b970-621939287099.mp4)
You can add common [website icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874) in the side panel of the website overview screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** For best results your icon should be in PNG format and a minimum of 512px across, apart from the Pinned Site icon which must be an SVG file.
### Set up a public host
Aka **going live**! This will be the url that you share with the world. If you have your own domain name, you can configure it here. If you don't have your own domain, you can set up a free dpg.gallery host.
Before you launch your site you should always add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4), as only public hosts are cached for optimum speed and indexed by search engines.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/92f918a8-ce85-11e9-9dda-2a1b36472473/a4c0a9e8-ce85-11e9-9dda-2a1b36472473.mp4)
You can use a free *yourname*.dpg.gallery host or add your own domain in the **Hosts** tab.
---
## Creating a shop with Essential Portfolio
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2ae74160-2481-11eb-a5ea-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:08:20Z
In this guide we'll show you how to make a shop with the **Essential Portfolio** template. Using DPG's Sales features we'll create products and add them to an image gallery, creating a simple and professional storefront. DPG powers the shop and the cart, which is handed over to PayPal at checkout to securely handle payment.
### Before you begin
* You must have a DPG subscription with a [Standard](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) or above plan to use the Sales features. If you don't have a Standard account you should [upgrade your account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) first.
* You will need a PayPal account to configure the cart and receive sales.
* You should already have a website built with the **Essential Portfolio** template. If you haven’t, follow the instructions [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/987b927c-b0cc-11ea-8752-d6336a578750) to build one first (don't worry, it's easy!).
* You may find it helpful to gather images for your products and prepare information such as descriptions, quantities and prices before you start.
### In this article
* [Enable Sales in the menu](#enable-sales-in-the-menu)
* [The shop website](#the-shop-website)
* [Create the shop page](#create-the-shop-page)
* [Add images to the shop set](#add-images-to-the-shop-set)
* [Link your PayPal account](#link-your-paypal-account)
* [Enable website sales](#enable-website-sales)
* [Create products](#create-products)
* [Add products to images](#add-products-to-images)
* [Edit the design](#edit-the-design)
* [The result](#the-result)
* [Test your site](#test-your-site)
* [Next steps](#next-steps)
Good to go? Let's get selling! 🛒
### Enable Sales in the menu
If you haven't previously used Sales in your account, you may want to [enable it](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c5ee7096-ac18-11e2-b5e0-f23c91703874) in the main menu for your convenience.
You can always access Sales from the Dashboard too.}
### The shop website
You can add sales to any **Essential Portfolio** site, so you should decide if you want your shop to stand alone as a separate website or as an addition to an existing site. In this demo I've created a site with a simple gallery page and I'll be adding a shop page to that.
{video:5a603c64-248e-11eb-b142-6a0ecdff8712
From the Websites screen, navigate to your chosen site.
Make sure this is an **Essential Portfolio** site. You can check which template is used on the website screen.}
autoplay
On the website screen, click the **Pages** tab. Click **Create** and give your page a name. Make sure you've selected the **Media | Gallery** page and click OK.
> 💡 **Tip:** If your site is already public and you don't want to add the new page to your navigation yet, click **Advanced Options** and toggle the **Add to navigation** toggle to the off position. You can add it to the navigation when you're ready to launch.
### Add images to the shop set
Now that you've created your shop page you need to add the product images to it.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b27a9888-2531-11eb-a30c-a2cf03f5aa9b/b66ef60a-2531-11eb-a30c-a2cf03f5aa9b.mp4)
Clicking the set icon from the Pages tab will take you directly to that page's linked set. This is the set where you'll be adding all your product images.
Select your product images in any image view (in this example we go to **Images** and **Recent**). Open the **Add to set** panel and find the shop set, then click the **Add** button.
If you haven't uploaded your product images to DPG yet, you can do so directly into the shop set from the Upload screen now. }
> 💡 **Tip:** You can continue the setup process while your images are adding or uploading.
### Link your PayPal account
Next, you need to add your PayPal account to DPG to make sure that you can receive payments.
{video:64a9152c-2535-11eb-a456-6a0ecdff8712
From the main menu or **Dashboard** go to **Services**. Select the **PayPal** tab and click the **Add** button. Enter your PayPal account email address and click **OK**.
### Enable website sales
Now that you've added your PayPal account to DPG, we need to enable sales for this particular website.
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/11d0ae18-2536-11eb-8523-6a0ecdff8712/15c604fa-2536-11eb-8523-6a0ecdff8712.mp4)
On the website screen, open the **Sales** panel and choose your PayPal account from the dropdown menu. You can also choose the currency for your shop here. Click the **Save** button.
### Create products
This is where you enter all the information your customer will see on the product page.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/10153c32-255f-11eb-ad07-a2cf03f5aa9b/13942e86-255f-11eb-ad07-a2cf03f5aa9b.mp4)
From the Dashboard go to **Sales** and the **Products** tab. Click the **Create** button to bring up the **New product** window. Fill in the text for your product and click **Create**.
Take some time to create engaging descriptions and add all the relevant information for your product such as colours, sizes, or anything else that will help your potential customers learn more about each item.
Repeat the process for each product you want to add to your shop.
The product fields in detail:
**Product Information** - this is some of the most important information that your customer will look for on the product page, so make sure your titles and descriptions are informative and vivid.
**Product Options** - allows you to make variations for each product such as multiple colours or sizes. Your product must have at least one variation and the product option **Name** is the text that shows in the dropdown on the product page.
This is also where you enter the item **Cost**, add any **Discounts** and **Status** (such as Coming Soon).
Switch the **Track** toggle to the on position to track inventory - the number of sold items will count down from the **Quantity** until the product becomes Sold Out automatically.
**Additional Information** allows you to make several slide out panels on the product page. It's useful for shipping and handling information, item composition or ingredients, care instructions and other information. Click **Add information** to create another information block.}
### Add products to images
Once you've created your products, you need to add them to images.
{video:ae2de780-2563-11eb-85b9-a2cf03f5aa9b
Return to the shop set where you added your product images earlier and click through to an individual image. Open the **Sales** panel. Under the **Add products** heading you should see your new products. Select the correct product for this image and click **Add**. Once added, you'll see it under **Current products**.
Repeat this process for each product, matching your products to your images.
### Edit the design
> 💡 **Tip:** If you're new to this template, you may find it helpful to watch the Essential Portfolio tutorial Part 3 - All things Design [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248) which will guide you through working with the Design section in much more detail.
You can edit the design of all the shop elements such as the product information and cart in the Design section. From the website screen, click the **Edit Design** icon to get there.
Go to Page > Components > **Gallery Index View** to change the Index layout. }
{detail:b6dee0c8-2540-11eb-9411-6a0ecdff8712
Go to Style > **Sales** to find all the theme settings for the sales pages such as fonts and colours. }
{detail:c748cba4-2540-11eb-b483-a2cf03f5aa9b
You can add an additional Title and Description to your image which will appear on the Index and Single views and can also be styled in the Design section.}
### The result
{video:83672b62-2543-11eb-a454-a2cf03f5aa9b
You can see your progress on the web by visiting your new shop at its testing address. Check that you're happy with your products and that all the information is correct for each one.
You can add more images and products to the shop by repeating the previous steps - add a new image into the shop set, create a new product, then add the product to the image.
### Test your site
You may want to try purchasing a low value item yourself to make sure that everything is configured correctly before refunding the cost via PayPal.
PayPal also allows you to register as a developer and [generate Sandbox accounts](https://developer.paypal.com/docs/api-basics/sandbox/accounts/). This allows you to test the entire process without spending real money. You can use these mock credentials just like real ones in DPG - link your PayPal account and select the mock address on the website screen using the merchant mock account. You can then act as a customer to check out an order using the mock customer account.
### Next steps
You should now have a working shop and some products for sale!
You may want to add additional Text, FAQ or Policies [pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8482ed12-c097-11ea-bfbc-d6336a578750) to provide more information about yourself and your shop.
If you didn't [add your shop to the main navigation](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) at the start, don't forget to do that before launch.
If you created a new shop site, make sure you also [add a public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) to share with visitors.
---
## Creating a secure client area
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/27b07bd0-8965-11e6-9171-be279144b405
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:08:20Z
In this guide we are going to show how to create a login-secured website from which you can distribute your work to clients. How many times have you had an urgent email from a client requesting images that you sent them months or even years ago? With the secure client area we aim to solve that, by having one place where clients know they can always download your work.
All downloads from the client area will be uniquely encoded so that they can be traced back to the user that downloaded them.
You can see a live demo of a client area [here](https://modernnarrativeclientsite.dpg.gallery).
### Create the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3f2ad830-e015-11e6-b38c-8e12dd763e7d/bcb183a8-e015-11e6-b38c-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab and follow these steps:
1. Scroll to the **Modern Narrative** template.
1. Choose the page collection **Client Delivery Site [Switchable]**.
1. Select an initial theme for the template (this can be changed later).
1. Click **Create**.
1. Enter a name for your website, this can be anything you like and can also be changed later on.
1. Click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
### Set up default text
{video:252be214-e018-11e6-82e6-967fcb7c1249
Once the site has been created you can replace the default text with your own information.
### Create a set for client logos
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ce962326-e01a-11e6-b117-8e12dd763e7d/26326ad6-e01b-11e6-b117-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
1. Create a **New set** called logos inside the client area's **Content** set.
1. Click into the **Logos** set.
1. Move the **Logos** set to the **Assets** set.
We're going to use a DPG trick which will allow you to assign the logo of each client to their specific set. We create the set inside **Content** so images will have all the needed image profiles and then we move it to **Assets** so it's only visible to you.
### Upload logos
You can find most logos using a Google search. You should upload the logos as squares to avoid them being cropped in the sets view. Make sure to give the image a title so it's easy to find in the next step.}
### Creating sets for each client
{video:b409311a-e038-11e6-b2df-8e12dd763e7d
1. For each client that you work with create a set inside the **Content** set.
1. Click into the set you just created.
1. Click on the icon in the **Set information** panel and choose the relevant logo.
> 💡 **Tip:** It's best to lock the client set to avoid accidental deletion.
### Accessing advanced options
In order to access the website security features you'll need to switch the website **Edit mode** to **Standard** using the panel on the right.}
### Securing the site
{video:6ca92a5e-e04d-11e6-bd3c-8e12dd763e7d
Now we're going to enable the security options to restrict access to the site.
1. Toggle the **Enable log in** and **User permissions** switches to on.
1. Turn off **Sign up screen**.
1. Create a **Restricted URL** which points to **/** with the **Authentication method** set to **User login**.
### Create a login for yourself
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1540eebc-e040-11e6-932f-8e12dd763e7d/22ddc356-e040-11e6-932f-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
With the site secured you should create a login for yourself and visit it. Make sure that your user is created with the role **admin** so that you can see all of the sets.
### Adding a project
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d79cc818-e041-11e6-83e2-967fcb7c1249/e28f9b4c-e041-11e6-83e2-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Create a set for each of your projects inside the relevant client's set.
### Add users
Create the users that should be able to access the project. The new users won't receive their login details until you choose to send them using the send button.}
### Add user to the sets
{video:21458934-e045-11e6-ad85-967fcb7c1249
Use the **Set permissions** panel to add the user to the set. The user needs to be added to both the client set and the project set. You'll be able to check what they can see later.
### Upload your images
Add or upload your images to the project set.}
### Check what the user can see
{video:2884b77e-e04a-11e6-9d6c-8e12dd763e7d
Visit the client area and log in with the admin user you created. In the top right you can switch to view the site as any user to check what they are allowed to see.
### Send the user their login
From the website's security section click **Send details** to send each user their login details.
### Adding a public host
Before you launch your site you should always add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4). It is indexed by search engines and content served from a public host loads faster in browsers than from a testing host.
### Tracking downloads
You can know the exact moment any image has been downloaded by enabling our [Slack integration](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/17eae8f2-0be3-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4).
---
## Creating an event press site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e53060-8a3a-11e6-8b26-be279144b405
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:08:20Z
In this guide we'll create a new standalone website for image delivery from an event such as a festival, concert or fashion show. It can display work by a single photographer or team and is ideal for distributing content to press and media.
The "Switchable" page layout allows visitors to switch between the tiled masonry view and large image stream, to easily browse through the available content. It works across all devices, allowing them to access and download files on the go.
When the site is secured behind a login, each visitor will create a username and password to access the content. This allows you to track all downloads and see comprehensive statistics.
You can see a live demo of this site [here](https://eventsite.demo.dpg.gallery/). For your convenience, the demo site is not behind a secure login.
The site automatically creates image versions (such as those sized for Web and Instagram) for users to download.
Photo credits are automatically generated from image metadata.}
autoplay
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab and scroll to the *Modern Narrative* template.
Choose the page collection **Event Press Gallery [Switchable]** from the dropdown. Select an initial theme and layout for the site (this can be changed later), then click **Create**.
Enter a name for your website - in this example we chose the name of the designer - and click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
### Add site information
{video:f9afa608-0e8d-11e7-9363-02daa0202684
Once the site has been created, you can replace the default text with your own information.
### Add a logo
You can optionally add a logo to the header of the site, which is a great way to echo the branding of an event. If you skip this step the header will be displayed as text and can also be styled in the design section.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b8bc7332-0e93-11e7-9357-269460a4cb02/c840bcdc-0e93-11e7-9357-269460a4cb02.mp4)
From website overview screen, click **Edit Design**. Here you can change the base theme and layout, as well as other design elements on the page.
To add a logo, click on **Design**, select **Header** and choose a logo file to upload. You can change the size of the logo on the page by using the **Scale** option.
> 💡 **Tip:** If possible, use an SVG or PNG file for your logo. The recommended minimum width for the logo image is 2048px, which will be scaled for all devices automatically.
### Add header image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e1b5234a-0e95-11e7-9837-269460a4cb02/f17d7872-0e95-11e7-9837-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Another easy way to personalise the gallery is to add a header image. From the **Design** tab select **Topbar** and choose a header image to upload.
> 💡 **Tip:** Use a high resolution image with a standard 3:2 aspect ratio. DPG will optimise the image on upload and make sure that it looks great across all devices.
### Add test images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ec96ca3e-0f30-11e7-90da-269460a4cb02/0312a95e-0f31-11e7-90da-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Making your site creates corresponding sets in the image admin. Add some content to the **Gallery** set to see how it looks on the site.
If you don't have any images in your account go to the [upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb) to add some.
### Preview your site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7d7898c8-0e9d-11e7-a476-269460a4cb02/92a3680e-0e9d-11e7-a476-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Click the **Visit** button to see your site live on the testing host address.
### Add website icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a43b0eda-0f3a-11e7-9a4e-269460a4cb02/b7b00740-0f3a-11e7-9a4e-269460a4cb02.mp4)
You can add common [website icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874) in the side panel of the website overview screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** For best results your icon should be in PNG format and a minimum of 512px across, apart from the Pinned Site icon which must be an SVG file.
### Securing the site
Though you may share the address of the site with a select number of users, it's a good idea to place any sites with downloads enabled behind a secure login. This will allow you to restrict access only to visitors who create a username and password.
Not only does this keep your images safe, it also lets you track user downloads and view a number of useful statistics. All files will also be uniquely encoded so that they can be traced back to the user that downloaded them.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1160196c-0f3e-11e7-a815-269460a4cb02/26b85112-0f3e-11e7-a815-269460a4cb02.mp4)
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
Go to the **Security** tab and click **Options**. Switch the **Enable log in** toggle to the on position and click the **Update** button.
Go to the **Restricted URLs** tab and create a new restricted url. Type **/** in the URL box to restrict the entire site from the homepage, then click the **OK** button.
Once you've secured the site, you'll need to make a login for yourself too, as this is separate from your DPG login.
> 💡 **Tip:** By default users are able to sign up, verify their email address and immediately access the site with their login. You can turn on **Require activation by admin** if you want the ability to approve each signup before the user can access the site.
After you've enabled login, you may want to add a background image to the login screen. Go to **Design** > **User Screens** > **Background** and upload a high res image or choose a background colour. }
### Configure pages
{video:0a493876-0f4c-11e7-a9e2-02daa0202684
By default, the press site is created with two pages: a **Masonry Gallery** and a **Keywords** page.
**Masonry Gallery** page - this is where all your content goes. Add your images to the Gallery set to see them on the Gallery page.
**Keywords** page - this is configured to display images with the keyword **day:<% Day %>**. This is a [dynamic keyword](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/15821148-6a12-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405). Any images with this keyword will automatically be shown on the keyword page, organised by the day they were captured. This is great for multi-day events, but if your event is just a single day you can remove this page or change it to a different keyword.
#### Read more about:
* [Using keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6b8fd1a4-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)
* [Adding new pages to a site](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/196bbd9e-ac1b-11e2-b218-f23c91703874)
* [Controlling navigation items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
### Adding a public host
Before you launch your site you should always add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4). It will be indexed by search engines and content served from a public host loads faster in browsers. A public host could be your own domain name or our free dpg.gallery address.
> 💡 **Tip:** For one-off event sites we recommend that you use a dpg.gallery address as it's quick, easy and secure.
---
## Creating a wedding gallery site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd9c71f8-d063-11e6-a88d-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:08:20Z
### Overview
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8fecf9d2-d20b-11e6-aa2c-8e12dd763e7d/b7240216-d20b-11e6-aa2c-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
In this guide we will be creating a standalone wedding gallery site. Using the **[Modern Narrative](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/6279aa68-f37c-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4)** template, we'll make a **Photo Story** gallery with multiple sets. Photo story pages allow you to quickly create dynamic layouts to showcase your images and are great for sharing work with clients.
In this example we'll be making a wedding gallery that your client can share with their friends and family. This site doesn't have downloads enabled so if you want to allow image downloads, see [Creating a secure client area](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/27b07bd0-8965-11e6-9171-be279144b405).
You can see a live demo of this gallery [here](https://modernnarrative18.dpg.gallery/).
### Create the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ce22d870-d062-11e6-929e-967fcb7c1249/dde1393c-d062-11e6-929e-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab and follow these steps:
1. Scroll to the Modern Narrative template.
1. Choose the page collection **Wedding Public Gallery [Photo Story]**.
1. Select an initial theme for the template (this can be changed later).
1. Click **Create**.
1. Enter a name for your website. This can be anything you like and can also be changed later.
1. Click **OK**.
### Edit default text
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9422a9cc-d065-11e6-8893-8e12dd763e7d/a0d1f25e-d065-11e6-8893-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Once your site has been created, replace the default text with your own. In this example we've used the couple's names as the header, but you could use your own branding instead.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can add a logo to the header in the **Design** section.
### Make sub sets in the Gallery set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2925a4a8-d07e-11e6-9831-8e12dd763e7d/352ec8ce-d07e-11e6-9831-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
If you have a large number of images, you may want to break them up into sections. To do this, go to the **Gallery** set and create sub sets for each section.
Arrange the sets into your chosen order by dragging them. This is the order that they will appear on the gallery site.
### Add images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/85ea5e0c-d085-11e6-b222-8e12dd763e7d/9d4bb910-d085-11e6-b222-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
[Upload](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb)
or [add](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) your images to the sets you created.
> 💡 **Tip:** Once you click **Add** when adding to a set, you'll see a progress bar appear in the top bar. You can refresh or navigate away from this page and the process will continue in the background.
### Choose set cover images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8c24ad9c-d088-11e6-9a56-967fcb7c1249/98adc56c-d088-11e6-9a56-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Once your images have been added to the sets, choose a set cover image for each one.
To select a set cover, open the **Set Information** panel and drag the chosen image to the thumbnail.
This will be the lead image that shows in the gallery for each section.}
### Add images to Splash page set
{video:a6a2ec88-d08d-11e6-a714-8e12dd763e7d
The splash page automatically creates a slideshow when you add multiple images to the **Splash** set.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can change the display duration of images in the slideshow by going to the Splash page settings.
### Check out your site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d2ef75d2-d13b-11e6-ae3b-8e12dd763e7d/e209a5c4-d13b-11e6-ae3b-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You can visit your testing dpg.cc host any time to see how your site is coming along. The testing address is not cached, so any changes appear immediately. To find out more about hosts see [Host types](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4).
> ⚠️ **Warning:** You should always add a **public host** before sharing your site with the world.
### Arranging images
Once all your images are added to the correct sets, you can adjust the order and arrangement. The Photo Story page allows you to control the size and layout of images with a star rating, which is a fast and easy way to make dynamic layouts and show off key images. If this is your first time working with a Photo Story page, see [this guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0) for an overview and demo.
### Changing view settings
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fe99d666-d094-11e6-8b3e-967fcb7c1249/144b7f28-d095-11e6-8b3e-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To arrange your images, start by going into one set. Click the cog in the top bar and change the view settings to **View As: Thumbnails** and **Layout: Grid**.
You may also find it useful to choose **Arrange by: Creation Date** to start with, if you are arranging a story chronologically.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can adjust the size of the thumbnails in the admin using the slider in the view settings. You can also hide the side panel by clicking the burger menu at right edge of the top bar.
### Using star ratings to create the layout
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/154fa738-d143-11e6-acb6-8e12dd763e7d/2feae3dc-d143-11e6-acb6-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
There are several ways to approach image rating. One way is to select all the images and rate them the same number, then choose individual images to make larger or smaller.
In this example, we select all images and rate them 4 stars by pressing 4 on the keyboard. This makes all the images the same width - the second largest size.
If you don't want to vary the layout, you can stop here and the images will be presented in an even column.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e02cf422-d145-11e6-82f3-967fcb7c1249/07bb72ca-d146-11e6-82f3-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
In this example, we've decided to vary the sizes. In the video above, you can see the process of selecting one or more images, rating and rearranging them. You can refresh your preview site to see these changes in real-time.
### Edit the splash page text
Replace the stock text on the Splash Page with your own. In this example, we've used the name of the couple.}
{video:300d3c30-d156-11e6-ac12-967fcb7c1249
On the **Pages** screen, click edit on the Splash page and enter your own text.
### Make changes to the design
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1496be80-d15c-11e6-9641-967fcb7c1249/2384bdf2-d15c-11e6-9641-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
If you want to make any changes to the design of your gallery, go to the **Design** section.
Here you can choose a different theme, add a logo, or edit other design settings like fonts and colours to best show off you images and complement your other branding.
### Create gallery navigation
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a7c8cb0c-d207-11e6-b122-967fcb7c1249/b807124e-d207-11e6-b122-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
If you have a large number of sub sets within the gallery, you may want to add a navigation menu to make it easier to browse between them.
Go to **Content** and **Navigation**.
To link to the page http://nathanwedding.dpg.cc/gallery/getting_ready/ you should enter **/gallery/getting_ready/**
> 💡 **Tip:** You can also add a link back to your portfolio site or your contact page so that visitors can get in touch with you.
### Create a public host
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1a1d7c88-d204-11e6-94b2-8e12dd763e7d/299d27da-d204-11e6-94b2-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Once your site is done, the final step is to create a public host. This will be the URL that you share and is cached for optimal speed and best visitor experience. Go to the **Hosts** section and click **Add Host**. The dpg.gallery host is the fastest and easiest option for one-off projects.
To find out more about hosts or setting up your own domain see [Host types](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4).
Now that you've created your public host, you can share your gallery with your client. 👏
### What next?
Here are some other articles that you might find useful:
* [Social icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4abdc864-b27a-11e2-9f9e-22b8e83b8e79) - if you have profiles on sites such as Instagram, you can add icons to the footer of this tempate.
* [Watermarks](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c55a7f50-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb) - you can use DPG to automatically apply watermarks to the images on your site.
* [Enabling user management](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/645fd65e-156e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) - want to keep things a little more private? You can put your site behind a secure login system.
* [Statistics](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/cad72b1e-ac1a-11e2-b218-f23c91703874) - once you go live, don't forget to check out the statistics.
---
## Creating a standalone splash site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/95420db8-7963-11e8-8993-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:08:20Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e01f95c6-9cb3-11e8-a6bc-ba969e967f96/10ef5c68-9cb4-11e8-a6bc-ba969e967f96.mp4)
In this guide we will be creating a standalone splash site.
Using the **[Versatile Splash](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/b25202d4-99be-11e8-bd4c-3225061e24b0)** template, we'll create a page to act as a hub, using images to link to other pages or websites.
### Contents:
* [Create the site](#create-the-site)
* [Fill in page information](#fill-in-page-information)
* [Add content](#add-content)
* [Add content information](#add-content-information)
* [Add links](#add-links)
* [Choose a theme](#choose-a-theme)
* [Customise further](#customise-further)
* [Add website icons](#add-website-icons)
* [Create a public host](#create-a-public-host)
### Create the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9bf7972a-9b02-11e8-af99-ba969e967f96/adb05678-9b02-11e8-af99-ba969e967f96.mp4)
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on **New site** and the **Splash Pages** tab where you'll see the *Versatile Splash* template.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4ec76dca-9b04-11e8-8f78-4a82f5591c8d/640655de-9b04-11e8-8f78-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
Pick an initial theme for the template (this can be changed later), give your site a name and click **Create**.
### Fill in page information
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e079ede8-9b35-11e8-8692-4a82f5591c8d/f0b463b4-9b35-11e8-8692-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
In the **Content** tab, fill in the **Page title** and **Homepage description**.
Under the **Headline** tab you can fill in the text that will appear on your Splash page. This might be your name, your website name and tagline or any other text you want to display on this page.
> 💡 **Tip:** You don't have to fill in the information in the Headline fields, but if you plan to add a logo, then you should fill in the **Headline Text**. This is used for older devices which may not be able to display the logo file.
### Add content
When you created your website, DPG made a corresponding set called **Content**. You can find a quick link to this set on the website screen.
Images or videos added to this set will show up on your splash page.}
{video:dadfe75a-9b19-11e8-8848-ba969e967f96
Add your chosen images, gifs or mp4 videos to the new site's **Content** set. Once added, you can see the site coming together by visiting the testing URL from the website screen.
The Versatile Splash layout automatically adjusts to the number of images you add to the set.
You can see an example of how the layout works [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5be59e2e-9a68-11e8-a27f-3225061e24b0). Add or [remove](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8ec157aa-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) images from the Content set until you're happy with the look of the image layout.
### Add content information
If you've checked your image on the testing URL, you'll see that your site is now starting to take shape. Once you're happy with your chosen images, you can add any text information to appear over them.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3446fa9c-9b22-11e8-ac1f-ba969e967f96/42a8e5d2-9b22-11e8-ac1f-ba969e967f96.mp4)
In the site's **Content** set, click on the first image and open the **Information** panel. Here you can add a **Title** and **Description** which will appear over the image. Add your text and click **Update**. Repeat this process with all images in the Content set.
### Add links
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0463c838-9b35-11e8-8455-ba969e967f96/1b256806-9b35-11e8-8455-ba969e967f96.mp4)
Remaining in the site's **Content** set, click on an image and navigate to the **Links** panel in the sidebar. Here you can enter the link for each section of the splash page.
> 💡 **Tip:** Enter the full website address including https://.
Once the links are added, you'll see that the sections link to your chosen destination.}
### Choose a theme
{video:d348532e-9b3c-11e8-8e85-ba969e967f96
The template comes with a number of pre-made themes for you to choose from. From the website screen click the **Edit Design** icon to enter the design section. Click **Save**.
### Customise further
Once you've chosen a theme to start with, you can can make other changes to the look of your site.
Click through the other tabs under **Style** to change fonts, colours and other design settings.}
Go to the **Hosts** tab and click **Add Host**.
To find out more about hosts or setting up your own domain see [Host types](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4).
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/58284310-8975-11ea-b882-8a29d2b8c452
Last updated: 2021-08-19T01:46:56Z
Essential Portfolio is our definitive template for portfolio sites.
Designed specifically with portfolios in mind, we took everything we learned from over 10 years of powering sites for Photographers and other creatives to make it easy to set up and straightforward to customise.
The gallery page benefits from several different layouts to choose from. Whether you arrange your images in sets, or prefer to launch straight into index view, there's no need to build a whole new site if you fancy a change. This template allows you to create completely different looks in just a few clicks.
### Features
**Pre-made themes to use and customise**
As soon as you’ve created your new Essential Portfolio site, you can choose from our stylish pre-made themes. These set the colours, fonts and sizes for every element of the site and we’ve spent a lot of time testing to make sure they look and perform beautifully across the full range of modern devices. They’re also a perfect starting point for any customisation you wish to make, so customising your theme is a breeze.}
{detail:95b294c4-8a3d-11ea-bc72-7e62ffa96845
**Infinite possibilities**
Each layout has a number of options that can easily be configured with sliders in the design section. Choose the number of columns, tweak sizes and adjust padding to accentuate your work.}
{detail:10d5c818-8a40-11ea-a2e0-da297aa2a5e7
### Pages
The [following pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8482ed12-c097-11ea-bfbc-d6336a578750) are included in this template:
* Gallery
* Splash
* Contact
* Freeform Text & Media
* Text & Media
* Bold Text
* Q&A
* Video
* Cookie Policy
You can add as many of each page as you like and pages can utilise different layouts. For example, a portfolio gallery could use Masonry Index and a tear sheet gallery page can use Stream Index.
### Gallery - Sets Layouts
There are 4 options for the sets view with a variety of customisations.
### Gallery - Index Layouts
There are 5 options for the sets view with a variety of customisations.
### Gallery - Single Layouts
Elegant Lightbox view}
{detail:dab7a404-8a62-11ea-965a-7e62ffa96845
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e2388ac8-3ab7-11e9-a265-eac5b11bc458
Last updated: 2021-10-11T21:54:00Z
Each of the demo sites on this page is made from the same **Essential Portfolio** template. Using the **Design** section you can choose from a selection of pre-made themes, headers, footers and gallery layouts to mix and match on your site. Each layout and theme can then be customised further, changing anything from image size and number of columns to colours, typography and animation styles.
### Portfolio demo
Site made using the **White** theme. The splash page leads to a gallery of sets in the **Uniform Grid** layout. The header uses **Split Top Bar** navigation.
[Live Demo](https://ep00.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
**Horizontal Scrolling** index view clicks through to a **Minimal lightbox** with a contrasting black background.
---
## Page types
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8482ed12-c097-11ea-bfbc-d6336a578750
Last updated: 2021-07-06T21:07:44Z
The Essential Portfolio template has a broad range of pages targeted at portfolio sites. Most of the pages are highly configurable, with multiple different layout options and design customisations.
### Media page
**Gallery** page - has a variety of different layouts and styles for each of the views, allowing you to completely change the appearance of the page to suit your content.
It supports sets for organising images and native video.
📎 See [Gallery Page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5fe6811e-c202-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248) for more details.}
### Splash page
{detail:910e0b92-c098-11ea-8155-629c2013df2f
### Contact page
**Contact** page - page with contact form, text, and media components. Multiple images can be used to create a slideshow. Native video can also be used within the media component. Multiple layout options. }
### Text pages
{detail:39cf98d2-c098-11ea-9b9e-6e50fb6d292e
**Freeform Text** page - text-editor controlled page, allowing you to create custom layouts using preset component templates. Can be used for anything from long form text pages, to elaborate pages with varied image and native video sections.}
{detail:abd484e6-de9d-11eb-8d82-facf1bc641fa
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The Bold Text page is available for sites built from the 6th of July '21 onwards only.
### Q&A page
**FAQ** page - ideal for Frequently Asked Questions and other Q&A-based content. Answers unfold underneath the questions when clicked.}
### External video page
{detail:45428e50-c100-11ea-b0d0-6e50fb6d292e
### Policies pages
**Cookie Policy** page - the cookie page automatically populates information on cookies set by DPG which you can add to and customise based on your own obligations and requirements.}
{detail:fa2a83cc-c09c-11ea-8a0a-6e50fb6d292e
---
## Gallery page styles
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5fe6811e-c202-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-07-06T20:57:37Z
The Essential Portfolio **Gallery** page is designed to be flexible and easy to customise so that you can tailor it to your own work. We've created a number of preset layout styles to make it easy to change the appearance of the gallery with one click. Within these layouts, you can make endless customisations which are visually controlled by sliders in the Design editor.
The Gallery page has three views - **Sets View**, **Index View** and **Single View**. This hierarchy allows you to present your work in sets by project, style, or any other grouping you choose. Each view's layout is independent of the others, so you can mix and match the appearance of the gallery at each stage.
📎 [Read more about Gallery views](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/923f931c-9cd9-11e8-b6bf-3225061e24b0).
This article aims to show you an overview of the different layout styles for each of the views. Layouts are defined by the different characteristics that each applies to the gallery, such as the aspect ratio of the images or the direction of masonry flow.
🎨 Customise it - You can always change the number of columns, padding, hover styles, colours and typography for all the layouts. Below, we've highlighted some further tips to get the most from each style. Don't worry, it's super easy with no coding needed.
## Sets View
Use sets to divide your work into projects or categories to make it easy for visitors to navigate. You can create as many nested sets as you like, for example:
📁Work → 📁Commissioned → 📁Brands → 📁Bentley.
There are 6 **Sets View** styles:
* Square Grid
* Regular Grid
* Masonry
* Uniform Grid
* List
* Slide
### Square Grid
Set Covers are cropped square.
Set Information can appear underneath, or on top of the Set Cover on hover.}
🎨 Customise it - large square Set Covers in two columns create a bold look.
### Regular Grid
{detail:f4255a98-c203-11ea-a041-6e50fb6d292e
🎨 Customise it - smaller Set Covers with roomy padding create a modern and minimal look.
### Masonry
Set Covers are tiled in downward flowing columns.
Set Information can appear underneath, or on top of the Set Cover on hover.}
🎨 Customise it - large Set Covers with no padding can create impactful Masonry galleries.
### Uniform Grid
{detail:fe9a34ca-c204-11ea-b05d-629c2013df2f
🎨 Customise it - Drop the number of columns to 1 to make wide full-width banners, or increase the media height to make cards.
### List
By default List shows your sets in a text list, with a full page Set Cover appearing on hover.}
{detail:720756ae-c2be-11ea-8dcc-629c2013df2f
🎨 Customise it - Hide the Set Covers completely for a minimal text-only view, or experiment with different Set Cover positions for a unique look.
### Slide
Set Covers are shown as full page banners, which slide over one another when scrolled for a striking sets view.}
🎨 Customise it - Go for bold typography to complement the cover imagery.
## Index View
The Index view shows you a wider overview of everything in any set. Whether you want to show a gallery of smaller thumbnail, or the full large image - there's a layout for that.
There are 6 **Index View** styles:
* Square Grid
* Regular Grid
* Masonry
* Horizontal Masonry
* Stream
* Horizontal Scrolling
### Square Grid
{detail:013b2a08-c215-11ea-9bd7-6e50fb6d292e
🎨 Customise it - Go large and chunky with fewer columns and roomy padding instead.
### Regular Grid
As with the Regular Grid sets view, the images appear uncropped in their original aspect ratio.
Image information can be underneath, on top of the image on hover, or hidden.}
🎨 Customise it - change the number of columns and padding to create more negative space for a modern look.
### Masonry
{detail:6d305d1a-c214-11ea-b926-629c2013df2f
🎨 Customise it - remove all padding and make the images full-width for a stunning gallery.
### Horizontal Masonry
Similar in style to Masonry, Horizontal Masonry fills columns horizontally instead - so landscape oriented images take precedence.
Image information can be on top of the image on hover, or hidden.}
🎨 Customise it - This style looks great with large images and bold styling.
### Stream
{detail:42125ed0-c214-11ea-9ba9-6e50fb6d292e
🎨 Customise it - experiment with the max width of the column to make large images the focus, or create more negative space.
### Horizontal Scrolling
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The Horizontal Scrolling style is available for sites built from the 6th of July '21 onwards only.
Images flow and scroll horizontally. Ideal for use with smaller/minimal header styles to take advantage of the full width of the monitor.
Image information is shown underneath the image or hidden. }
🎨 Customise it - Constrain images by height or width and add padding to create a smaller thumbnail side-scrolling gallery, which can click through to a larger single view.
## Single View
The Single view puts the individual image into the spotlight. You might choose this view to display images as large as possible with no distractions, or to provide more information about the work with titles, descriptions, keywords and other metadata.
There are 3 Single View styles:
* Fullscreen
* Stacked
* Panels
and 2 lightbox styles:
* Frame
* Minimal
{detail:c0b3be86-c21a-11ea-a586-629c2013df2f
**Stacked** shows the image with information and thumbnails underneath. }
{detail:a301a39e-c21a-11ea-8584-629c2013df2f
## Single View Lightbox
With lightbox enabled, images pop up over the index view instead of loading as a separate page.
📎 [Read more about the lightbox](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3336b342-c102-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248).
**Frame** lightbox allows you to show titles and descriptions, as well as image navigation.}
{detail:ccf80f8a-c21a-11ea-b04d-629c2013df2f
🎨 Customise it - choose a lightbox background in a contrasting colour to the main site (such as black for a predominantly light theme and vice versa) to give the single view a different context.
---
## Gallery hierarchy
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/923f931c-9cd9-11e8-b6bf-3225061e24b0
Last updated: 2021-06-03T01:04:18Z
Gallery pages have a hierarchy of views to present content for easy browsing. If you have a large body of work, it's a good idea to plan how you intend to group and organise it before getting started.
The gallery page is made up of three views: **Sets View**, **Index View** and **Single View**. Each view has different pre-set layouts which you can mix and match to create the gallery that's right for you.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3fe4f532-b01c-11ea-996d-8e337413e0ec/45db1d04-b01c-11ea-996d-8e337413e0ec.mp4)
A layout is defined by its key properties such as the flow of images in masonry columns or square cropped thumbnails. It can then be extensively customised further with sizes, number or columns, colours, fonts and much more in the visual design editor.}
> 💡 **Tip:** You can add multiple gallery pages with different layout configurations to a website. This allows you to use the best layout for your content e.g. using Square Sets view + Masonry Index view for a portfolio and Regular Grid Index for tear sheets and published work.
### Sets View
If you have a number of different projects, themes or categories to showcase, you can organise your images into sets.
Sets can be compared to folders in your operating system and can be nested within each other. For example, a Gallery set can contain a set called Weddings, which in turn could have a number of sets inside showing each different event. All the nested set views for that page will share the same layout.
You can display a title and description at the top of the set to provide more information about the gallery. In the list of sets to choose from, each can have its own title and description alongside the image (called the Set Cover).
# ↓
### Index View
The Index view shows an overview of all the content in the gallery or set. This is the default appearance of the gallery page without any added sets.
Depending on the styles you choose, this can look like small thumbnails, large images to the edges of the page or even a one column stream.
You can display a title and description at the top of the Index view and show a title and description for each image.
# ↓
### Single View
When you click on an image or video from the Index view, you'll see it in Single view. There are multiple single view and lightbox layouts to choose from.
The **Lightbox** pops up above the Index view when an image is clicked.
---
## Early Release
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/15852f80-c53f-11eb-a380-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-04T16:41:47Z
###### 🗓 Last updated: 4th June 2021
### About Dedicated Shop
Dedicated Shop is our first template built for ecommerce websites. With this template we have expanded on existing DPG features with a major reworking of Sales and the introduction of a full checkout, Stripe integration, full support for shipping, taxes, discount codes, inventory tracking and much more.
We've made this template with years of knowledge and experience of the kinds of shops DPG users make and the features you've requested along the way. We really hope you'll love the new shop features.
### About Early Release
As with all new templates and features, we've done extensive internal testing to make sure that things run as smoothly as possible. We've spent months fixing bugs, building test sites and making improvements to features. But there is a limit to what we can test without the template being used in the wild. We now need to see the template in real life scenarios, used by real users selling real products.
We are much further along in the testing process than a beta release, which is why we made the decision to call this **Early Release**.
The template is currently stable, fully functional and ready for users to make public sites. There should be no major issues, but there may be some bugs or unforeseen behaviour.
Based on feedback immediately following the Early Release period, there may be changes to some functions or the appearance of elements. There may be bug fixes that require you to rebuild your site from an updated version of the template. As websites are separate to products, this should be a simple process of rebuilding the website and cloning the sets structure across. Any changes to the design and theme may need to be made again. We're happy to help you migrate content across if necessary.
### Feedback and support
We can't wait to see what you create with Dedicated Shop. If you have any feature requests, suggestions or general feedback - please get in touch.
We are working as fast as we can on guides and support articles for this template and we're always happy to answer any questions, talk you through things, make a video or even hop into your account and take a look over your progress (if you want us to!).
Contact us at [support@digitalphotogallery.com](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) any time - we're here to help.
### Get started
📋 Guide: [Creating a shop with Dedicated Shop](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0)
📚 Dedicated Shop template support [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/708d950a-9c97-11eb-ab0f-6ae3c97cceff).
🎨 Dedicated shop template customisation [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/a2172a46-b1e6-11eb-8c17-2e38a617bcc0).
🛒 All Sales support [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/bc6f6756-aa91-11e2-adce-b8f6b11825bb).
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a48100ea-9c97-11eb-ab0f-6ae3c97cceff
Last updated: 2021-06-04T16:41:50Z
Dedicated Shop is a standalone template developed for e-commerce. It features a number of diverse layouts and styles to make it easy to create a beautiful shop, with a cart and full checkout system. Customer payments are handled securely via integration with Stripe and PayPal and completed orders appear in your DPG account ready to be fulfilled.
> 💡 **Tip:** Dedicated Shop is our first template to be built around sales from the ground up. While other templates include some sales features, Dedicated Shop is the best choice for e-commerce sites in DPG as it allows for the richest customisation.
### How it works
📎 see [Series 3 Sales](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5251bb5c-a309-11eb-9461-824cb035c834) for more information on how sales work in Series 3 templates.
### Features
* Cart and checkout: beautifully designed and fully customisable. Powerful cart allows customers to select shipping options, apply discount codes, add notes and opt into terms and conditions before proceeding to payment.
* Professional and secure: DPG integrates with two of the leading payment providers trusted by customers - PayPal and Stripe - to securely accept a wide variety of payment methods.
* No additional fees: DPG shops are part of all paid plans and we don't charge any additional commissions or fees, making it easy and economic to set up a shop as part of your existing account.
* Design: Pre-made themes and layouts you can change with just one click, or the ability to dive in and completely customise the look of your site.
### Design and Layout
Dedicated Shop is part of Series 3, representing our most current templates targeted at all modern devices. This template shares the same header, navigation, and footer styles as Essential Portfolio and Dedicated Blog, allowing you to make separate subdomain websites that work together beautifully.
In line with our other Series 3 templates, Dedicated Shop comes with pre-made themes which are simple to customise with your choices of colours and fonts. We've also made it easier than ever to make big structural changes to the site using the Design section, with no coding needed. Sales pages allow for heavy customisation in everything from the layout of elements, to the appearance of buttons.
[▶ Video showing customisation of the Index view.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a5eb0a82-9e33-11eb-809c-0e9a6ba445f3/a8a6edb8-9e33-11eb-809c-0e9a6ba445f3.mp4)
In Index view each set appears as a block which can be transformed into one of 5 different styles using the Design section. Mix and match styles on the page to create a show-stopping shop front, great for landing pages and to highlight key products.
### Sales Page
The main sales page **Overview** has a classic look and is easy to set up and for customers to use.
### Index View
The **Index** view allows you to make a highly customised page by selecting the style for each visible set. Each block can take on one of 5 distinct styles, which can be further customised by the page theme.
### Product View
The product view offers 4 layout styles which can be applied to all products at once, or chosen individually per product. Each one displays images or videos of the product and the crucial product description and information, ready to be added to the cart.
### Pages
The following pages are included in this template:
* Sales
* Splash
* Contact
* Freeform Text & Media
* Text & Media
* Q&A
* Cookie Policy
* Privacy Policy
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0169f47e-a233-11eb-bce1-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-04T16:41:50Z
### Print shop demo
Shop Overview using the **product** [display style](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/990ccdee-b1f4-11eb-a4fe-2e38a617bcc0), so that items can be added to cart from this view or clicked through to individual product view for more information.
[Live Demo](https://ds01.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
{detail:894f214a-a2c2-11eb-8ca1-facf1bc641fa
### Print shop demo
Shop using the [index view](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7517a3e6-b8fc-11eb-97a3-824cb035c834) for a fully customisable landing page.
[Live Demo](https://ds02.demo.dpg.gallery/shop/)}
{detail:9d4a7348-a3d5-11eb-8171-0e9a6ba445f3
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/691b3988-c05e-11e9-964b-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2020-04-24T14:05:23Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/99755e12-c291-11e9-bb5e-1ae551117509/de3f2960-c291-11e9-bb5e-1ae551117509.mp4)
Dedicated Blog is a standalone template optimised for blogging. It allows you to choose from a number of different layouts and settings to effortlessly set up a blog tailored to your unique content.
Same content, endless different styles - easy to change and completely configurable with countless different combinations, it has different **index view** layouts, headers and footers to instantly change the appearance.}
If you want to customise further, it’s easy to experiment with fonts and colours. Choose how your content should be displayed, from the visible information, to the aspect ratio of a banner or the focus of a crop.
Also new to this template and to DPG blogs, **post templates** give you new ways to format your content and create beautiful blog posts using full-width images, columns, pull quotes and more. **Featured posts**, **related posts** and **post navigation** let your readers discover more of your content.
Dedicated Blog is a standalone template, so can be used alongside other DPG websites such as portfolios built with a different template. You can start fresh with a new blog, or connect an existing DPG blog for a seamless upgrade.
> 💡 **Tip:** This template must be created as a website hosted on a top domain or a subdomain e.g. blog.lucysmith.com. It cannot be created as a page on an existing website e.g. lucysmith.com/blog/. Please [contact us](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) if you need help.
### Features:
{video:b74fa0d2-c2be-11e9-9408-c24a015f63c4
**Index View** is perfect for image-heavy blogs. There are six different index layouts to choose from and you can switch between them any time. Use subtitles, keywords and categories to provide more information, or go bold with full-width images and large title text.
**Post Templates** are a new way of arranging blog content within the blog post editor. As well as standard column-width blog images, you can now add special formatting and content templates. This includes full page width images, side by side images, two or three small images in a row, as well as text options like columns and large pull quotes. Post templates are easy to add in the visual editor and work in both individual and stream view.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0979c248-c2d8-11e9-b221-c24a015f63c4/3536ba76-c2d8-11e9-b221-c24a015f63c4.mp4)
**Featured Posts** allow you to highlight your best content at the top of the blog. This can be a single post banner, or multiple posts as a static or automatic carousel.
Add **Related Posts** to help visitors discover more of your content and **Post Navigation** to navigate between posts in post view.
Blog **Widgets** help visitors discover more via search, archives, categories and keywords.
Each element of the template's layout and design has been designed to work across all modern devices, so that your content is as beautiful and easy to browse on small mobile devices.
### Series 3 Features:
As a series 3 template, Dedicated Blog introduces new **Headers** and **Footers** which will be expanded on with further template releases. These enable you to easily switch between different styles, and mix and match different headers with blog index layouts.
Headers include Hamburger Menus with overlay and sidebar panel navigation, as well as top bar navigation with scroll states to get out of the way of your content on scroll.
Overlay menus that work with the Hamburger menu header give you the flexibility to choose from different types of overlay navigation, from sidebar panel, to fullscreen overlay. Add social icons, contact details or images.
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/90c049b2-c372-11e9-ad3b-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2020-01-29T01:52:11Z
These are just some examples of what's possible with the Dedicated Blog template. Remember, elements of this template such as headers and footers can be selected independently, so you can mix and match to create your perfect layout.
### Wedding Photography Blog
Index view using **Card** layout, with featured posts carousel highlighting key content. The burger menu opens **Fullscreen Overlay** navigation with image background.[Live Demo](https://db01.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
{detail:e6b771d4-41fc-11ea-bd84-fefd616b8533
### Fashion Photography Blog
**Duo** layout, showing minimal post information on the index view to make images the focal point.[Live Demo](https://db11.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
{detail:9d76a188-3ee2-11ea-8806-fefd616b8533
### Photography Blog
Index view with **Banner** layout and large featured post brings the wow factor.[Live Demo](https://db02.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
### Photo diary
{detail:0f0d1940-3951-11ea-b589-f23c91df768a
The **Text & Media** page features a full-page image background.[Live Demo](https://db03.demo.dpg.gallery/info/)}
### Photography Blog
{detail:92208d26-3951-11ea-bf10-f23c91df768a
Dark Mode enabled theme allows visitors to control their browsing experience. Try switching to Dark Mode on your device anywhere on this site to see the theme change from light to dark colours.}
### Lifestyle Blog
{detail:73a35656-3be2-11ea-a877-f23c91df768a
The **Sidebar Overlay Menu** and **Nested Navigation** are elegant ways to handle larger numbers of navigation items, keeping them organised and out of the way when not needed.The **Bespoke** layout of the **Text & Media** page gives you precise control over text areas, allowing you to create overlap compositions such as this striking About page.}
### Photography Blog
{detail:8f40e34a-3946-11ea-b0e8-fefd616b8533
### Street Photography Blog
**Parallel** index layout and **Split Top Bar** navigation make a simple and modern design with plenty of white space to complement images.[Live Demo](https://db07.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
### Stylist Blog
{detail:ba42dc4c-3bb7-11ea-904d-fefd616b8533
### Photography Blog
Card view isn't the only option for Series 3 blogs. Classic stream view is a great way to showcase your work. Use post templates to make each post a unique journey.[Live Demo](https://db09.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
### Puppy Blog
{detail:fbb31102-3945-11ea-b21b-f23c91df768a
---
## Index view layouts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d9a7b63e-c051-11e9-900f-66ad71e9c169
Last updated: 2019-09-10T14:35:14Z
The Dedicated Blog template gives you the option to choose from 6 different **index view** layouts, giving your content a completely different look with just one click.
### Card Index
### Duo Index
### Parallel Index
### Wide Index
### Grid Index
### Banner Index
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4a76e6dc-9e7d-11e5-a846-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-21T02:35:09Z
The Classic Masonry template is ideal for portfolio sites. It features galleries laid out in masonry columns which click through to individual image view. You can use sets or pages to organise your work into different projects.
There are two layouts available for this template - **Sidebar** and **Top Bar**.
### Sidebar Layout
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6681644e-2be6-11e8-bcc0-22aeaf0bd45a/7b9ed3de-2be6-11e8-bcc0-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
### Top Bar Layout
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/20ca8ec0-2be2-11e8-bfe0-22aeaf0bd45a/2a2fdd62-2be2-11e8-bfe0-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9116b42-1ba3-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-23T19:08:05Z
The Classic Masonry template is ideal for portfolio sites. The masonry gallery layout can be customised to flow horizontally or vertically and images click through to a larger individual view. You can use sets or pages to organise your work into different projects. There are two layouts available for this template - Sidebar and Top Bar.
### Portfolio with shop
[Live Demo](https://classicmasonry01.demo.dpg.gallery/)
This site uses Masonry gallery pages to display images and sell prints.
[Home: Image Slideshow page](https://classicmasonry01.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
A **Masonry Gallery With Hover** page is used for the Gallery.
### Portfolio
[Live Demo](https://classicmasonry02.demo.dpg.gallery/)
---
## Page types
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/31616e5e-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-21T02:39:14Z
The Classic Masonry template has two layout options: **Sidebar** and **Top Bar**.
Below, you can see examples of each available page in this template, or view a live demo by clicking this button:
[Live Demo](https://classicmasonrydemo.dpg.gallery/)
**Image Slideshow** - ideal for homepages}
{detail:5cc56e84-2bf3-11e8-bfc8-22aeaf0bd45a
**Masonry Gallery With Navigation**, **With Hover** and **With Thumbnails** - galleries with tiled multicolumn grid which supports images, animated gifs and native video. Each Masonry Gallery can display content in sets view, masonry index view and individual image view.
See [Galleries](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13a50790-dc4f-11e6-b2c8-6e61028599f7) for more details.}
{detail:20e9bf40-2bf4-11e8-a6ad-1ef790c6f0a9
**Masonry Gallery with Downloads** - enables visitors to download your chosen image versions.}
{detail:0f41dac8-2bf6-11e8-b79a-1ef790c6f0a9
**Masonry Gallery with Sales** - use to sell products or services via your connected Paypal account.}
{detail:a0f65928-2bf4-11e8-90e8-22aeaf0bd45a
**Contact** - two column layout with text and contact form.}
{detail:17a3e16c-2bf5-11e8-be70-22aeaf0bd45a
**Text** and **Text & Image** - use the text editor to create information, FAQ or about pages, with or without an image.}
{detail:f27c94b0-2bf4-11e8-932f-22aeaf0bd45a
**Video Gallery** - showcase video content hosted on external services such as Vimeo and YouTube.}
{detail:6802402c-2bf5-11e8-9b5b-22aeaf0bd45a
**Blog** - blog page with sidebar.}
{detail:e2b093e8-2bf3-11e8-bcaf-22aeaf0bd45a
**iframe** - allows you to embed another URL, such as an external blog, into your site.}
{detail:b57017f8-2bf5-11e8-be94-22aeaf0bd45a
---
## Gallery pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13a50790-dc4f-11e6-b2c8-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2018-03-21T02:44:22Z
There are several different Gallery [pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/31616e5e-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) to choose from when it comes to presenting your work. The defining characteristic of this template is the masonry grid index view, which is a multicolumn gallery that scales with the width of the display.
This is an example of the masonry grid in both Sidebar and Top Bar layouts. You can customise the size and appearance of the grid in the Design section of your website.
> 💡 **Tip:** Like all pages across DPG sites, this page supports images, animated GIFs and inline video.
### Gallery page types
A site can use multiple different gallery page types, so you can choose the best way to display your content. The main difference between the gallery pages is how visitors navigate through the gallery.
#### Masonry Gallery With Navigation
[▶ The Gallery With Navigation shows text for navigating between images or back to index.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5f2bf098-2c8a-11e8-8eca-1ef790c6f0a9/8cfa97f4-2c8a-11e8-8eca-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** You can also use icons in addition to or in place of the text.
#### Masonry Gallery With Hover
[▶ The Gallery With Hover shows a hover effect on the index page, with thumbnails on the individual image view.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/540d5690-2c88-11e8-b61c-1ef790c6f0a9/7ed366e4-2c88-11e8-b61c-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** As hover states do not work on mobile devices, by default the Hover gallery shows image information underneath on mobile.
#### Masonry Gallery With Thumbnails
[▶ The Gallery With Thumbnails shows small thumbnails underneath the main image in individual image view.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/62811378-2c89-11e8-9ba0-1ef790c6f0a9/8e9235be-2c89-11e8-9ba0-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
#### Masonry Gallery With Downloads
[▶ The Gallery With Downloads page allows visitors to download versions of your image.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b1d69cca-2c8b-11e8-bc19-22aeaf0bd45a/d7511c00-2c8b-11e8-bc19-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** Don't forget to [enable downloads](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f15a81ec-5534-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447) if you've created a Downloads page on your site.
#### Masonry Gallery With Sales
[▶ The Gallery With Sales allows you to create a shop on your site.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7de16e5c-2c8d-11e8-94f1-1ef790c6f0a9/a0ce13a2-2c8d-11e8-94f1-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** See [Sales](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/bc6f6756-aa91-11e2-adce-b8f6b11825bb) for more information.
### Sets view
If you have a larger body of work, you can easily organise it into themes or projects by creating sets inside any Gallery page.
---
## Customisation
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0ca9ff64-096d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:05:18Z
There are a number of easy ways to customise your site and make it your own.
### Gallery customisation
You can easily change the look of galleries by changing the size, spacing and layout of images.
Images can flow in rows instead of columns.
Larger images with no padding between rows can also create a great impact.
### Sidebar navigation
There are several options for sidebar navigation.
Standard Navigation - shows contents of Gallery set.}
Sets view with 3:1 aspect ratio to create a banner style.
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/74a32a84-f20f-11e5-92da-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:02:11Z
Flexible Side Scroll is a versatile template for portfolio sites. Within this template are several layout options, which allow you to choose between a **Top Bar** and a **Sidebar** design.
### Layouts
[▶ Top Bar layout](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/18910d78-2d73-11e8-b416-22aeaf0bd45a/26a799d6-2d73-11e8-b416-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
[▶ Sidebar layout](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/37ca6518-2d78-11e8-bcf8-22aeaf0bd45a/3c9fdf14-2d78-11e8-bcf8-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** You can switch between layouts any time after creating your site.
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1d00e996-f5b2-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-23T18:43:20Z
Flexible Side Scroll is a versatile template for portfolio sites. Within this template are several layout options, which allow you to choose between a Top Bar and a Sidebar design.
### Portfolios
[Live Demo](https://flexiblesidescroll01.demo.dpg.gallery/)
[Live Demo](https://flexiblesidescroll02.demo.dpg.gallery/)
[Live Demo](https://flexiblesidescroll03.demo.dpg.gallery/)
---
## Page types
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fce4eff2-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:01:27Z
The Flexible Side Scroll template has 3 layout options: Top Bar, Sidebar and Fullscreen Sidebar.
Below, you can see examples of each page type in the Top Bar and Sidebar option.
**Image Slideshow** Top Bar - ideal for homepages}
{detail:763436ca-2d79-11e8-bb46-22aeaf0bd45a
**Image Gallery** Top Bar - Horizontal scrolling gallery. Supports images, animated gifs and native video.
See [Galleries](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ecaca918-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) for more information.}
{detail:04eecee8-2d7a-11e8-a3ae-1ef790c6f0a9
**Contact** Top Bar - two column layout with text and contact form. The contact page can also display a background image.}
{detail:7c431c82-2d7b-11e8-bc40-22aeaf0bd45a
**Text** and **Text & Image** Top Bar - use the text editor to create information, FAQ or about pages, with or without an image. The contact page can also display a background image.}
{detail:4588a41e-2d7b-11e8-8c71-1ef790c6f0a9
**Video Gallery** Top Bar - showcase video content hosted on external services such as Vimeo and YouTube.}
{detail:dcecbb1a-2d7b-11e8-8d20-22aeaf0bd45a
**Blog** Top Bar - blog page with sidebar.}
{detail:852cfe2c-2d7a-11e8-ae0b-22aeaf0bd45a
**iframe** Top Bar - allows you to embed another URL, such as an external blog, into your site.}
{detail:4bb23976-2d7c-11e8-9f1a-22aeaf0bd45a
---
## Gallery pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ecaca918-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2019-08-20T17:48:40Z
The Flexible Side Scroll gallery is a horizontally scrolling [page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fce4eff2-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4), with the choice of **Topbar** or **Side bar** layout.
### Image Gallery
Image Gallery in Top Bar layout}
{detail:8e04305e-2ebc-11e8-b2d1-22aeaf0bd45a
### Sets view
Create further sets inside the Gallery set to organise your work into themes or projects.
Gallery sets in Top Bar layout}
{detail:d5b5c520-2ebc-11e8-81fb-22aeaf0bd45a
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ba454d56-0852-11e7-ab7b-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2018-03-22T05:00:31Z
Modern Narrative is a super versatile template which can be used to create all kinds of sites, from portfolios to client delivery areas. It features a number of different vertical-scrolling gallery page types, the most unique of which is the [Photo Story](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0) page.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/dddad028-0849-11e7-8c5b-02daa0202684/17d6db28-084a-11e7-8c5b-02daa0202684.mp4)
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5b9a6a72-4df7-11e6-a15b-7678d470c6e0
Last updated: 2019-08-30T15:13:38Z
### Portfolios
[Live Demo](https://modernnarrativeportfolio.demo.dpg.gallery/)
[Live Demo](https://mn22.demo.dpg.gallery/)
[Live demo](https://mn20.demo.dpg.gallery/)
### Event site
[Live Demo](http://ss16lfw.theaptmt.com/)
### Client delivery site with user logins
[Live Demo](https://modernnarrativeclientsite.dpg.gallery/)
### Client delivery site
[Live Demo](https://mnwedding.demo.dpg.gallery/)
### Event press site
[Live Demo](https://eventsite.demo.dpg.gallery/)
[Guide](https://dpg.support/acqb)
### Wedding gallery site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8fecf9d2-d20b-11e6-aa2c-8e12dd763e7d/b7240216-d20b-11e6-aa2c-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
[Live Demo](https://modernnarrative18.dpg.gallery/)
[Guide](https://dpg.support/acxy)
---
## Page types
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c85d7da8-0854-11e7-ab7b-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2018-05-08T20:16:57Z
### Splash
**Fullscreen Splash** - Use for landing pages.}
### Images
All gallery pages support images, animated gifs and native video.
**Sets Based** - great for homepages and as a starting point for visitors to discover your work.
---
## Photo story pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0
Last updated: 2019-10-03T14:03:09Z
Photo Story is a page type which allows you to easily change the size and layout of images by using star ratings. This makes them versatile for dynamic photo narratives, one page portfolios and showstopping galleries.
### Overview
The order of images is controlled by their order in the set. The size of the images is controlled by its star rating.
### Examples
Before you start, take a look at some examples of Photo Story arrangement on the web.
Sample Photo Story page
[Live Demo](https://modernnarrativedemo17.dpg.gallery/gallery/set_001/)}
★★★★★ Fills the width of the screen.
___
#### 4 Stars
___
#### 3 Stars
___
#### 2 Stars
___
#### 1 Star
___
#### No star rating
### Grouping
The story page is perfect for showing off key images by making them prominent with a 4 or 5 rating, while using sequences of smaller images to tell a story and make the layout engaging.
Aim to mix up the arrangement, such as alternating larger images with sets of smaller portrait images for best results.
### Tips
You can set a default star rating for all new uploads on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_options).
> 💡 **Tip:** You can rate images in Lightroom before you export them, so you may want to rate your favourites as 4 or 5 and others as 2 or 3 and these settings will be imported on upload. Make sure to tick **Get details from image metadata** on the upload screen.
When previewing your changes always use your websites [testing host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) to make sure that you see changes without a delay.
---
## Template overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5be59e2e-9a68-11e8-a27f-3225061e24b0
Last updated: 2018-08-10T21:21:56Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e909798c-9c26-11e8-9756-ba969e967f96/25d144d0-9c27-11e8-9756-ba969e967f96.mp4)
The Versatile Splash is a special micro site template which has just one purpose - it allows you to create a splash page which is a gateway to other content.
You may have multiple DPG sites, such as a photography portfolio and a client area. You may also have a blog, e-commerce site or social media profiles. A splash site is a great way to bring together your various web presences to create one eye-catching homepage.
The Versatile Splash is a standalone template. It can be used with all other templates and existing DPG sites, as well as to link to non-DPG sites.
### Content layout
The Versatile Splash layout is based on the content in its attached set and adapts to the number of images or videos.
For the best visitor experience we recommend using no more than six sections.
One-image layout.}
With five images or more, the layout will continue expanding as banners.
### Mobile layout
On mobile devices, the layout automatically turns into horizontal banners.
---
## Examples and demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acdb685c-7963-11e8-8993-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2018-08-10T21:21:56Z
A four image splash page for a portfolio.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash01.demo.dpg.gallery/)
A two image splash page linking to different sites.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash04.demo.dpg.gallery/)
A two image splash page using image rotation for a dynamic layout.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash05.demo.dpg.gallery/)
A splash page showing images and mp4 video.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash07.demo.dpg.gallery/)
Statement splash page using vertical text and text blend modes.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash03.demo.dpg.gallery/)
A three image splash to lead visitors to different parts of a site.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash02.demo.dpg.gallery/)
Bold two image splash page.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash08.demo.dpg.gallery/)
Four image splash leading to different pages and sites.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash09.demo.dpg.gallery/)
An elegant two image splash directing visitors to a portfolio and blog.
[Live Demo](https://versatilesplash06.demo.dpg.gallery/)
---
## Arranging media order in Design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/89a756b4-b789-11ea-9771-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2020-09-23T01:32:34Z
To make it easier to work with your content without having to leave the Design section, you can rearrange the order of any sets and index views sorted by custom order.
### Contents
* [Arranging sets view](#arranging-sets-view)
* [Arranging index view](#arranging-index-view)
* [Setting custom order](#setting-custom-order)
* [Making custom order default](#making-custom-order-default)
### Arranging sets view
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2399b622-b78a-11ea-8b1b-0ad4e06bc2a4/27ada2be-b78a-11ea-8b1b-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
Enter the Design section. In the preview window, navigate to the page you want to rearrange. In the side panel, go to **Page** and **Arrange**. You can now click on a set to pick it up and drag it to a different position.
### Arranging index view
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a7f8d338-b78c-11ea-9262-0ad4e06bc2a4/ad8ecf50-b78c-11ea-9262-0ad4e06bc2a4.mp4)
Enter the Design section. In the preview window, navigate to the index view you want to rearrange. In the side panel, go to **Page** and **Arrange**. You can now click on an image to pick it up and drag it to a different position.
> 💡 **Tip:** If your layout has very large images, or you have a lot of images on the page, it may be easier to arrange then in the admin by viewing them as small thumbnails instead.
### Setting custom order
> ⚠️ **Warning:** To rearrange the order in Design, the set in question must be sorted by **Custom** order in the admin.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0b7854e6-b78e-11ea-9111-6e50fb6d292e/0e69204a-b78e-11ea-9111-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
To check, navigate to the set in the admin. Click the cog icon and make sure that **Sort by** is on **Custom**. If not, choose **Custom** from the dropdown menu now.
### Making custom order default
You can make custom order the default for any new sets you create in the admin.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7929532c-b78f-11ea-a8be-6e50fb6d292e/7c1fe000-b78f-11ea-a8be-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
From the **Dashboard** go to **Settings**. Click **Images** and **Options**.
Find the section titled **Set default options** and select **Custom** for both Images and Sets.
---
## Using the lightbox
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3336b342-c102-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-07-28T10:55:45Z
The lightbox is a single media style where the image pops over the index view rather than loading as a separate page. It's a great option for a focused single item view which doesn't need much additional context or information, presenting the image without distractions.
### In this article:
* [Lightbox styles](#lightbox-styles)
* [Enabling lightbox view](#enabling-lightbox-view)
* [Choosing lightbox style](#choosing-lightbox-style)
* [Editing the style](#editing-the-style)
### Lightbox styles
Both the lightbox styles can use keyboard arrow navigation to quickly navigate through images, as shown in the videos below (the arrows show keyboard actions and are not visible on the site).
**Frame** lightbox shows image information such as title and description. It also shows a counter of the number of images in the set, image navigation and an icon to enable fullscreen view. }
autoplay
From the website screen, enter the Design section by clicking **Edit Design** and navigate to the gallery page. With the gallery page in the preview window, go to **Page** and **Media** in the side panel. Toggle the **Lightbox** switch to the on position and click **Save**. The images will now pop up in lightbox view from the index of the gallery.
### Choosing lightbox style
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f04aa586-c109-11ea-8a7d-629c2013df2f/f5cf6596-c109-11ea-8a7d-629c2013df2f.mp4)
To choose a different lightbox style go to **Page** > **Page** tabs. You'll see an option for **Lightbox Style**. Choose a style and click **Save**. This will set the lightbox style.
### Editing the style
You can further customise each of the lightbox styles.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8cc5e6c4-c136-11ea-88b0-629c2013df2f/9154c7dc-c136-11ea-88b0-629c2013df2f.mp4)
Open an image in lightbox view in the preview window. Select the **Style** tab then go to the **Galleries** tab. Here you will find the lightbox design options such as colours, sizes and typography. Any changes you make will be reflected in the preview window. When you're happy with your changes, click the **Save** button.
---
## Masonry layouts explained
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/99b44604-c137-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2020-07-17T15:30:25Z
Masonry is a style of grid layout where content is arranged in columns. This makes it a popular choice for image galleries, as images of different dimensions can be neatly arranged without gaps.
This is an example of a Masonry layout using the Essential Portfolio template (left).
DPG has previously used Masonry layouts in several Series 2 templates. With Series 3, we have rewritten Masonry using the latest web technologies to improve its functionality. Because of this, Series 3 Masonry works slightly differently.}
### What's new?
In Series 3, the Essential Portfolio template has two different masonry layouts - **Masonry** and **Horizontal Masonry**.
If you are used to the function of masonry from previous templates, the first change you might notice is the order of images on the page with the **Masonry** layout. Read on to find out about the difference.
### Column fill
**Horizontal Masonry** on the other hand, follows a horizontal order. You can still arrange it in the Design section, but the order will be recognisably the same in sets view.
---
## Configuring the Splash page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/475c0018-c1d7-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2020-07-21T12:43:03Z
The Splash page is the default landing page on an Essential Portfolio website.
### In this article:
* [Adding images](#adding-images)
* [Editing header text and link](#editing-header-text-and-link)
* [Editing and adding links](#editing-and-adding-links)
* [Renaming Splash title](#renaming-splash-title)
* [Editing the design](#editing-the-design)
* [Slideshow settings](#slideshow-settings)
### Adding images
On the website screen, you'll see a **Splash** set. Add images to this set to see them on the Splash page.
Adding multiple images will automatically create a slideshow. The order of the images in the set will determine the order of the slideshow, so arrange the set accordingly.}
### Editing header text and link
You can edit all of the elements on the Splash page. By default, the Splash links to the Gallery page at /gallery/. You may need to change the link location if you don't use the default Gallery page or rename it.
{video:d391c3c2-c1e3-11ea-a75c-6e50fb6d292e
From the Website screen, got to **Pages** and **Standard**. Click the **Edit** button to enter the Splash page settings.
Click the **Content** tab. Here you can find all of the visible information on the Splash page - Header, Media and Links.
Click **Header**. In the **Link** text box you can change the path of the header link on the splash page. Change the path and any other information and click **Update**.
### Editing and adding links
By default the Splash has an **Enter** link which is linked to the Gallery page. You can edit this link, add additional links, or remove it entirely.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3be4e61a-c1e5-11ea-aca6-629c2013df2f/3e981774-c1e5-11ea-aca6-629c2013df2f.mp4)
Under the **Links** tab you can see the default link. You can edit the text and path of this link. Click **Edit** to change the link text and path and click **OK** to save.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/846309d4-c1e6-11ea-bd2c-629c2013df2f/870ac5e6-c1e6-11ea-bd2c-629c2013df2f.mp4)
You can add additional links by clicking the **Create** button. Choose **Page** from the dropdown to choose another page to link to, or **Standard** to enter an external link. Click **OK** to save. You'll now see the new link on the Splash page.
To remove a link click the ✕ icon.
### Renaming Splash title
You can change the default name of the Splash page to something of your choosing.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2e9b1482-c1e2-11ea-87fb-629c2013df2f/31321678-c1e2-11ea-87fb-629c2013df2f.mp4)
On the Splash page click the **Details** tab. Find the text box named **Page title**. Edit this text and click **Update**.
This title shows at the top of the browser window or tab when your site is visited.}
### Editing the design
Go to **Page** > **Selected Item** to select the **Crop Focus Area**. This allows you to choose which part of the image is prioritised if the image is cropped.
---
## Anatomy of the page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/188b93ee-c21c-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2020-07-17T15:55:57Z
The Essential Portfolio template is one of our most customisable templates to date. To help you get to grips with the different parts of the site, you may find the following annotations of the template useful to reference.
Remember, if you're not sure how to edit something or where a setting is - [just get in touch](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) and we're always happy to point you in the right direction 💌
### Header & Navigation
### Footers
### Gallery Sets View
---
## Hiding set information
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb9dd1d0-b78f-11ea-9771-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:26:19Z
On sites using the Essential Portfolio template, you can hide the set name on a per set basis, allowing you to have it showing on some and hidden on others.
### Hiding information for individual sets
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/12d451dc-b792-11ea-b02a-6e50fb6d292e/1688f9f4-b792-11ea-b02a-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
In the **Design** section, navigate to the page and set that you want to edit in the preview window. Click the **Page** then **Current Set** tabs. Use the icons to **Hide** or **Show** the set information.
### Hiding information for all sets
If you want to hide the set information for **all** sets, you can find that option in the page settings.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8b656ea4-b794-11ea-bdd5-6e50fb6d292e/8e5997e8-b794-11ea-bdd5-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
From the website screen, got to the **Pages** tab and find the gallery page you want to edit. Click the **Edit** button.
On the page, click **Content** and scroll down to **List view: General**. Toggle the switches **Show set title** and **Show set description** to hide either or both parts of the set information. Click the **Update** button.
This will affect all the sets on this gallery page.
---
## Sales Page - Index View design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7517a3e6-b8fc-11eb-97a3-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-02T01:34:20Z
The index page is a customisation of the standard shop page. It allows you to make a varied and engaging layout which is well suited to a landing page.
Watch the videos below to find out how to create and configure it, how to customise the design and - bonus tip! - use images to link to other content.}
#### Contents:
* [Setting up the Index view](#setting-up-the-index-view) - select the product view appearance for all products at once.
* [Index view theming](#index-view-theming) - select the product view appearance for all products at once.
* [Using image links](#using-image-links) - select the product view appearance for all products at once.
### Setting up the Index view
> 💡 **Tip:** To follow along with this video, make sure you've [created some products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) first.
{video:c00f1ad8-b8f6-11eb-905f-facf1bc641fa
#### In this video:
* What an index view is and why you might want to use one in your shop.
* How to turn your standard sales page into an index page or create a new one.
* How to make sets inside the shop set to populate the index page, then attach products and add images.
* Using the Selected Item settings in Design to customise each set individually to make a varied and engaging layout.
* Setting the media focus point to make sure the right part of an image is visible.
* The different set layouts and how to customise them.
* Hiding set information and hiding sets in Design.
* Arranging the order of sets in Design.
* How the set hierarchy works to create an index page in practice.
### Index view theming
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e8a66eba-b8fb-11eb-a3c6-facf1bc641fa/ee0a2cde-b8fb-11eb-a3c6-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
#### In this video:
* How to change all the colour, typographic and other design elements for each one of the index layout blocks.
* How Style > Sales options work compared to Page > Selected Item.
* How to go about customising the theme.
### Using image links
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f990a11e-b900-11eb-afc0-facf1bc641fa/ff3b84da-b900-11eb-afc0-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
#### In this video:
* Why image links are useful and where you might use them.
* How to use image links to link to a set or URL.
---
## Sales Page - Overview design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/990ccdee-b1f4-11eb-a4fe-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-02T01:34:39Z
The Overview is a sales page view which shows multiple products alongside their product information and prices. Each product on the page is its own set with an attached product. The Overview is what your sales page will automatically look like if you make product sets inside the sales page set.
### Theme styling
As the Overview shows multiple products at once it's designed to be simple and elegant for customers to use. There are some options you can adjust in the **Style** tab to customise elements such as the number of columns, maximum width and padding.
While viewing the Overview page in the preview window, go to **Style** > **Sales** to see **Overview | Page** options.
Also in **Style** > **Sales** you'll find extensive options for typography, colours and other Overview elements.
### Overview display type
Display style **summary** shows product image, name and price. The product name and image click through to the product view.}
autoplay
From the website screen go to the **Pages** tab. Locate your shop page and click the **Edit** button. Under the **Content** tab you'll see a number of options. Select the **Display type** dropdown to **summary** or **product** and click **Update**.
---
## Sales Page - Product View design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ebd3c2b6-b1eb-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-02T00:49:44Z
The product view has 4 distinct layout styles and a variety of other theme customisations you can make. These can be applied to all products at once, or chosen individually per product.
The product **style**, **media fit** and **media height** settings work together to control the product view appearance. As different types of products may have different media requirements, these options allow you to customise each product to suit your images or videos.
#### Contents:
* [Default Style](#default-style) - select the product view appearance for all products at once.
* [Default Media fit](#default-media-fit) - choose if product images and videos are cropped to fit the media area or shown in full.
* [Media height](#media-height) - define the height of the media area to control the size of product images and videos.
* [Current Set](#current-set) - override the style and media fit defaults for individual products.
* [Theme styling](#theme-styling) - general settings for colours, typography and styling of elements.
### Default Style
This defines the main layout of your sales page in product view and applies to all products at once.
In the preview window navigate to one of your products. Go to **Page** then **Components**. Select the **Product View** > **Style**.
This will be the default style for all of the products in this shop.
### Default Media fit
The media fit controls how the product image or video fits within the space it occupies on the page.
Go to **Page** then **Components**. Select the **Product View** > **Media Fit**.
**Full** means that each of the images is shown in full, in its original aspect ratio. If your images are a mix of orientations (portrait and landscape) this will result in empty space around some of the images.}
The current set options are a way to override the default settings which apply to all products. They can be used to mix and match product styles across your shop.
This can be useful if you sell products which have different presentation requirements or to highlight special items by making them stand out with a different look.
### Theme styling
There are detailed theme options to control colours, typography and sizing of all the sales page elements.
View one of your products in the preview window and go to **Style** > **Sales**. The side panel contains settings for product view information and other page elements like the add to cart button and carousel indicators.
> 💡 **Tip:** Typography settings apply to all layout styles, so the options you choose here will persist if you change to a different one.
**Style** > **Sales Navigation** includes the settings for styling of the breadcrumb trail navigation, [Similar items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7cc1456c-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834) and [Related products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6fdd80cc-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834).
---
## Cart design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5290f2e-b1e6-11eb-8c17-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-02T00:49:44Z
While you are working on cart styles, open the cart in the preview window so that you can see any changes take effect. }
### Cart style
Click **Page** then the **Components** tab. Select the cart **Style** from the dropdown menu.
{detail:10f1ea84-bfbe-11eb-9c40-facf1bc641fa
**Stacked** shows a larger thumbnail above the product information. }
### Product image
Click **Style** then the **Cart** tab. Scroll to the **Product Image** options and select the image style.
{detail:56c90cb4-bfbd-11eb-babd-0e9a6ba445f3
**Cropped** crops the image to fit into the available space.}
### General cart styling
You can find all the cart styles under the **Style** > **Cart** tab.
{detail:e3687dee-bfc2-11eb-b17d-0e9a6ba445f3
### Checkout cart
At checkout customers are shown a smaller version of the their cart. This section can be styled separately to the main cart and can be found under the **Style** > **Checkout** tab.
---
## Checkout design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ddbc36e2-b1e9-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-02T00:49:44Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b0cd30ac-c30d-11eb-a308-facf1bc641fa/b46e9d36-c30d-11eb-a308-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
To customise the appearance of the checkout page, go to the checkout in the Design preview window. Add an item to your cart and click the **Continue to Checkout** button from the cart.
While viewing the checkout page in the preview window, you can find the style options under the **Style** > **Checkout** tab.}
The form styling is consistent across the site. This includes form elements on the checkout page. To edit the style of forms go to **Style** then **Forms** tab.
---
## Instagram integration
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/600d9244-2549-11e7-bdc9-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:57:11Z
Visit [https://www.instagram.com/developer/](https://www.instagram.com/developer/) and log in with your existing Instagram account details.}
{detail:eb84accc-2549-11e7-a03a-2e80af156eae
Enter details as per the screenshot, but using your own domain details.}
{detail:78700018-254b-11e7-b8e6-2e80af156eae
Copy your **Client ID**.}
{detail:2880debe-254c-11e7-a0e5-8ef06f2f9be6
Copy the code below and replace the XXX after cliend_id with your Client ID. Replace the redirect_uri with the exact domain address that you entered into your app.
https://api.instagram.com/oauth/authorize/?client_id=XXX&redirect_uri=http://yourdomain.com/&response_type=token&scope=public_content
Paste the edited string into your browser's address bar and press enter.
If you see any messages about implicit OAuth you can untick the checkbox in your Instagram settings and try again.}
{detail:796535aa-254c-11e7-8c7c-8ef06f2f9be6
Once the page loads, you'll see the URL will look like this:
Copy the **access token** from that URL and paste it into the relevant field in DPG.}
Finally do the same thing with the following URL, replacing your **username** and **access token** with the ones you just created.
https://api.instagram.com/v1/users/search?q=andrewkendall&access_token=674368.c96eb1e.1eb98331d6f84e9d9bd218fb7eaad5f1
{detail:2ca135c8-254e-11e7-b05c-8ef06f2f9be6
With this information entered correctly, Instagram integration should now work on your site.
---
## Fullscreen Slideshow image selection tips
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/27bca4b4-883d-11e7-8d83-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:59:09Z
If you're using the [Image Slideshow page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fce4eff2-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) on your
[Flexible Side Scroll](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/63fafd2e-f20f-11e5-92da-16474ff850f4) site, you may have noticed that images added to this page will look different depending on your device or monitor aspect ratio.
Your site will be accessed on all kinds of devices - from large desktops, to tablets and phones in both portrait and landscape orientation, which is why DPG works best with full resolution images in their standard aspect ratio - we'll serve the version of the image that's best suited for each device.
For the fullscreen slideshow page, the image may be cropped at the top and bottom or sides to fill the entire screen of your visitor, so here are some things to consider when choosing images for your homepage:
❌ Avoid using images where the focal point is towards the edges, as they may be cropped on wide monitors.}
{detail:af4471e6-883d-11e7-b1b9-2e80af156eae
✅ Images where the focal point is in the centre scale well across all kinds of devices.}
{detail:9787db28-8848-11e7-b3d4-2e80af156eae
❌ Close cropped portraits can become too cropped when viewed on a landscape browser.}
{detail:9a934f72-8849-11e7-81d9-8ef06f2f9be6
✅ Images which are a little more abstract look great in different aspect ratios too.}
{detail:2d7daec4-8848-11e7-8d2f-8ef06f2f9be6
---
## Design customisations
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c464c50-9cce-11e8-b6bf-3225061e24b0
Last updated: 2018-08-10T21:21:33Z
### Hiding text
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c942a8fa-9cce-11e8-b468-4a82f5591c8d/e7335f62-9cce-11e8-b468-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
You can hide the Image Information or Headline text by selecting **Hide** from the **Visibility** menu.
### Adding a background colour to text
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6f414086-9ccf-11e8-af2d-4a82f5591c8d/8e3d405c-9ccf-11e8-af2d-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
You can add a background colour to the area behind Image Information or Headline text under their relevant tabs.
Use the **Background colour** picker to choose the colour and opacity. Control the size of the background area using the **Padding** slider.
---
## Setting the image crop
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/02831732-9cd7-11e8-9cdd-322e76128033
Last updated: 2018-08-10T21:44:14Z
DPG automatically scales images for different screen resolutions and browser dimensions. You can choose which area of the content on your Versatile Splash page should be prioritised when some areas need to be cropped. This allows you to keep your chosen focal point on the screen on an image-by-image basis.
### General
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ec9f4470-9cd8-11e8-a06d-ba969e967f96/0dd268ca-9cd9-11e8-a06d-ba969e967f96.mp4)
In the Design section, choose **Pages** and **Selected Item**. Click on an image and choose the crop position using the icons.
### Mobile view
You can choose a different crop position for the mobile view.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4cedc868-9cd6-11e8-b3f7-ba969e967f96/6e43d11a-9cd6-11e8-b3f7-ba969e967f96.mp4)
Toggle the mobile icon to enter the mobile view. Click on an image and choose the crop position using the icons.
> 💡 **Tip:** Once selected, the position is saved automatically. You don't need to manually save your progress.
---
## Edit mode
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d88dbebc-ac1a-11e2-b218-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-13T00:05:50Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/08aead4e-c973-11e6-9f9b-7a0f266557bf/185b8f0a-c973-11e6-9f9b-7a0f266557bf.mp4)
> ⚠️ **Warning:** **Standard** and **Advanced** Edit modes are only available in our paid accounts.
There are three edit modes accessible from the **Edit mode** panel of the websites screen:
* **Basic** - Allows simple control of the site building and editing process.
* **Standard** - Includes the ability to add custom fonts and apply [security settings](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/ab3f80e4-ac1a-11e2-b218-f23c91703874).
* **Advanced** - Gives you access to all the aspects of the site, including JavaScript and CSS editing. See also [Switching to development mode](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a6803b1a-62f2-11e6-adab-be279144b405).
---
## Redirects
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2ea4f59e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-13T21:07:56Z
If you've moved a site to DPG it's possible that search results from your previous sites might not match with your new DPG URLs.
Redirects allow you to seamlessly map one URL to another location, so visitors are never confused and can always find what they are looking for.
If you've recently moved your site you can see which links Google thinks your site has by searching for:
```
site:yourdomain.com
```
Example search results.
You can use that information to create the appropriate redirects using the **Redirects** panel.
---
## Deleting a website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/381e4d30-ac0a-11e2-a18c-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2019-11-01T19:29:19Z
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Website deletion is permanent and cannot be undone.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e1b8e92a-fcdc-11e9-832b-f23c91df768a/f58f5a24-fcdc-11e9-832b-f23c91df768a.mp4)
Websites are locked by default to protect against accidental deletion.
To unlock a site, open the **Site information** panel and click **Advanced Options**. Toggle the **Locked** slider to the off position, then click Save.
A **Delete** button will now show in the **Delete** panel. Click the button and enter the unique verification code shown on your screen to begin the delete process. This will permanently delete the website.
> 💡 **Tip:** Deleting a website can take several minutes if the site has a lot of image versions to remove. Please be patient and wait to be returned to the main websites screen after clicking delete.
---
## Changing the aspect ratio for set cover images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/51a61072-d626-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:04:45Z
By default many types of gallery page use square aspect ratio images for the sets view.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/852d2aec-d627-11e6-83d3-967fcb7c1249/92c1d45a-d627-11e6-83d3-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To change this, you can update the image profile for the gallery set.
When updating the image profile make sure to change both the **set** and set **@2x** versions so that both people with standard and retina displays can see the new image type.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The two image profiles work together, so changing just one of them will cause the images to be sized incorrectly on your site.
After you are done your site should look like this.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Regenerating image version on large sets may take a long time, so it's best to try it out on a set with just a few images first. Once you've decided on your chosen aspect ratio and tested it, you can repeat the process on larger sets.
You can try different aspect ratios to give your site a different look:
Sets view with default **square** aspect ratio.}
Sets view with **3:1** aspect ratio to create a banner style.
---
## Adding pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/196bbd9e-ac1b-11e2-b218-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:04:45Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fc362022-debe-11e6-89b3-8e12dd763e7d/086fbc54-debf-11e6-89b3-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** If you have a gallery page and you'd like to create sections like Portraits, Landscapes, etc it's better to create nested sets than new pages. See [this article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/baba18b2-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874) for more information.
Pages have editable content which you can access by clicking on the **Edit** button next to the page.}
{video:f8295af2-debf-11e6-860d-8e12dd763e7d
The settings depend on the page, they include things like text, contact block options, etc. If you'd like to add images to a page follow [this article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/baba18b2-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874).
> 💡 **Tip:** Some templates have pages that can only be created by changing the [edit mode](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d88dbebc-ac1a-11e2-b218-f23c91703874).
### Creating a page without adding to navigation
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/542bd14c-dec3-11e6-a334-8e12dd763e7d/5fd5f662-dec3-11e6-a334-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To create a page that won't appear in your site's navigation, toggle the **Add to navigation** switch to off when making it. This is useful when adding pages to a live site and allows you to work on the page without your visitors seeing it.
You can then [add](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) the page to navigation when you are ready.
---
## Renaming a page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/571c13c0-bb07-11ea-a763-d6336a578750
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:04:45Z
When renaming a page make sure that you also change the path, set name and any navigation pointing to it.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5cad03bc-bb07-11ea-9d10-3a4d99fb70eb/63240678-bb07-11ea-9d10-3a4d99fb70eb.mp4)
---
## Deleting a page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8887d8e2-5b59-11e7-8e56-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:00Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/801ce43c-5b5d-11e7-9041-2e80af156eae/902004cc-5b5d-11e7-9041-2e80af156eae.mp4)
To delete a page, go to the websites **Pages** screen and click the x button next to the page you want to delete.
If you are deleting a page with images, you'll see those image versions will be removed when the page is deleted.}
> 💡 **Tip:** Deleting a page will also remove its automatically created navigation item. Any links made manually can be deleted by following the instructions [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7).
Deleting a page will not delete the set attached to it, or the images inside the set.
{video:c6a7f560-5b60-11e7-b320-2e80af156eae
To delete a set once a page has been removed, go into the relevant set and make sure that it is unlocked.
In the **Delete Set** panel, click **Delete**.
---
## Contact page setup
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e66c86-ad0e-11e6-89d4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:01Z
Go to the **Pages** tab. Click on the edit button next to the Contact page to edit it.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/59234dd0-94c4-11e7-9e2f-2e80af156eae/690eaed8-94c4-11e7-9e2f-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Under the **Content** tab, edit the page text. You can use the text editor to format the text as you like.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/edd71ef2-94c4-11e7-93e6-8ef06f2f9be6/fb9fc05c-94c4-11e7-93e6-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Enter the email address you want to receive messages sent via the contact form.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4f2b010a-94c5-11e7-bd6c-2e80af156eae/5c136e5c-94c5-11e7-bd6c-2e80af156eae.mp4)
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If you don't enter a valid email address, you won't receive any messages sent from the contact form via email. All messages will still appear in the [messages](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/messages/contact_form) section in your DPG admin, but if you do add an email, make sure it's correct and test it out yourself before launching your site.
### Contact page without a form
If you don't want to use the contact form, you can make a new page with text and an image or just text. Go to **Pages** and click the create button and select Text or Text & Image.
---
## Changing contact page image crop
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e4768d46-08d5-11e7-ab7b-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:10Z
Pages such as the *Contact* page or the *Text & Image* page allow you to add an image simply by adding it to the corresponding set.
This image scales to look great on all devices, but standard 3:2 aspect ratio images can make information underneath them fall "below the fold".
DPG allows you to change the aspect ratio of any images added to this page and adjust their crops. You can use this to create a banner style image, which looks great on contact and information pages. The original image always stays the same and you can change the crop any time.
Follow the guide below to change the aspect ratio and crop on a Contact page. The image shown is cropped to 16:9.}
### Add to set
{video:b387afee-08d5-11e7-925d-02daa0202684
Select your chosen image and add it to the correct set. In this example, we're adding an image to the **Main Image** set inside the **Contact** page set.
### Preview the site
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/df05a69e-08d5-11e7-858f-269460a4cb02/f07e2d24-08d5-11e7-858f-269460a4cb02.mp4)
If you check your site now, you'll see the image appear at the top of the page. It's looking rather large, so let's change the aspect ratio.
### Change aspect ratio
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/21e90e8a-08d9-11e7-a606-02daa0202684/47468b1c-08d9-11e7-a606-02daa0202684.mp4)
Go into the Contact set which now contains the image. Open the **Image Profiles** panel and click on the **Version** drop down menu. You will see several versions that were created for this set. The two versions that you need to change are:
* Website image
* Website image @2x
Select the **Website image** version from the drop-down. Scroll down to the **Aspect ratio** menu. Choose your desired one. Click **Update** and wait for the page to load.
Repeat the process with the **Website image @2x** version.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The standard and @2x versions work as a pair, you must change both to the same aspect ratio for the image to scale correctly.
### Adjust the crop
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0e8d802a-08dc-11e7-884b-269460a4cb02/206a1c9a-08dc-11e7-884b-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Once you've changed the aspect ratio of the versions, you can adjust the crop of the image.
Open the **Crop** panel and toggle the **Show crop tool** switch to the on position. Adjust the crop and click the **Crop** button.
### The result
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4e252cb0-08dc-11e7-bec0-02daa0202684/7020e368-08dc-11e7-bec0-02daa0202684.mp4)
Refreshing the same contact page now, we'll see the newly cropped 16:9 image.
### Previewing versions in the admin
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/34ef709a-08f8-11e7-b2ca-269460a4cb02/5727c180-08f8-11e7-b2ca-269460a4cb02.mp4)
You can view the different versions of any image right inside the admin. Just select the version from the dropdown in the toolbar.
---
## Changing the homepage
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ebe2b6da-889e-11e5-8a4d-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:10Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/16f4d55a-dec6-11e6-9448-967fcb7c1249/233006aa-dec6-11e6-9448-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Any page type can be a homepage. To change the page used as the homepage of your site, open the **Site options** panel, choose the new homepage from the drop-down menu and click save.
---
## Creating a video page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a3199c06-d169-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:01Z
Once you've created a [video set](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/159e512e-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874) you can connect it to a video gallery page on your website.
### Create a video gallery page
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5cba988e-b518-11e8-8583-4a82f5591c8d/6e0998ba-b518-11e8-8583-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
On the website screen, select the **Pages** tab and click the **Create** button.
Give your page a name, choose **Video Gallery** from the dropdown menu and click **OK**.
### Link to video set
Once your page has been created, you can link it to the [video set](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/159e512e-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/744c2210-b518-11e8-a6ca-4a82f5591c8d/8605c6dc-b518-11e8-a6ca-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
Click **Edit** on the new video gallery page. Go to the **Content** > **Videos** tab.
Choose the video set which will serve as the source for this page and click **Update**.
When successfully linked with a video set, the video gallery page will show any content added to it.
---
## Meta tags
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e8e1e2-f240-11e6-ab0b-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2020-07-13T17:49:47Z
DPG provides an easy way of adding meta tags to your pages.
### Adding a meta tag
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
From the website screen, go to **Pages** and select the relevant page. Select the **Meta tags** tab on the page. Click the **Create** button.
Enter the name and content parts of the tag in the text fields. Click **OK** and the meta tag will be created for you in full.
For example, to add the following meta tag:
```html
```
enter just the name and content in the text fields.
---
## Editing page path and title
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6d286750-194c-11e7-9c45-6e427e8a5d79
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:00Z
The path is part of the page's URL. For example the Gallery page will be created at yourname.com/**gallery**/ by default. If you want to change this, you don't need to recreate the entire page, you can just change the path and title.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/46829bd4-194c-11e7-ae3d-02daa0202684/5f6bbb6c-194c-11e7-ae3d-02daa0202684.mp4)
To edit the path, go to the relevant page and click the **Edit** button. Click on the **Details** tab and make your changes to the **Path** and **Page title** fields. Click **Update**.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Changing the path will break any navigation links pointing to the old page. Make sure you [update your navigation items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) after you make changes.
---
## Custom error pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b47f253e-5534-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:01Z
You can configure custom error pages or make all errors redirect to a certain page.
---
## Downloads
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f15a81ec-5534-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:05:01Z
Use the downloads panel to update the download options for the site.
---
## Search options
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5f62806e-71ed-11e9-a641-000c2922813d
Last updated: 2020-07-03T15:04:45Z
You can control which image properties are included in website search data.
By default, the search is set to **Limited**. This means that on search enabled pages, the search will include information from the image title, description and keywords.
You can enable **Full** search to allow additional data to be searched.
### Changing search options
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/13c9e116-7322-11e9-ac7b-5251bd766b9f/229fc8e0-7322-11e9-ac7b-5251bd766b9f.mp4)
On the website screen, open the **Search** panel. Select **Full** or **Limited** search data and click **Update**.
### Search data
**Limited** will search the following:
* image title
* image description
* image keywords
**Full** will search the following:
* image title
* image description
* image keywords
* original filename
* image notes
* image automatic keywords
The **Full** search option also allows you to perform the following special searches:
* original_filename:
* month:
* year:
* iso:
* aperture:
* focal_length:
* shutter_speed:
* camera_make:
* camera_model:
You can use these searches to find images based on metadata properties. When in the admin, you can find this information by clicking the [image information](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d51ae9ba-66db-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405) icon.}
{video:b804221c-7324-11e9-bac3-1ec703981dd8{Example showing a search for the **year** an image was created.}
---
## Customising the Consent Banner
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9354122-c1c9-11ea-9012-d6336a578750
Last updated: 2020-07-20T22:02:11Z
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Cookie regulations and privacy laws differ throughout the world. It's your responsibility to make sure that your policies are accurate and relevant to your website to be compliant.
The DPG consent banner allows you to obtain opt-in consent from your visitors on their first visit to your website. Use the **Cookie Policy** page to provide more information on cookies collected. Create a **Privacy Policy** page to provide your visitors with a clear and transparent explanation of any data collection and processing.
### Changing banner style
The consent banner appears on your first visit to the site. If you've already accepted the cookies, you can trigger the banner again via the Cookie Policy page.
A link to the Cookie Policy page can be found in the footer of the site. For compliance, this should be easily accessible by visitors in case they wish to withdraw consent at a later date.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e4a68676-c1ce-11ea-a9da-6e50fb6d292e/e99f464a-c1ce-11ea-a9da-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
In the Design section, choose the **Cookie Policy** page from the page navigation. Once the page has loaded, find the **Edit consent preferences** link and click it to trigger the consent banner. In the side panel go to **Page** then **Privacy** tab. Here you can choose between the different banner styles. Click the **Save** button to apply and view a different style.
### Banner styles
**Dialog** style}
autoplay
From the website screen, go to **Pages** and **Standard** tabs.
Click **Create**, give your page a name and path and select **Policies | Privacy Policy** from the dropdown menu.
Under **Advanced Options** toggle the ** Add to navigation** toggle to the off position so that the page is not added to main navigation. Click **Create**
Once you have filled out the policy information, the footer links in **Content** > **Footer** > **Links** are a good place to link to it.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3f3149a6-c1fb-11ea-a74e-629c2013df2f/4276ede6-c1fb-11ea-a74e-629c2013df2f.mp4)
Once your page is created you'll see it in the **Pages** tab. Click the **Edit** button and then **Content** to replace the stock text with your own privacy policy text. Click **Update** to save.
---
## Editing the design
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9169892-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2018-08-10T20:15:44Z
Each one of our Templates has several built-in themes and layouts for you to choose from. Using the **Design** screen you can change the theme and layout to use as-is or to customise further as much as you like.
### Getting to the Design section
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/20e12608-2e49-11e8-8747-22aeaf0bd45a/2e168188-2e49-11e8-8747-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
From the Dashboard got to **Websites** and select your chosen website. Once you're on the **Website management** screen click **Edit Design**.
### Selecting a theme
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/eb3f249e-2e4a-11e8-83f5-1ef790c6f0a9/0414aa0c-2e4b-11e8-83f5-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
Go to **Style** > **Theme** to see the premade themes available for your template. Clicking on a theme will preview it on your website on the left of the screen. Click **Save** to apply the theme, or **Cancel** to discard any changes.
### Selecting a layout
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/bfdd879a-2e4b-11e8-87fb-22aeaf0bd45a/d54f46fe-2e4b-11e8-87fb-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
Some templates also have different layouts to choose from. Clicking on a layout will preview it on your website on the left of the screen. Click **Save** to apply the layout, or **Cancel** to discard any changes.
After saving a new theme or layout you can navigate around the site on the left side of the screen to see how it looks across different pages.}
{detail:1df753c6-9b4b-11e8-ab67-4a82f5591c8d
---
## Adding a logo
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/dc4c37f8-ad11-11e6-89d4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2020-06-30T17:02:42Z
You can add your own logo to all Templates.
> 💡 **Tip:** The logo file should be in high resolution PNG or SVG format. Your logo will be optimised automatically so that it works across all devices.
### Uploading a logo
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/237afb1c-2e41-11e8-8822-22aeaf0bd45a/41bd4ff8-2e41-11e8-8822-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
You can add a logo to your site by going to the Design screen and the **Style** > **Header** tab.
Select the logo file from your harddrive and click **Save**.
### Resizing a logo
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/611122a8-2e41-11e8-92a7-1ef790c6f0a9/7f770bc2-2e41-11e8-92a7-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
Once your logo has uploaded, use the sliders to control the size. When you're happy with how it looks, click **Save**.
### Mobile logo size
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/436993d4-2e41-11e8-9d98-22aeaf0bd45a/5ef33416-2e41-11e8-9d98-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
To adjust the size of your logo on mobile devices, switch the design preview screen to mobile mode by clicking the icon at the top. Scale the mobile logo by moving the **Mobile Logo** slider and click **Save** when done.
---
## Page design options
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/653b50d4-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2018-03-26T22:25:50Z
In the **Page** tab of the **Design** area you can find design settings controlling individual pages. Relevant settings appear in the side panel when you navigate between different pages on the left side of the window.
Here you can change options such as the display duration of images in a slideshow, the size of the set cover images, the appearance of masonry galleries and so on.
Unlike the settings in the **Style** and **Layout** tabs, these apply just to specific pages not the site as a whole.
### Viewing page settings
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/238ff072-2e54-11e8-80de-22aeaf0bd45a/3af8eeb2-2e54-11e8-80de-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
Select the **Page** tab on the [Design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9169892-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874) screen to see the applicable page design settings. Navigating to different types of pages will display different options.
### Changing page settings
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ecdcf8d6-3119-11e8-ac11-1ef790c6f0a9/0c82a2ee-311a-11e8-ac11-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
The options you see in the side panel appear based on the page selected. Use the menus and sliders to adjust settings.
For **Gallery** pages which have several different views (such as a sets view > masonry index view > individual image view) there may be several tabs.
Make sure that you have the correct tab selected.}
You can see the page options displayed alongside the relevant window in the examples below:
autoplay
The left side of the window shows your site with the changes applied. If you're using a smaller display such as a laptop, you can hide the side panel to see the page fullscreen when adjusting options like **Maximum Width**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e3701de4-3125-11e8-a20a-22aeaf0bd45a/f6282fee-3125-11e8-a20a-22aeaf0bd45a.mp4)
Some settings will require that you save your progress before being applied.
---
## Arranging content in the Design section
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d6637976-9ce0-11e8-9cdd-322e76128033
Last updated: 2018-08-10T21:44:21Z
Some templates allow you to arrange the order of images in the Design section.
### Versatile Splash template
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/82beb1c4-9cd5-11e8-924a-4a82f5591c8d/a43b173e-9cd5-11e8-924a-4a82f5591c8d.mp4)
In the Design section, go to **Page** and **Arrange Images**. Click and drag the images to change their order on the page.
This will change the order of the images in the sets view to match.
---
## Controlling navigation items
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2021-01-29T02:06:41Z
Navigation items are separate from pages. This is because a navigation item can point at either an internal page on your site or an external site like a Tumblr blog.
In this article:
* [Creating a new item](#creating-a-new-item)
* [Rearranging items](#rearranging-items)
* [Deleting an item](#deleting-an-item)
### Creating a new item
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/8442cbc4-1951-11e7-b228-269460a4cb02/96a89c3a-1951-11e7-b228-269460a4cb02.mp4)
From the website screen, navigate to **Content**, then **Navigation** tab. Click **Create** and enter the name (this will be what shows on your site) and URL. If you're adding a link to an existing DPG page, you only need to put in the path, which is the last part of the URL such as /gallery/.
> 💡 **Tip:** When you create a page in DPG it will automatically be added to the navigation, unless you choose otherwise in Advanced Options on the new page dialog. When you delete a page it will also remove navigation items which point to it.
When creating links to external sites you should always include the http:// or https:// prefix. For internal links always point to just the part after the domain for example /gallery/.}
### Rearranging items
{video:97ee02d8-1951-11e7-a5f2-269460a4cb02
From the website screen, navigate to **Content**, then **Navigation** tab. Pick up the item by clicking down on the ☰ icon and drag to its new position.
### Deleting an item
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6df0af94-1951-11e7-af6d-02daa0202684/82ccfa58-1951-11e7-af6d-02daa0202684.mp4)
From the website screen, navigate to **Content**, then **Navigation** tab. Click the 𝖷 icon to delete an item.
---
## Alternative gallery navigation
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8b63ad76-0815-11e7-ab7b-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2018-03-22T04:42:35Z
By default, a gallery page navigation link will take you to the set view. This shows each set in the gallery and clicks through to the individual sets.
This works well if you have a larger number of sets or want a more visual representation of your content. Alternatively, you can change navigation to a simple list or a drop-down instead.
[▶ Example of default gallery navigation - clicking Gallery takes you to the sets view.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4d5ba7d8-081d-11e7-aa90-02daa0202684/74bce99a-081d-11e7-aa90-02daa0202684.mp4)
### Switching navigation type
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/004d37b6-07fc-11e7-a6fb-269460a4cb02/12265b66-07fc-11e7-a6fb-269460a4cb02.mp4)
On the Website screen, go to **Content**, then **Navigation**. Delete the existing "Gallery" navigation item by clicking the x.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4e1ec216-0815-11e7-b272-02daa0202684/5cf1c96e-0815-11e7-b272-02daa0202684.mp4)
Click the **Create** button. Select navigation type **From image component** and choose the corresponding Gallery image component.
> 💡 **Tip:** The component name will be the same as the set name, so if you created a new gallery page named "portfolio" the component will be named as such.
Your site will now show each of the sets inside the Gallery set as an individual navigation item. }
### Switching to drop-down navigation
If you have more than a handful of sets inside the Gallery, it's best to switch to drop-down to avoid overwhelming the navigation.
{video:ea4416a4-0816-11e7-8875-269460a4cb02
Once you have followed the steps above, click on the **Settings** tab and change the navigation type to **drop-down**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a88a2c02-081c-11e7-b953-02daa0202684/b6b8e804-081c-11e7-b953-02daa0202684.mp4)
You can toggle the **Persistent** switch to the on position to make the navigation stay in the dropped down position when browsing between pages. When the switch is turned off the navigation will roll back up between pages.
---
## Toggling image protection
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b3c2ca56-d62c-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2022-06-15T17:08:38Z
Most gallery pages have image protection options to help prevent users downloading images by right-clicking, dragging or touching-to-save on mobile devices.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c6e949b6-101a-11e7-85d1-02daa0202684/d7b4a7ea-101a-11e7-85d1-02daa0202684.mp4)
You can enable these options by clicking the **Edit** button next to the relevant gallery page, then selecting the **Settings** > **Security** tab. Toggle your chosen switches to the on position and click **Update**.
---
## Access key
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4fac1c36-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2020-10-22T19:15:57Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f8a7949e-ce39-11e6-badf-8e12dd763e7d/0981111e-ce3a-11e6-badf-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You can use the **Access key** panel to generate a key which is needed to enter your site.
The access key is useful when developing websites to allow you access for testing, while barring any other visitors from accessing the site until you're ready.
The first time that you visit the site with an access key it will be stored as a cookie in your browser. After this, you can continue visiting the site without needed to enter the key again - providing the key stays the same.
This allows you to work on your site while your URL is live or test your site by giving the key to a select few testers ahead of public launch.
To find your access key go the the website screen and open the **Access key** panel. Turn the **Protect site** toggle to the on position and click update.
You can use the provided **Unlock url** to access your site directly, or enter the **Key** at the URL of the site.
The Unlock URL can also be shared with any visitors that you wish to have access to the site.
---
## Password protection
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5c82192e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-01-09T06:15:38Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b1f8d332-d631-11e6-b7df-8e12dd763e7d/e7e81ff2-d631-11e6-b7df-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
If you would like to apply simple username and password to a certain area of your website then you can enable that via the security section of your website management.
The first step is to visit your site and note down the address of the page that you would like to enable password protection for.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a286203a-d631-11e6-bda8-8e12dd763e7d/afa0a574-d631-11e6-bda8-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Then head to security in you website configuration and create a new **Restricted URL**.
For the URL you should enter just the path of the page, so from the example above you would enter /gallery/food/ then choose the authentication method as **Basic Username / Password** and enter the details you would like to proect the page with.
---
## Enabling user management
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/645fd65e-156e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2016-12-30T02:27:11Z
### Enabling
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c90ba886-ce31-11e6-aee4-8e12dd763e7d/d91a9778-ce31-11e6-aee4-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
You have the option to secure the site behind a secure login system. Doing so will allow you to restrict access only to visitors with a username and password. All downloads will also be uniquely encoded so that they can be traced back to the user that downloaded them.
> 💡 **Tip:** You need to be in Standard or Advanced Edit Mode to access the security settings.
### Examples
Here is an example: https://modernnarrative10.dpg.gallery
---
## Moving users to another secure site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce0f8c5e-0dc3-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-03-29T23:03:38Z
If you have created a new site to replace a site with user logins, you can move those registered users so that they won't need to create a new login.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced with Development enabled.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c4f7783c-14d2-11e7-964b-269460a4cb02/e07959fe-14d2-11e7-964b-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Click the **Security** tab on the website that you want to import users to. Click **Import users** and select the source from the dropdown menu, click **Import**.
The users will be moved from the selected site to this one.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Importing users from another site **moves** rather than copies them. If you make a mistake and move the users to or from the wrong source, you can move them back by using the same process.
---
## Uploading fonts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/dbde6042-ac1c-11e2-be69-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2022-03-15T16:41:09Z
As well as access to our extensive built-in font system, DPG allows you to upload your own custom fonts to use on your websites.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Make sure that any fonts you upload are legally eligible for web embedding and that you're complying with all applicable licenses.
### Preparing fonts for upload
To use a custom font you'll need to supply it in **all** of the following file types:
* .eot
* .ttf
* .woff
* .woff2
You can also include an **optional** .svg file. The .svg is no longer required by most modern operating systems, but can help some older machines render your font correctly, so include it if possible.
You may need to convert your font to the required file types. There are a number of online services to do that, such as [Font Squirrel](https://www.fontsquirrel.com/tools/webfont-generator) and [Everything Fonts](https://everythingfonts.com/).
### Uploading fonts to DPG
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/706bb45c-6f3c-11e8-a50a-1a7a86a1165a/81f8796c-6f3c-11e8-a50a-1a7a86a1165a.mp4)
From the website screen, go to **Fonts**, then **Your fonts**. Click the **Upload** button at the bottom of the page. Add the required font files and fill in the information (see below), then click **OK**.
Required information:
**Name** - Font name.
**Style** - Whether the font is regular or *italic*.
**Weight** - The font weight should be stated at the font's source. If the font only has one weight, choose normal.
}
Click the **Download** button next to any one of your fonts.
---
## Typekit
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3ffa08ca-d8a0-11e6-8835-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2018-06-13T21:44:04Z
If you have an Adobe Typekit account you can create a kit and use it on your DPG website.
Create your kit and enter our default domains.}
These are the default domains:
```
*.dpg.cc,*.dpg.cx,*.dpg.so,*.digitalphotogallery.com,*.dpg.gallery
```
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If you add a custom domain later you'll also have to update your kit's domains to include that. If you do add a domain and have already added an ID then the updated domain list can be found next to it in the DPG admin interface.
autoplay
From there using the font is as easy as copying and pasting the CSS font name into DPG.
---
## Social icons
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4abdc864-b27a-11e2-9f9e-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2018-03-27T14:59:43Z
Our templates allow you to easily link all your online profiles from your site.}
Here are some examples of sites with social icons:
[Demo Site](https://flexiblesidescroll02.demo.dpg.gallery/) [Demo Site](https://classicmasonry03.demo.dpg.gallery/)
### Adding social icons
{video:5afbb28e-c966-11e6-881a-56388aee727f
In the **Content** section, enter the full web addresses for each social icon you want to appear on the site. You can also add an email icon.
> 💡 **Tip:** Ensure that all URLs begin with **http://** or **https://**. Emails should be entered as **you@yourdomain.com**.
Drag the icons into your chosen order.}
{video:ef7ea940-31cd-11e8-974c-1ef790c6f0a9
You can change the appearance of social icons using the [Design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9169892-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874) section.
---
## Website icons
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-03-24T00:12:30Z
The icons panel allows you to control the different icons associated with your website. These will be displayed in web browsers and on mobile devices when your site is bookmarked, saved to the home screen or "pinned".
> 💡 **Tip:** When replacing existing icons on your site, it may take a while for changes to become visible in your browser. This is due to the browser caching the old version of the icon.
### Recommended dimensions
DPG will scale images down if needed, so for best results upload an icon **a minimum of 512px across** and in **PNG format** for all icon types other than Pinned Site. Pinned site icons must be in **SVG format**.
### Adding icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a43b0eda-0f3a-11e7-9a4e-269460a4cb02/b7b00740-0f3a-11e7-9a4e-269460a4cb02.mp4)
On the website screen, use the side panel to add your icon files to your site.
### Examples of icons in use
**Favicon** - displayed in the browser address bar and when your site is added to bookmarks.}
{detail:e70b7dd4-1021-11e7-add0-02daa0202684
**Microsoft Tile** - used when your site is pinned to the start screen on Windows.}
{detail:9c213118-659c-11e6-aedb-e2fa661e35e8
> 💡 **Tip:** You can also save the [DPG Admin](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard) to any of the above locations if you want to access it quickly!
---
## Detailed statistics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c85db15e-ac1b-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2019-09-09T18:07:11Z
DPG keeps detailed visitor statistics for all of your websites.}
### Accessing detailed statistics
{video:fe767794-d329-11e9-9b36-2a1b36472473
Go to **Statistics** and **Websites** from the main menu, then click **Detailed** for your chosen website.
---
## Live statistics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d748c3e8-ac1b-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2019-09-09T17:44:28Z
DPG features live statistics where you can see real-time information on the visitors to your website. }
### Accessing live statistics
{video:f8015cd6-d328-11e9-b929-621939287099
Go to **Statistics** and **Websites** from the main menu, then click **Live** for your chosen website.
### IP address filters
You can use filters to remove your own visits from the results.
In the **IP address filters** panel enter any addresses you want to exclude from the statistics.
Your current address will be displayed and can be copied and pasted into the text field.
---
## Google Analytics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ebc53f2c-ac1b-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2022-04-21T18:55:02Z
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
If you have an account with [Google Analytics](https://www.google.com/analytics/) then you can enable tracking on your DPG powered website.
DPG handles the Google Analytics code, all you need to enter is the **Tracking ID** for example **UA-92234-1**.
If you are using Universal Analytics which is the older version of Google Analytics, Google will have asked you to upgrade. To do this you need to follow the wizard inside Google Analytics to create a new property. Once you've done that you'll be given a new tracking code that looks like **G-SFQYEB5WYE** rather than the old format **UA-92234-1**. Add the new code as above and everything should start working for the new property.
---
## Woopra
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/062e64ec-ac1c-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-12T23:20:47Z
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
If you have an account with [Woopra](https://www.woopra.com/) then you can enable Woopra tracking on your DPG powered website.
To enable the tracking code in your site use the Woopra panel.
---
## Google Tag Manager
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d24231a4-4dfd-11f0-9676-22f1571a2044
Last updated: 2025-06-20T19:15:30Z
### How to Add and Manage Google Tag Manager in DPG Admin
[Google Tag Manager Help](https://support.google.com/tagmanager/answer/6102821?hl=en)
---
* You can now add and manage Google Tag Manager (GTM) containers in DPG Admin, just like Google Analytics.
* GTM is available as a separate panel under Website Settings for eligible plans.
* You can add, view, and remove GTM containers from the admin interface.
#### Adding a GTM Container
1. Go to your website in DPG Admin.
2. Open the **Google Tag Manager** panel.
3. Enter your GTM Container ID (e.g. `GTM-XXXXXXX`).
4. Click **Add**.
#### Managing GTM Containers
- All current containers are listed in the panel.
- Click **Delete** next to a container to remove it.
#### Permissions
- The GTM panel only appears if your account/website has the correct feature level or plan.
- If you do not see the panel, contact support to upgrade your plan.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can manage both Google Analytics and Google Tag Manager independently.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Removing a GTM container will immediately stop it from being loaded on your website.
---
## Image search options
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/db31fc96-e7cb-11e6-87ac-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-01-31T15:55:44Z
By default DPG sites allow images to be indexed by search engines.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/62a6bac0-e7c9-11e6-a8d6-8e12dd763e7d/73f90a8a-e7c9-11e6-a8d6-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To change the indexing options, first you should switch to [Advanced edit mode](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d88dbebc-ac1a-11e2-b218-f23c91703874), then you can change the behaviour by using the options in the **search engines** panel which can be found on you website's admin screen.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If your images have already been indexed it may take several months for them to be removed as search engines can be slow to make changes.
---
## Advanced cache
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/788e4436-ac1b-11e2-bf33-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2021-10-14T07:53:31Z
Whenever you access a DPG site using a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) the hosting system caches the response for vastly improved load times. Because of this all public hosts have a delay when updating. When adding new content you should always use a [testing host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) to preview it.
---
## Host types
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2016-12-24T00:31:15Z
### Testing Host
Testing hosts look like this:
* yoursitename.dpg.cc
* yoursitename.dpg.cx
A testing host is used for previewing and updating your Digital Photo Gallery site. You can add as many testing hosts as you like, although you should only need one. You can add and remove testing hosts at any time.
> 💡 **Tip:** Testing hosts are updated instantly, so use them when you are updating images or other content on your site.
DPG has two types of testing host. The standard type is a dpg.cc address, this is the default and uses a HTTP connection. The second type is dpg.cx which is a secure HTTPS version. If you choose to use the secure version, you’ll need to make sure that all content on your site is served via a HTTPS connection. For all DPG content this is done automatically when you create a secure site, but you should also ensure all external assets (such as any images, videos or scripts that you have added) are also secure, otherwise they may not load in all browsers. If you are not sure stick with the dpg.cc address.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Testing hosts are not indexed by search engines and are slower than public hosts so you should never use them for a public site.
### Public Host
Before you launch your site you should always add a public host. It is indexed by search engines and content served from a public host loads faster in browsers than from a testing host.
Public hosts use our [advanced caching system](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/788e4436-ac1b-11e2-bf33-f23c91703874) so there may be a slight delay when updating content, which is why you should always use a testing host to view your site changes.
Public hosts look like this:
* subdomain.yourname.com
* yourname.dpg.gallery
If you own a domain name you can read more about adding it to DPG [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/1a1c77a2-ac1a-11e2-94e3-f23c91703874).
If you don’t own a domain and don’t want to buy one or you just want the fastest possible way of creating an address for your public site, then you can use our free dpg.gallery service. To add a dpg.gallery domain all you need to do is add a new host using the interface:
[▶ Adding a dpg.gallery address](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d1aee6f4-c96f-11e6-ad7a-56388aee727f/dfddd334-c96f-11e6-ad7a-56388aee727f.mp4)
Our dpg.gallery addresses are secure by default, so you’ll also need to make sure that any content you add from external sources is served via a HTTPS connection.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** You should only ever add one public address to a site. Adding more than one may cause search engines to think that you are trying to duplicate content.
If you have two domains that you wish to use on one site, always make one the primary name and then set up the other to redirect to the primary. The redirect is usually best done through your domain provider.
---
## Registering
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/794891a8-ac1e-11e2-84df-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-10T01:16:36Z
There are many places on the internet to register domain names. The most important things are that you register the name yourself, that way you always have full control over it and that the registrar you use supports editing of the DNS records. If you are new to setting up domains http://www.123-reg.co.uk/ are a popular choice with Digital Photo Gallery users.
---
## Ask DPG support to configure a domain
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86
Last updated: 2017-12-11T21:22:22Z
We know that configuring your domain can be a confusing and technical process. Every domain registrar has their own individual interface, so it can prove difficult for us to provide up-to-date instructions for all of them. However, if you're having problems or don't feel confident in configuring your domain yourself, we can do it on your behalf.
In order to change the record for your domain our support staff will require access to your domain's control panel.
**For your security we have a strict protocol that you must follow when giving us your domain details. Your login details are crucial to the security of your domain and you should treat them as such.**
### Creating a temporary password
1. Log in to the control panel of your domain. For example, if your domain is with GoDaddy visit https://www.godaddy.com and log in.
1. In the control panel change the login password to something temporary that you don't use with any other website or service.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can use [this link](http://preshing.com/20110811/xkcd-password-generator/) to help generate a strong password.
### Giving your login to DPG support
1. Bookmark this page (the one you are reading right now). You'll need to return to it shortly.
1. Log in to [our support site](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/login) using your usual DPG account details.
1. Return to this page and fill in our secure password submission form below. This will provide us with the details we need to configure your domain, including the temporary password you have just created in the domain's control panel.
_(Domain configuration form — requires sign-in on the live page.)_
1. Once we receive this data, we will unencrypt it and use the login details to set up your domain.
1. When the domain is configured, we'll contact you at the email address you provided.
1. Once you have confirmed that your new domain settings are active, **change your domain login password back to something only you know**.
> 💡 **Tip:** Everything you submit through this form will be encrypted with a key which is stored separately from the encrypted data. This information will be purged automatically 14 days after submission.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d5598eb2-ac59-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-07-07T17:16:20Z
### Adding the domain to DPG
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c09e73c0-ce3d-11e6-8c91-8e12dd763e7d/cd443272-ce3d-11e6-8c91-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To add your own domain name to your Digital Photo Gallery website:
1. Click on the **Hosts** tab.
1. In the first box enter the subdomain usually www and in the second box your domain.
To configure most domains you will need use your domain registrar's control panel to create/edit three DNS records.
Once the name has been added you'll be able to see the status in the form of the icon next to the domain. Click on the status icon to see the records required to make your website live.}
autoplay
If you need to contact your domain's administrator to make changes to the DNS records, you can copy the text with the relevant details under the **Details For Admin** tab to send as an email.
DPG [checks periodically](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5b1c6f42-ac5a-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc) to make sure that the domain values are correct.
It may take a few hours for the changes to come into effect.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you don't feel confident configuring your domain name contact support@digitalphotogallery.com and we'll help you through the process.
---
## Verification
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5b1c6f42-ac5a-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2016-08-21T20:17:50Z
If you've just set up your domain with Digital Photo Gallery it's possible that you'll see a **Domain Set Up In Progress** screen when you first try to visit you site. This is completely normal, it just shows that Digital Photo Gallery is trying to check your DNS records and make sure that you are the owner of the domain.
It does that by looking for the verification record that you should have entered in to your registrars DNS control panel.
The process of finding that record can take 24-48 hours, but usually completes within half an hour of the domain name being set up for the first time.
The **Domain Set Up In Progress** screen auto refreshes itself, so you can leave it open in a browser window and just wait and once the verification process has been competed the website will automatically load in the same window.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you think the may be a problem with your DNS configuration contact support@digitalphotogallery.com and we can take a look at your domain records for you.
---
## 1&1
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4290c79e-ae52-11e2-88a9-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-15T19:24:47Z
From your domain control panel you should configure the following nameservers.
* ns1.digitalphotogallery.com
* ns2.digitalphotogallery.com
* ns3.digitalphotogallery.com
* ns4.digitalphotogallery.com
Once you have entered those values email support@digitalphotogallery.com and let us know so we can complete the process.
---
## GoDaddy
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fbb9f5f6-ae52-11e2-88a9-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-06-26T11:21:00Z
### Adding the domain to DPG
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9141c950-f472-11e6-8b8c-8e12dd763e7d/a3fb8efa-f472-11e6-8b8c-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
To add your own domain name to your Digital Photo Gallery website:
1. Click on the **Hosts** tab.
1. In the first box enter the subdomain (usually www) and in the second box your domain name.
To configure most domains you will need use your domain registrar's control panel to create/edit three DNS records.
Once the name has been added you'll be able to see the status in the form of an icon next to the domain. Click on the status icon to see the records required to make your website live.}
When you've finished, you are aiming to have something that looks like this. We've highlighted the DPG related records green. The values for your domain will be slightly different, so make sure you get the values from the instructions at the start of this guide.
Once these steps have been completed it should just be a case of waiting for the changes to take effect.
> 💡 **Tip:** Changes to your domain can take 24 to 48 hours to show up, [click here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/300b508a-da9e-11e2-88a5-22b8e83b8e79) for more information.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3f344350-cb21-11e7-a677-02616046d57b
Last updated: 2024-09-17T11:43:10Z
DPG provides free SSL certificates to all users on our [paid plans](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7) to make their sites secure.
That means your site will be served as **https**://yourdomain.com instead of **http**://yourdomain.com and users will see the lock icon in the status bar indicating that the connection is secure.
If you added a domain before HTTPS was the default, follow [this guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b1e894c-74e4-11ef-9b98-62b0c3f45a7c) to point the domain to our secure servers and automatically generate an SSL certificate.
---
## Switching from HTTP to HTTPS
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b1e894c-74e4-11ef-9b98-62b0c3f45a7c
Last updated: 2024-09-17T13:16:33Z
As of 2024, DPG offers free SSL certificates for all newly added domains for accounts on our [paid plans](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7).
If you added a domain before this became the default option, you may want to switch your domain to use HTTPS.
To do so, follow these steps:
### Go to Hosts
In the DPG admin, navigate to the site that uses the domain you want to secure, and click on the **Hosts** tab. Next, locate the domain you wish to secure and click on **Settings** button.
It should currently look something like this, with all DNS values pointing to our non-secure servers. The goal is to notify DPG that you want the domain secured. Once you do, DPG will provide new DNS values for you to enter with your domain provider, which you’ll complete in the next steps.
### Enable HTTPS
Click on the **Settings** tab. From the dropdown menu switch from HTTP to HTTPS. Click **Update**.
### View new DNS values
Now, return to the **DNS Settings** tab. The **expected value** has changed for the **@** and the **www** record. These are the values you need to update with your domain registrar.
The verification record will remain unchanged if it was previously entered correctly.
### Update DNS records
Now that you have the updated DNS values from DPG, you need to log in to your domain registrar's control panel and update the relevant records there.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you’re not confident in configuring your domain records, please refer to the article [Ask DPG support to configure a domain](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86).
---
## Primary domain
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cfd10f50-ac5a-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-02-10T01:45:51Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d89b625c-ef31-11e6-8161-8e12dd763e7d/ed15e9c8-ef31-11e6-8161-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
The link to visit your site from the admin is set to the first address in your list of domains.
To change the order, go to the **Hosts** tab and drag the domains into your preferred order.
---
## Moving domains between sites
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eed2f24c-ac5a-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-03-29T21:18:00Z
If you've redesigned one of your DPG sites, you may need to move the host address from the old site to the new one.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1804436e-14bc-11e7-b4f5-269460a4cb02/2fbc0046-14bc-11e7-b4f5-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Go to the new website's **Hosts** tab. Click **Add host** and select **Move host from an existing DPG site** from the first dropdown menu. You will now see a menu with the existing hosts across all your sites. Select the host from the list and click ok.
Once the process is complete, the host address will point to the new site.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can move both public (dpg.gallery and your own custom domains) and testing (dpg.cc) hosts using the move tool.
---
## OpenDNS Cache Check
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/116112e4-ac5b-11e2-a502-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2017-02-12T23:58:28Z
Once you've made DNS changes it may take a while for them to show up on your computer.
You can use https://cachecheck.opendns.com/ to check how the DNS currently looks around the world, this is helpful to check that you've entered the correct settings without having to wait 24-48 hours.
---
## intodns.com
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/125e8082-ac5b-11e2-a842-d49a20fffecc
Last updated: 2016-08-21T14:58:10Z
http://intodns.com/
Check the status of your domain.
---
## Switching to development mode
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a6803b1a-62f2-11e6-adab-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-02-08T20:28:24Z
The Development mode enables extra tools for users wishing to develop their own templates or work with the most advanced features available in DPG.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/eb180396-ce15-11e6-90ae-967fcb7c1249/fc619162-ce15-11e6-90ae-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To switch on Development mode, open the **Edit mode** panel.
Select **Advanced** from the dropdown and click **Update**.
Under the **Advanced Options**, toggle the **Development** switch to the on position and click **Update**.
---
## Custom HTML skins
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/07414412-b299-11e6-89d4-be279144b405
Last updated: 2025-06-25T23:56:34Z
Custom HTML skins allow you to completely integrate the look and feel of your current site with a DPG powered gallery.
Skins consist of a single HTML file which is added to your Digital Photo Gallery site.
To access custom skins first make sure to switch to [development mode](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a6803b1a-62f2-11e6-adab-be279144b405).
HTML Layouts are found in the pages section of your DPG site
Layouts can be edited using the built in code editor.
> 💡 **Tip:** Most people choose to host any assets linked in their template from their primary website or CDN.
There are various includes which should be added to your HTML file:
```html
```
---
## Style sheet overrides
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/bc209968-f673-11e7-9c3f-0ab052ab1b75
Last updated: 2021-06-23T20:29:56Z
### Value Options
These are potential value options.
Range field
```
range:min=10|max=1000|step=50
```
```
range:min=40|max=100|step=10|min_value_substitute=auto
```
```
range:min=40|max=100|step=10|max_value_substitute=auto
```
Hidden field
```
hidden:value=%
```
Select field
```
select:Show=|Hide=none
```
Code options
```
/* hello */
background-color: coral;
/* goodbye */
box-sizing: border-box;
```
---
## Importing and exporting
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1fd154d4-ee23-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-03-07T17:39:48Z
_(Requires edit mode Advanced with Development enabled.)_
You can export any of your custom themes made using the DPG visual editor as a JSON file, this is great for backing up themes or moving designs between different sites.
---
## Saving your template
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/705e25ec-ee20-11e6-a7c5-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-08T17:06:37Z
To save any site you have created in to a template you should switch to the **Templates** panel and then make sure the new option is selected and enter a name for your template.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you are updating a current template that you have created you can do that by selecting the name in the **Template** dropdown.
---
## Adding a component to a page
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1fc40ba8-7dc5-11e7-b184-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-11-15T21:07:53Z
You can add a new component to a page or select a shared component to add.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
You can change the order of components by dragging and dropping.
---
## Sharing components
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/51fd6758-7dc6-11e7-b1f3-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-11-15T21:08:01Z
Sharing a component means that you'll be able to reuse that component across multiple pages, if you update the content in one instance of the component the changes will show across all pages.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
You can manage shared components from the main website screen.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced with Development enabled.)_
---
## Component properties
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/071cae14-7dc7-11e7-b184-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-11-15T21:08:06Z
You can change the HTML properties of a component using the edit button.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If you are adding more than one of the same component you should check that they are not sharing the same ID.
---
## Making components user editable
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8613d878-7dc7-11e7-b184-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-11-15T21:08:12Z
Any components you add will be manageable by you in development mode, but it's likely that you will want to make some of them easy for standard users to manage.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
You can make your component editable from the components screen within any page.
If you are working from an existing template you can see how other components have been made editable from the main websites screen. You can also use this menu to change the order of editable components which changes the order which they are showen to the user.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced with Development enabled.)_
---
## Contact Details
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4d26db2c-ca49-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86
Last updated: 2017-11-15T21:35:31Z
### Overview
The **Contact Details** component allows you to add either contact details or a contact form to a page.
### Custom Form Elements
An example of a standard contact form.}
#### Creation options
{detail:9309e2e6-ca4a-11e7-a650-1e21557f5317
* **Target** This is the where the text entered by the end user will be placed in your email
For the target option, here is an example of where the different options would show up in an email. You can add multiple title targets and they will be combined together, the same goes for adding multiple body targets.}
> ⚠️ **Warning:** You should always add an email target which is an email field, otherwise you won't be able to contact the sender of the message.
* **Label** This is the label that appears before the field in the form (Make sure **Show labels** option is enabled).
* **Type** This is the kind of form element you wish to create.
* **Placeholder** The greyed out text that will appear in the field when there is no other information entered.
* **Required** Whether the form can be submitted without this field being filed in.
{detail:6fdc5dce-ca4c-11e7-a874-d658663aa1e7
* **Value** A default value for the field.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you want to create a value that can't be changed, for example a pre-set subject which is the same for every message then use the **Type** hidden.
---
## Head description
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/16004d70-ac1e-11e2-8b5b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-02-15T19:18:57Z
You can control the text that shows up in search engines by adding a description to your website pages.
Fill in the **head description** field when editing a website page.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** These changes make take several weeks to show up in Google.
---
## Sitemaps
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2aed8f72-ac1e-11e2-8b5b-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2018-09-19T21:10:43Z
All sites have a sitemap located at http://www.yourdomain.com/sitemap.xml
You can add that sitemap to various services such as:
### Google Search Console
https://www.google.com/webmasters/ you can see our guide [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7e7507e2-0822-11e7-ac7e-6e427e8a5d79).
### Bing Webmaster Tools
Once launched you should add your site to http://www.bing.com/toolbox/webmasters/
---
## Google Search Console
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7e7507e2-0822-11e7-ac7e-6e427e8a5d79
Last updated: 2017-03-13T19:49:55Z
This guide will show you how to add your site to Google Search Console.
From the main screen of https://www.google.com/webmasters/ choose **Add a property** and enter your website URL.}
Once you site has been added, you should add your websites sitemap.xml file as shown in the screenshot.
---
## Blocking Pinning
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5caa5a8-cdfd-11e2-b590-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-02-13T00:04:30Z
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
You can block blocking Pinterest Pinning using the **Pinterest** panel.
---
## Enable Analytics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/078c0836-cdfe-11e2-b590-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-02-15T19:36:49Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d452d576-f3b5-11e6-a8bf-967fcb7c1249/ffc6052a-f3b5-11e6-a8bf-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
You can also see pinned images from your sites by visiting an address like http://pinterest.com/source/www.krisatomic.com/ and replacing the last part of the URL with your domain name.
---
## Configuration
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ef6c1fb8-5533-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-06-19T21:13:31Z
To intergrate Twitter simply add your Twitter handle in to the panel.
---
## Configuration
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/68eae2f2-5534-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-11-16T23:27:51Z
Enter your Facebook details to intergrate your DPG website with Facebook.
You can find the details you need at https://developers.facebook.com/.
An example of a Facebook App ID.
---
## Alternative text
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3ee845e4-e969-11eb-bea6-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-07-20T16:32:36Z
Alternative text or **alt text** is a short text description which is used if a visitor to your website can't see or display an image. It's used by visitors using a screen reader as well as browsers that do not support images or are on a slow connection. It's important to add this information to make your site more accessible.
Alt text is also used by search engine bots to help them understand the subject of your image, so adding this information can [contribute to your search ranking](https://developers.google.com/search/docs/advanced/guidelines/google-images#use-descriptive-alt-text).
Your alt text should be written for people rather than bots, so use full sentences instead of keywords. Some screen readers truncate long description, so you should keep the text short - around 100 characters maximum.
When writing alt text, think about the context of the image, as well as the subject. You can find some examples of alt text [here](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Manual_of_Style/Accessibility/Alternative_text_for_images).
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ed6e1fae-fe90-11ea-a8d5-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-02-11T19:48:24Z
There are two different ways that you can use video on DPG websites - native video and video from external services.
### Native video
Native video means that videos are uploaded directly to DPG, just like any image file. You can upload videos to your account from the [Upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b2f4ce1e-d16b-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7), add information, keywords and add videos to sets as normal.
Videos uploaded natively can be displayed on DPG sites just like images. This means that native videos and images can appear together in the same gallery sets and are treated the same by template page designs. Native video is ideal for short looping videos and videos without audio, as they can autoplay to visitors when they load a page.}
Video playback on any website in your account is part of that account’s bandwidth allowance. Large video files can quickly drive up your bandwidth usage if your site is heavily trafficked. In this situation, it may be a better option to use an external service to embed your videos instead.
### Video From External Services
You can embed videos from external services such as YouTube and Vimeo to your DPG site. This is a great option for videos that are already uploaded to these platforms, as they can easily lead your visitors to the context of the video - such as comments, recommended videos and playlists. Visitors can also use features they are familiar with, such as saving videos for later.
External videos are imported into your DPG account and stored within a special video set, but don’t contribute to your account’s storage or bandwidth allowance. For this reason, external video is recommended for longer videos and large video file sizes.
{detail:1fa3b38a-6ca0-11eb-b8fb-565ed601a6b3
---
## Optimising video
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d228cfc4-2437-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2016-08-21T18:27:03Z
### Overview
Before uploading video you should always make sure that the file has been optimised. Optimising your video will save you money in storage and bandwidth costs, as well as improving the experience for your websites users.
### HandBrake
We recommend HandBrake as it's free and works on all major platforms, you can download it [here](https://handbrake.fr/).
Once you've downloaded the app, these are the settings that we suggest that you use:
[▶ **Normal** preset with **Web optimized** ticked.](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/620e9f88-6326-11e6-9817-aab69d8b7bb7/2fd1746f-961d-4397-a03e-78f11c67ed2d.mp4)
### Compressor
If you are a [Final Cut Pro X](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/final-cut-pro/id424389933?mt=12&at=11lHw9) user you may prefer [Compressor](https://geo.itunes.apple.com/gb/app/compressor/id424390742?mt=12&at=11lHw9).
---
## Uploading video
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b2f4ce1e-d16b-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2021-02-11T19:42:04Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4a903058-d219-11e6-b7d5-8e12dd763e7d/59c16920-d219-11e6-b7d5-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
DPG supports direct uploading of MP4 video into sets. Once uploaded videos can be managed in the same way as standard image files.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Always make sure to [optimise](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d228cfc4-2437-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4) your video before uploading.
---
## Adding a custom thumbnail
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8f1bb82a-241b-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2020-07-16T15:13:46Z
### Overview
You can add a custom thumbnail to your video file by attaching an image to it in the DPG Admin.
Most people choose to use a still from their video, but you can use any image that you like.
### Prepare your thumbnail
> 💡 **Tip:** The thumbnail should be the same dimensions as the video.
To find the dimensions of an uploaded video, go to the Video panel on the Review screen in DPG.}
### Add thumbnail to video file
{video:d65de096-d221-11e6-85a3-967fcb7c1249
[Upload](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b2f4ce1e-d16b-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7) the video file using the Uploader. On the review screen, open the **Replace** panel. Select the image file you want to use as the thumbnail and click the Replace button.
The custom thumbnail will now display in the DPG Admin.}
{detail:68daa29a-d224-11e6-a689-8e12dd763e7d
---
## Activating
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2640f252-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2020-07-16T15:18:22Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a690810a-d228-11e6-9057-967fcb7c1249/b61d4180-d228-11e6-9057-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
Visit the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#admin_features) and enable the **Videos** switch.
---
## Creating a video set
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2f23a6e2-d16a-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2020-07-16T15:18:23Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e4793dda-d229-11e6-9b01-967fcb7c1249/f539e9d0-d229-11e6-9b01-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
External videos are organised into sets. You can create as many sets as you need in the Video section.
---
## Importing video
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5c3352e0-d16a-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2020-07-16T15:18:23Z
You can import video from both YouTube and Vimeo for use in your DPG sites.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/534c7160-d22e-11e6-b674-967fcb7c1249/5c76060c-d22e-11e6-b674-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
To import a video, go to the video section and click **Manage** on your chosen set.
Click **Add** and paste in the URL of the video from YouTube or Vimeo.
You can import multiple videos from different sources into one video set.
---
## Adding to website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4717f6ba-ac19-11e2-8714-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2020-07-16T18:07:20Z
To display your videos from YouTube or Vimeo on a website you should link your DPG video set to a [website video page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a3199c06-d169-11e6-b0c3-6e61028599f7).
---
## Editing a set
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2c4b220c-553a-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2020-07-16T18:07:36Z
You can use the edit panel to update the set information.
---
## Deleting a set
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0f500500-553a-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2020-07-16T18:08:42Z
Delete video sets using the delete panel.
---
## Video thumbnails
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ef0b3fc4-a60f-11ea-bea8-5684601e5062
Last updated: 2020-07-16T18:10:03Z
By default external video will show the thumbnail imported at the time the video is added to DPG.
If you want to change this thumbnail, you have two options - reset the thumbnail from the original source or update a custom thumbnail in DPG.
### In this article
* [Reset - get thumbnail from external service](#reset-get-thumbnail-from-external-service)
* [Update - add custom thumbnail in DPG](#update-add-custom-thumbnail-in-dpg)
### Reset - get thumbnail from external service
Clicking the **Reset** button will contact the external service and fetch the current thumbnail set. If you have updated the thumbnail at the external service, use the reset feature to reflect this change in DPG.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d3e64a14-c783-11ea-a0a9-6e50fb6d292e/d6f7fcfc-c783-11ea-a0a9-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
Navigate to the video in the external video set. Open the **Thumbnail** panel and click the **Reset** button. The thumbnail will be replaced with the current thumbnail from the external service.
### Update - add custom thumbnail in DPG
You can upload a custom thumbnail in DPG. This can be useful if you are adding videos from multiple external sources and want to make them all look regular in Index View of a gallery page.
Create a thumbnail image and upload it to the **Assets** set of your website.}
autoplay
Navigate to the video in the external video set. Open the **Thumbnail** panel and paste the **Secure URL** in the **Thumbnail URL** text box. Click **Update**.
You will now see the custom thumbnail on your Video page.
---
## Deleting a video
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cba12594-a60f-11ea-bea8-5684601e5062
Last updated: 2020-07-16T17:41:46Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e07153ec-c787-11ea-83b5-629c2013df2f/e3eb07ca-c787-11ea-83b5-629c2013df2f.mp4)
To delete a video, navigate to it in the external video set.
Open the **Delete** section in the side panel. Click the **Delete** button to delete the video from DPG.
> 💡 **Tip:** Deleting an external video will only remove it from your DPG account. The original video will remain at the external host.
---
## Sales Features
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a7abf8b2-9d62-11eb-9b8e-6ae3c97cceff
Last updated: 2021-04-28T17:22:58Z
**PayPal and Stripe integration** - Choose to use either or both of the payment service providers to create a simple and secure payment experience for your customers. }
{detail:0deeb9ec-a845-11eb-a99e-facf1bc641fa
**Order confirmation emails** - Automated emails to customers featuring all of their order details.}
{detail:33acadc2-a446-11eb-a2ab-0e9a6ba445f3
**Product discounts** - Create percentage price reductions.
**Product status** - Select from In Stock, Coming Soon, Pre-Order or Sold Out.}
{detail:eda59636-a2ce-11eb-b37d-facf1bc641fa
**Shipping rules** - Define shipping costs based on a set of conditions such as destination country or minimum order value.}
{detail:1a008fec-a842-11eb-8d66-facf1bc641fa
---
## Series 3 Sales
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5251bb5c-a309-11eb-9461-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-04-22T01:34:33Z
### How it works
The structure of a Dedicated Shop site is based on sets. Each item for sale is made up of two elements - a set and a product. The **set** contains the product images or videos.}
{detail:c26449f6-9d81-11eb-ac92-0e9a6ba445f3
The Dedicated Shop site includes a special sets-based shop page. Each item exists as a nested set inside the shop page's set. When you add a product to the corresponding set DPG automatically creates a **product page** on the shop site. This makes it easy to add and update your products any time, without having to worry about the website design.}
{detail:0de71f5c-9d82-11eb-9475-be47495b7252
---
## Testing your shop
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ff4e4680-ad1e-11eb-b914-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-04T00:57:27Z
Before you launch your shop to real customers, you should take some time to check that all information and settings are entered correctly. Below you can find a number areas you should consider testing.
### Products
✔️Check the [product information](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) for each product. Make sure that you've entered the correct stock levels, statuses, prices and so on.
### Shipping and taxes
✔️ Check that any [shipping](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8839687a-6d9f-11e8-83d4-ee7a9325e1ba) and [tax](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/082d049e-c4cb-11eb-a380-824cb035c834) rules are entered correctly and cover all the different visitors your shop may receive. Test rules at checkout by entering customer information matching the rules you have created, such as shipping country or order total amount.
### Discounts
✔️ If you're using discounts, make sure that discounts are enabled in your shop. Check your [created discounts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b5de33dc-785f-11eb-8a25-824cb035c834) are entered accurately, double checking any expiry dates. You can test your discount codes on the checkout page.
### Design
✔️ Test how your design looks on both desktop and mobile devices. Check through every page to make sure that everything displays correctly, including images, information and navigation.
### Contact form
✔️ Test the contact form is [configured to the correct email address](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e66c86-ad0e-11e6-89d4-be279144b405) by sending a message.
### Payment providers
✔️ You can test the order process your customers will experience by using test payment credentials provided by [PayPal](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/93f4664e-b2be-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0) and [Stripe](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/47a3b13a-b2b6-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0). Placing test orders allows you to see the full checkout, payment and post-checkout pages, as well as to check the order confirmation emails.
### Public host
✔️ Make sure that you have a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4) added to your site. If you're using your own domain, it's important to ensure that [SSL is enabled](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3f344350-cb21-11e7-a677-02616046d57b) to make your site fully secure.
---
## Creating products
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:11:42Z
To sell items using a DPG shop you need to create **products**. A product includes all the information your customer will see on the product page, such as the name, description and cost.
A product can have multiple **product options** which allow you to offer customers variations of items. Options can be things like different sizes, colours or styles of the product and appear on the product page as a dropdown menu.
### Creating products
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2aa5673c-a176-11eb-b131-0e9a6ba445f3/2c837ac6-a176-11eb-b131-0e9a6ba445f3.mp4)
From the Dashboard go to **[Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales#sales_products)** and the **Products** tab. Click the **Create** button to bring up the **New product** window. Fill in the applicable information for your product and click **Create**.
Repeat the process for each product you want to add to your shop.
To add images see: [Product images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/89a73c36-a303-11eb-9461-824cb035c834)
### Products: in detail
Read on for an explanation of each element of the product window and how it appears to the customer on the product page.
#### Product Information
This is some of the most important text that your customer will look for on the product page, so make sure your titles and descriptions are informative and engaging.}
* **Name** - product name which shows on sales page and in the cart.
* **Description** - describe your product in more detail and provide customers with all the information they need to know about the item.
Use the code button (left) to add HTML such as links to the description. Use the fullscreen button (right) to view the text area full screen.
#### Product Options
The Additional Information fields allow you to make several slide out panels on the product page. This area is useful for adding shipping and handling terms, item composition or ingredients, care instructions and other information relevant to the product or your shop.
* **Name** - this is the part of the additional information text that is visible before the panel is open.
* **Details** - this is the part of the text which becomes visible when the name is clicked.
Click **Remove** to delete this information block.
Click **Add information** to create another information block. You can add multiple information blocks as part of the same product.
---
## Product images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/89a73c36-a303-11eb-9461-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:12:54Z
Product images are added to website sets. This makes it easy to add and remove images, and to use them in multiple places such as portfolio websites and blogs.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can use [well optimised short videos](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d228cfc4-2437-11e6-8711-16474ff850f4) instead of or alongside images.
First, [create your product](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) in the Sales section.}
autoplay
To add a product to a set navigate to your chosen set. Open the **Sales** panel. In the **Add to** menu choose **Set**. Select your product name from the **Product** dropdown. Click **Add**. The product will now be attached to this set.
Repeat this process for each of your products by adding the product to the corresponding set.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can attach multiple products to a set if you need to.
---
## Currency
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ad36a24c-a437-11eb-8671-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:11:42Z
You can create products with prices listed in one of the following currencies:
* GBP £
* EUR €
* USD $
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Different currencies can't be mixed in the same website.
The product currency must match the selected shop currency. Products added to a shop with a different set currency will not display on the website.
---
## Media order
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/101e0f8a-a9c4-11eb-a3d1-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:11:42Z
### Overview media
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c5dc9d3c-a9c4-11eb-abad-facf1bc641fa/ca5661f4-a9c4-11eb-abad-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
By default, the shop page uses a hover effect to show a second image when a cursor is placed over the product. This allows customers to quickly see another image of the product.
In the product set you can see the order of the images. The first image in the set will be the first displayed, while the second will be the image displayed on hover. Drag the items into your preferred order.
### Product view media
The images in product view are in the same order as the set.
### Cart media
The cart shows a small thumbnail of each product. This is the set cover image.
 You can see the set cover image in set view by opening the **Set information** panel. You can set this image by [dragging any of the images onto it](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c044ed5a-ab37-11e2-8ffe-b8f6b11825bb).
---
## Sales Navigation
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0dee8a36-b44c-11eb-86d2-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:11:42Z
Breadcrumb navigation allows your customers to easily navigate through your sets structure.}
{detail:f9a2d8a6-b44c-11eb-8904-facf1bc641fa
---
## Related products
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6fdd80cc-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:52:04Z
Related products appear in product view, underneath the main product.
Related products are added manually so that you can choose which products are relevant.}
> 💡 **Tip:** Due to the design of the **Split** layout, related products are disabled when in Split layout style.
### Adding a related product
{video:01d059dc-b438-11eb-a7b4-0e9a6ba445f3
From the website screen click on the set to which you want to add related products. Open the **Related sets** panel. Select the related set from the dropdown menu and click **Add**.
> 💡 **Tip:** The related set must be on the same website as the main product.
---
## Similar items
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7cc1456c-b1ee-11eb-b1ec-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-14T01:59:23Z
Similar items are automatically populated from the other items in the same set as the selected item.}
### Enabling similar items
{video:41a47842-b436-11eb-9b43-0e9a6ba445f3
From the website screen click the **Pages** tab. Click the **Edit** button on the shop page and select the **Content** tab. Switch the **Set navigation** toggle to the on position and click **Update**.
---
## Linking PayPal account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3eef80a0-a870-11eb-9b23-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-27T00:48:15Z
To link PayPal to your DPG account, you must first sign up with [PayPal](https://www.paypal.com/) or have an existing account.
> 💡 **Tip:** PayPal is an external service outside of DPG and additional fees may apply.
From your Dashboard go to **Services**.}
{video:2200a5ae-a91b-11eb-bc71-0e9a6ba445f3
Go to the **PayPal**, then **Add** tabs. Enter the email address for your PayPal account and click **Add**.
You will now be able to select this account when configuring sales on your DPG website.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can log in with your PayPal account at [PayPal Developer](https://developer.paypal.com/developer/accounts/) to create sandbox buyer and seller test credentials. These allow you to create test orders in your DPG shop by going through every stage of the transaction without being charged real funds. You can link sandbox accounts to DPG by following the instructions above.
---
## Testing PayPal
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/93f4664e-b2be-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-27T00:48:34Z
PayPal allows you to create sandbox accounts for both the customer (this is called a Personal account) and the merchant or seller (this is called a Business account). You can use these accounts to test the payment process without incurring real charges.
For test purposes the Business account is added to your website in place of the account you will use on the live site, while the Personal account is used to pay for items as a customer would.
You can learn more about setting up Sandbox accounts from PayPal support:
* [Sandbox accounts](https://developer.paypal.com/docs/api-basics/sandbox/accounts/)
### Setting up test account
Log in to the [PayPal Developer site](https://developer.paypal.com/). Go to the [Sandbox accounts](https://developer.paypal.com/developer/accounts/) page and create:
* a Personal sandbox account
* a Business sandbox account
You can see pairs of Personal and Business sandbox accounts in the screenshot above.
Click **View/edit account** to see the account details.
Take note of the **Email ID** and **System Generated Password** for the accounts. This is the information you'll need to configure your test account in DPG.
### ### Connecting sandbox PayPal account
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9597f0c4-b76e-11eb-bb20-facf1bc641fa/98bd6054-b76e-11eb-bb20-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
Go to **Services** from the main menu or Dashboard. Click on the **PayPal** > **Add** tab. Click the Add button.
Enter your **Business** sandbox account email address.
You'll see test accounts are marked with a **test** flag in the tab.}
You are now able to select this account to use for testing of your shop website.
### Testing shop payments
From the website screen, go to the **Sales** tab. Select the test account from the PayPal account dropdown menu. Click **Save**.
{video:01c61194-b824-11eb-8d81-facf1bc641fa
Now that the testing account has been selected, you can test your shop website.
> 💡 **Tip:** It's a good idea to use the testing URL while testing your shop to avoid any cache issues.
Visit your website. Add some items to your cart and continue to the checkout.
Complete the information at checkout, selecting PayPal as the payment method if prompted to choose. Review your order and **Proceed to payment**.
You will now see the PayPal payment page. Use the **Personal** sandbox account email address and password to complete the transaction.
Once payment is completed, you'll be directed back to your shop and a "Thank you for your order" page will display. You will also receive an order confirmation email.
### Completed test orders
Test orders appear in **Sales** > **Orders**. Click **Manage** to view each order in detail.
Test mode orders are labeled with the **test** flag.}
{detail:a5acbff4-be7f-11eb-8bd1-0e9a6ba445f3
### Switching to live PayPal account
Once you've completed testing, make sure that you replace the testing account with one in live mode before you launch your shop. Go to **Sales** > **Options** from the website screen and choose your live account.
---
## Linking Stripe account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/860888f6-a870-11eb-8610-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-27T00:48:22Z
To link Stripe to your DPG account, you must first sign up with [Stripe](https://stripe.com/) or have an existing account.
> 💡 **Tip:** Stripe is an external service outside of DPG and additional fees may apply.
From your Dashboard go to **Services**.}
Go to the **Stripe** and the **Add** tab.
Follow the instructions to connect your Stripe account. Once this is completed, you'll be redirected to DPG.
You will now be able to select this account when configuring sales on your DPG website.
---
## Testing Stripe
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/47a3b13a-b2b6-11eb-b0e6-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-27T00:48:47Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Stripe is an external service outside of DPG and additional fees may apply.
Before launching your shop, you should test it to make sure that everything is set up correctly. When using Stripe as the payment provider, you can switch your shop to a test mode Stripe account and use fake card numbers to make test sales in your shop. This allows you to test the entire process of checkout - including shipping, discounts and payment exactly as it will be experienced by customers - without incurring real charges.
### Connecting Stripe account in test mode
> 💡 **Tip:** To link Stripe to your DPG account, you must first sign up with [Stripe](https://stripe.com/) or have an existing account.
Stripe allows you to use your account in test mode and live mode. When in test mode, payments are not processed and only the provided test payment information can be used to check out orders.
DPG enables you to connect both test and live accounts and switch between them easily.
From your Dashboard go to **Services**.}
Go to the **Stripe** and the **Add** tab.
standard
Visit your website. Add some items to your cart and continue to the checkout.
Complete the information at checkout, selecting Stripe as the payment method if prompted to choose. Review your order and **Proceed to payment**.
You will now see the Stripe payment screen. If you've configured your test account correctly, you should see that it is in **Test Mode**
Stripe provide a variety of card numbers you can use for testing:
* [Basic test card numbers](https://stripe.com/docs/testing#cards)
* [International test card numbers](https://stripe.com/docs/testing#international-cards)
You can enter these card details on the test mode payment screen to complete the checkout process.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Your account must be in test mode when using test card details. Using test card details in live mode will result in a rejected order.
Once payment is completed, you'll be directed back to your shop and a "Thank you for your order" page will display. You will also receive an order confirmation email.
### Completed test orders
Test orders appear in **Sales** > **Orders**. Click **Manage** to view each order in detail.
Test mode orders are labeled with the **test** flag.}
{detail:a5acbff4-be7f-11eb-8bd1-0e9a6ba445f3
### Switching to live Stripe account
Once you've completed testing, make sure that you replace the testing account with one in live mode before you launch your shop. Go to **Sales** > **Options** from the website screen and choose your live account.
---
## Managing orders
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fac7a7ec-0e98-11e7-9f24-6e427e8a5d79
Last updated: 2017-03-25T01:30:21Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fdab4f10-10ee-11e7-9e02-02daa0202684/102fb536-10ef-11e7-9e02-02daa0202684.mp4)
Each order placed on your website can be seen on the [sales page](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales#sales_sales). You can click through on the order to see a breakdown of items and the customer.
Once you have shipped an order, you can change its status using the **Status** panel.
---
## Order Confirmations
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/21a65168-b2ca-11eb-9032-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-14T03:57:40Z
Order confirmation emails are sent to customers automatically.
The order confirmation email allows customers to reply in case they have any questions or queries. By default this reply address is set to your DPG account contact email. You can change this to a different email address if you prefer.}
### Changing reply-to address
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
From the website screen click on the **Notifications** tab then **Options**. Edit the reply-to email and click **Save**.
### Editing email text
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
From the website screen click on the **Notifications** tab then **Order Confirmation**. Edit the text and click **Save**.
### Notifications
By default you will receive a copy of the customer order confirmation email each time your shop receives an order. This is sent to your DPG account email. You can edit this to a different email address or add additional emails to also receive this notification.
{detail:6125237e-b463-11eb-82a1-0e9a6ba445f3
Click the **Notifications** tab. Select **Manage** to edit the current notification email (or **Add** to add a new one). Click the cog icon to manage the email notifications. }
{detail:673edb10-b463-11eb-9b26-0e9a6ba445f3
---
## Changing shop currency
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/95847e9e-b1d9-11eb-bc98-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-10T21:57:52Z
To edit a shop's currency, go to the **Sales** tab from the website screen. Select currency from the dropdown and click **Save**.
---
## Changing shop payment provider
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c8df73a6-b1da-11eb-8c17-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-10T22:09:59Z
You can use a PayPal and/or Stripe account to receive payments from customers. If you enable both Stripe and PayPal accounts, customers can choose which service to use.
You can select which of your linked accounts is used with each shop, so if you have several different shop websites you can choose different payment accounts for each one.
You can also add testing accounts and switch your shop to them to make test transactions.
To add or edit a shop's payment provider, go to the **Sales** tab from the website screen. Select your chosen account from the dropdown and click **Save**.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you can't see the account in the dropdown, make sure you've [connected the account in Services](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/e4c0bb00-67ae-11e6-a1e4-be279144b405) first.
---
## Announcement banner
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2c1135a4-b4c9-11eb-86d2-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-05-20T02:04:15Z
The Announcement Banner is an optional page element which displays between the navigation and the rest of the page content. The banner can be
used for special offers, important information or any other announcement. It is only visible on the first sales page view, it does not appear on the individual product view.
### Adding Announcement Banner
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/54308d4e-b90d-11eb-85ff-facf1bc641fa/573d5ca6-b90d-11eb-85ff-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
From the website screen go to the **Content** tab, then **Announcement Banner**. Enter your banner text in the text area and click the **Update** button.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/50144192-b90d-11eb-9bcc-facf1bc641fa/52b40dd8-b90d-11eb-9bcc-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
You can optionally add links by selecting the text and clicking the link icon. Add the link URL and click **Save**. Click the **Update** button.
---
## Disabling checkout
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7ab4ebfe-b1ce-11eb-bc98-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-10T21:45:28Z
Series 3 shops can function without the checkout page if necessary. When checkout is turned off, the cart takes customers directly to the payment service provider screen to pay. After payment, customers will receive an order confirmation email and be returned to your shop.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Checkout features such as discount codes, shipping options and taxes are not available to customers when checkout is disabled. We suggest using the default checkout unless you have a special reason to disable it.
### Disabling checkout page
From your website screen, click the **Sales** tab. Under **Options** you'll see a toggle titled **Use checkout page**. Switch the toggle to the off position and click **Save**.
### Appearance of cart without checkout
With checkout disabled, the cart button leads directly to the payment service provider. }
⬇️⬇️⬇️
If both PayPal and Stripe are enabled for the shop, the customer can choose which payment provider to use directly inside the cart.
---
## Options
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e992528e-b028-11eb-b80f-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-08T19:26:53Z
The checkout page allows you to choose whether some of the fields are visible to customers.
### Checkout page
From the website screen go to **Pages** and click the **Edit** button.
On the checkout page toggle the switch for your chosen options and click **Update**.
### Discounts
Enabling **Discount codes** allows customers to enter a discount code at checkout. Make sure you have [created a discount code](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b5de33dc-785f-11eb-8a25-824cb035c834) in your account.
The discount code field at checkout.}
### Notes
Enabling the notes field allows customers to leave notes about their order at checkout. You can see customer notes on the order page and on order confirmation emails.
The consent opt-in checkbox at checkout.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1dac9f38-2676-11e8-ab74-2adc85656026
Last updated: 2021-02-24T21:31:02Z
You can add shipping to your DPG shop by creating **shipping rules**.
A shipping rule is made up of conditions that you define alongside the shipping cost. When these conditions are met by an order from your shop, the shipping cost will be added to the total.
You can create multiple shipping rules to allow for conditions like the shipping country, total order value and number of items purchased. The rules-based system means that you can create simple shipping rules to cover shipping costs with a flat fee, or define individual countries and set complex rules covering very specific shipping scenarios. The specificity of your shipping rules is completely up to you.
Shipping is applied to an entire order not to individual items.
### Shipping rule collections
If you have multiple shops in your account and wish to set different shipping rules for each one, you can create shipping rule **collections**. This allows you to group shipping rules together and apply your chosen collection to each website.
### Permitted countries
By default, your shop will accept customers from all countries worldwide. If you wish to only ship to selected countries, you can create a list of **permitted countries** and add your chosen countries to it. Customers outside of those countries will not be able to check out their order.
---
## Creating shipping rules
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8839687a-6d9f-11e8-83d4-ee7a9325e1ba
Last updated: 2021-02-25T23:58:28Z
You can add postage or shipping costs to your shop by creating **Shipping Rules**. Shipping Rules are made up of **Conditions**, which allow you to set out different shipping costs for your customers based on things like shipping country or order total.
The rules-based system means that you can make multiple shipping rules, which are as simple or specific as you need them to be.
See [Shipping Rules Examples](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c54a0ce4-d860-11e2-bbd6-22b8e83b8e79) for detailed examples.
> 💡 **Tip:** Shipping is applied to each order rather than per item.
### Navigating to Shipping
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e75dfc3e-6ca8-11eb-80eb-565ed601a6b3/ea464208-6ca8-11eb-80eb-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
You can find the shipping options by going to **Sales** from the main menu and clicking on the **Shipping** tab.
### Creating a new shipping rule
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e981b354-6cc9-11eb-a3c8-565ed601a6b3/ec0d65b4-6cc9-11eb-a3c8-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
Click the **Create** button, give your shipping rule a name and click **Create** to confirm. You can change the name in the future if you need to.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f4193146-6cd0-11eb-9b5c-565ed601a6b3/f6729f5e-6cd0-11eb-9b5c-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
You can now fill out the conditions of this shipping rule, such as the shipping country or order total.
Click **Create** to add conditions. Open the **Details** panel in the sidebar to add a description, cost and other details.
> 💡 **Tip:** The name and description will be seen by customers at checkout, so make sure they are accurate and descriptive.
Repeat this process to create additional rules as necessary.
Condition matching allows you to choose between the **all** and **any** setting.
**All** means that all the conditions must be met for the rule to apply.
**Any** means the rule will apply if any one of the rules is met. }
### Check and test
Check over your list of rules to make sure that all possible orders are covered by the rules without clashes.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Rules apply in the order that they are arranged on the shipping screen. When your customer checks out, the **first applicable rule** will be applied to their order.
{detail:dda524a6-6cd0-11eb-a45c-fe389f9cb3e8
---
## Deleting shipping rules
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2e2d6190-0813-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2021-02-24T21:31:02Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ae42456c-6cd6-11eb-a9bb-565ed601a6b3/b0ab1e14-6cd6-11eb-a9bb-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
From the **Shipping** screen, click the **Manage** button on the rule you want to delete.
Open the **Delete** panel in the sidebar. Click the **Delete** button to remove this shipping rule.
---
## Shipping rules examples
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c54a0ce4-d860-11e2-bbd6-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2021-05-13T00:43:15Z
The following are examples of shipping rules being used to achieve different outcomes.
> 💡 **Tip:** Shipping rules can be personalised to suit your shop's requirements. In the examples below, we use the UK as the origin country and GBP currency for consistency. You can configure the countries and currencies as relevant to you.
### In this article:
* [Example 1: Free shipping](#example-1-free-shipping)
* [Example 2: Basic worldwide shipping](#example-2-basic-worldwide-shipping)
* [Example 3: Shipping with costs defined by region and order total](#example-3-shipping-with-costs-defined-by-region-and-order-total)
* [Example 4: Shipping options for customer to choose from](#example-4-shipping-options-for-customer-to-choose-from)
* [Example 5: Same shipping rate for multiple countries](#example-5-same-shipping-rate-for-multiple-countries)
### Example 1: Free shipping
If your product costs have shipping included in the price, no shipping rules are required.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can also create free shipping discount codes if you want to offer free shipping to selected customers.
### Example 2: Basic worldwide shipping
In this example the shop charges £5 flat-rate shipping worldwide, with free shipping on any orders over £50.
This requires two shipping rules - one for orders up to £49.99, and one for orders over £50.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** To prevent mistakes make sure that your rules don't overlap and cover all possible orders.
#### Rule 1: All orders under £50, i.e. up to £49.99
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | total |
| Operator | less-than |
| Value | 50 |
**Outcome**: If the order total is less that £50, £5 shipping will be added to the order.
#### Rule 2: All orders £50 and over
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | total |
| Operator | greater-than-or-equal-to |
| Value | 50 |
**Outcome**: If the order total is £50 or more, the shipping cost is £0.
### Example 3: Shipping with costs defined by region and order total
In this example, multiple rules are used to make the shipping costs more specific on the basis of destination country *and* order total.
#### Rule 1: UK orders under £50, i.e. up to £49.99
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition 1 | Condition 2 |
|-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country | total|
| Operator | equals | less-than|
| Value | United Kingdom | 50|
**Outcome**: If the order is for less than £50 and shipping to the United Kingdom, the shipping is £3.50.
#### Rule 2: UK orders over £50
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition 1 | Condition 2 |
|-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country | total |
| Operator | equals | greater-than-or-equal-to|
| Value | United Kingdom | 50 |
**Outcome**: If the order is for £50 or more and shipping to the United Kingdom, the shipping is £0.
#### Rule 3: All US orders
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition 1 |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country |
| Operator | equals |
| Value | United States |
**Outcome**: If the order is shipping to the United States, the shipping is £7.99.
#### Rule 4: Orders outside of the UK and US under £250
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition 1 | Condition 2 | Condition 3 |
|-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country | shipping country | total|
| Operator | not equal to | not equal to | less-than|
| Value | United Kingdom | United States of America | 250|
**Outcome**: If the order is for less than £250 and shipping anywhere other than the United Kingdom or United States, the shipping is £12.99.
#### Rule 5: Orders outside of the UK and US of £250 and over
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition 1 | Condition 2 | Condition 3 |
|-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country | shipping country | total|
| Operator | not equal to | not equal to | greater-than-or-equal-to|
| Value | United Kingdom | United States of America | 250|
**Outcome**: If the order is for £250 or over and shipping anywhere other than the United Kingdom or United States, the shipping is £0.
### Example 4: Shipping options for customer to choose from
You can make rules with conditions that purposely overlap. This allows you to give your customer the option of different types of shipping, such as faster more expensive shipping alongside standard shipping. The customer can choose their preferred option at checkout.
#### Rule 1: UK standard shipping
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country |
| Operator | equals |
| Value | United Kingdom |
#### Rule 2: UK express shipping
This rule is made up of the following conditions:
|Field | Condition |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country |
| Operator | equals |
| Value | United Kingdom |
**Outcome of all rules**: If the customer is in the UK, they can choose from either shipping option.
### Example 5: Same shipping rate for multiple countries
In this example, a rule is created to define the same shipping rate for all EU countries.
#### Rule 1: A condition for each country
|Field | Condition |
|-----------------------------------------------|:
| Property | shipping country |
| Operator | equals |
| Value | [choose country] |
Make sure that the **Condition matching** setting is set to **any** for this rule.
This means that any one of the rule's conditions will trigger the rule - a customer from **any** one of the defined countries.
**Outcome of all rules**: If the order is shipping to one of the EU countries, the shipping is £9.99.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cee09f92-785e-11eb-84f4-6ae3c97cceff
Last updated: 2021-05-14T15:05:43Z
You can create discount codes to share with your customers. These are applied at checkout and can include percentage discounts (e.g. 10% off), fixed value discounts (e.g. £10 off) and free shipping.
Discount codes are created using a series of rules, which allow you to offer discounts based on set parameters. You can choose to offer a code which is valid only for a specific shipping country, or based on the order total for example. Codes can be set to automatically start and expire on dates of your choosing.
📎[Creating discount codes](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b5de33dc-785f-11eb-8a25-824cb035c834)
At checkout valid codes are applied to the order and show your chosen description. }
{detail:f87b6740-b4c4-11eb-8ec3-facf1bc641fa
---
## Creating discount codes
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b5de33dc-785f-11eb-8a25-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-05-06T23:11:16Z
### Navigating to Discounts
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/11683f6c-7861-11eb-ba97-fe389f9cb3e8/13ab48dc-7861-11eb-ba97-fe389f9cb3e8.mp4)
From the main menu, go to **Sales** and **Index**. In the sales area click on the **Discounts** tab.
### Creating a new discount code
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/7f2f9b5e-7865-11eb-abb1-ba9c3ffb27b2/816a8c76-7865-11eb-abb1-ba9c3ffb27b2.mp4)
Click **Create** and enter the name of your code (you can edit this later if you need to). Click the **Create** button.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/613cc2de-7865-11eb-8bcc-fe389f9cb3e8/62e4f818-7865-11eb-8bcc-fe389f9cb3e8.mp4)
Once your code is created, use the **Details** panel to enter the discount code information, then click **Update**.
By default discount codes are created with one condition:
| Property | Operator | Value |
|----------------------|:---------------------:|:---------------------:|
| subtotal | greater-than | 0 |
This means that the discount code can apply to all orders when it's entered at checkout. You can remove this condition and add more specific conditions as shown below.
### Discount code conditions
Use conditions to define more specific situations in which the discount can apply. Conditions allow you to limit the discount code to customers from a specific country, for orders over a certain subtotal, or for those ordering a certain number of items.
### Fields explained
**Code** - This is the code you will share with customers. Keep this short and easy to type to prevent frustration.
**Description** - This will appear on the checkout page when your customer enters a valid code, so make sure it's clear and descriptive of the discount.
**Valid from** - The date from which the code is valid. Codes without a Valid from date will be valid immediately.
**Expires** - The date on which the code will expire. Codes without an expiry date will be valid until you delete them or make them inactive.
**Condition matching** - If your rule has multiple conditions, this defines if the discount should apply whether **all** or **any** of them are matched.
**Applies to** - Whether the discount is applied to the order **Subtotal** or the **Shipping**.
**Type** - Choose if this discount is a **Percentage** discount (e.g. 20%) or a **Fixed Value** discount (e.g. £20).
**Currency** - The currency of your discount should match the main shop currency and the products currency.
**Value** - This is the value of the discount.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f6df34a4-c4c6-11eb-a7cc-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-04T00:31:05Z
If you need to collect taxes from your customers, you can create **tax rules** for your shop.
A tax rule is made up of conditions that you define for customer orders. When these conditions are met by an order from your shop, the tax will be applied to the order at checkout.
You can create multiple rules to allow for customers in different areas or at different rates.
Taxes are applied to an entire order not to individual items.
### Tax rule collections
If you have multiple shops in your account and wish to set different rules for each one, you can create tax rule **collections**. This allows you to group tax rules together and apply your chosen collection to each website.
---
## Creating tax rules
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/082d049e-c4cb-11eb-a380-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-04T00:56:05Z
You can add taxes to your shop orders by creating **Tax Rules**. Tax Rules are made up of **Conditions** which allow you to apply different tax rates to your customers based on billing or shipping country.
The rules-based system means that you can make multiple tax rules for customers in different areas or at different rates.
> 💡 **Tip:** Taxes are applied to each order rather than per item.
### Navigating to Taxes
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1fcb5958-c4cf-11eb-b849-facf1bc641fa/22919576-c4cf-11eb-b849-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
You can find the tax options by going to **Sales** from the main menu and clicking on the **Taxes** tab.
### Creating a new tax rule
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2411846a-c4cf-11eb-8fc8-facf1bc641fa/265aa058-c4cf-11eb-8fc8-facf1bc641fa.mp4)
Click the **Create** button, give your tax rule a name and click **Create** to confirm. You can change the name in the future if you need to.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1cc78678-c4cf-11eb-bea9-0e9a6ba445f3/1e5ce7d0-c4cf-11eb-bea9-0e9a6ba445f3.mp4)
You can now fill out the conditions of this tax rule, such as the shipping or billing country.
Click **Create** to add conditions. Open the **Details** panel in the sidebar to select the **currency** and enter the **tax rate**.
Repeat this process to create additional rules as necessary.
Condition matching allows you to choose between the **all** and **any** setting.
**All** means that all the conditions must be met for the rule to apply.
**Any** means the rule will apply if any one of the rules is met.
### Check and test
Check over your list of rules to make sure that all necessary orders are covered by the rules.
You can test tax rules at checkout by entering an address in a country covered by the rule.
---
## Shipping Collections
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4d04212-c40c-11eb-a380-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-03T23:51:54Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Advanced Sales features are available for account plan **Advanced** and above.
If you have more than one shop website in your account and wish to have different sets of shipping rules for each, you can create **Shipping Collections**. Each collection can contain your chosen shipping rules and you can select which collection should be used for each website.
### Enabling Shipping Collections
From the **Dashboard** go to **Settings**.}
{detail:11db09da-c4aa-11eb-bdee-facf1bc641fa
### Creating Shipping Collections
Go to **Sales** from the Dashboard or the main menu.}
{video:9f0d2e00-c4b9-11eb-b3d6-facf1bc641fa
Go to **Shipping** > **Manage Collections** and click the **Create** button. Give your collection a name and click **Create**.
Once the collection is created, you will see it as a new tab under the **Shipping** tab.
You can see that the original Shipping Rules tab is now called Collection [Default] and the new collection tab appears with your chosen name.
You can now [create shipping rules](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8839687a-6d9f-11e8-83d4-ee7a9325e1ba) in this collection as normal. }
You can create additional shipping collections following the method above if necessary.
### Connecting to a website
Once you've added shipping rules to your collection, you need to link it to your website.
{video:e3c409f0-c4ba-11eb-8637-facf1bc641fa
From the website screen go to the **Sales** tab. Select your shipping rule collection from the menu and click **Save**.
This website will now use the selected shipping rules at checkout.
---
## Permitted Countries
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1bbe9860-c40d-11eb-89e5-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-03T23:51:54Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Advanced Sales features are available for account plan **Advanced** and above.
By default, products in your shop can be bought from all countries worldwide. If you wish to only allow purchases from certain countries, you can create a **Permitted Countries** list.
If you have several shop websites in the same account, you can create multiple Permitted Countries lists and select the appropriate one for each website.
### Enabling Permitted Countries
From the **Dashboard** go to **Settings**.}
autoplay
From the website screen, go to the **Sales** tab. Select you Permitted Countries list and click **Save**.
The website checkout will now let customers choose only from your list of allowed countries.
---
## Discount code Collections
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/38a966a8-c40d-11eb-a380-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-03T23:52:05Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Advanced Sales features are available for account plan **Advanced** and above.
If you have more than one shop website in your account and wish to have different discount codes for each, you can create **Discount Code Collections**. Each collection can contain your chosen discount codes and you can select which collection should be used for each website.
### Enabling Discount Code Collections
From the **Dashboard** go to **Settings**.}
{detail:077aa392-c4aa-11eb-a390-0e9a6ba445f3
### Creating Discount code collections
Go to **Sales** from the Dashboard or the main menu.}
{video:74c93d26-c4c5-11eb-8732-facf1bc641fa
Go to **Discounts** > **Manage Collections** and click the **Create** button. Give your collection a name and click **Create**.
Once the collection is created, you will see it as a new tab under the **Discounts** tab.
You can see that the original Discount Codes tab is now called Collection [Default] and the new collection tab appears with your chosen name.
You can now [create discount codes](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b5de33dc-785f-11eb-8a25-824cb035c834) in this collection as normal.}
You can create additional discount code collections following the method above if necessary.
### Connecting to a website
Once you've added discount codes to your collection, you need to link it to your website.
{video:78378d5a-c4c5-11eb-a8fc-facf1bc641fa
From the website screen go to the **Sales** tab. Select your discount code collection from the menu and click **Save**.
This website will now use the selected discount codes at checkout.
---
## Tax Collections
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2acbb14e-c40d-11eb-89e5-2e38a617bcc0
Last updated: 2021-06-03T23:51:54Z
> 💡 **Tip:** Advanced Sales features are available for account plan **Advanced** and above.
If you have more than one shop website in your account and wish to have different sets of tax rules for each, you can create **Tax Collections**. Each collection can contain your chosen tax rules and you can select which collection should be used for each website.
### Enabling Tax Collections
From the **Dashboard** go to **Settings**.}
{detail:0af46878-c4aa-11eb-b4c0-0e9a6ba445f3
### Creating Tax Collections
Go to **Sales** from the Dashboard or the main menu.}
{video:a72eb68e-c4bf-11eb-b159-facf1bc641fa
Go to **Taxes** > **Manage Collections** and click the **Create** button. Give your collection a name and click **Create**.
Once the collection is created, you will see it as a new tab under the **Taxes** tab.
You can see that the original Tax Rules tab is now called Collection [Default] and the new collection tab appears with your chosen name.
You can now create tax rules in this collection as normal.}
You can create additional tax collections following the method above if necessary.
### Connecting to a website
Once you've added tax rules to your collection, you need to link it to your website.
{video:74acb6b0-c4c0-11eb-b476-0e9a6ba445f3
From the website screen go to the **Sales** tab. Select your tax rule collection from the menu and click **Save**.
This website will now use the selected tax rules at checkout.
---
## Enabling sales in the menu
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c5ee7096-ac18-11e2-b5e0-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2021-04-14T16:30:24Z
> ⚠️ **Warning:** To enable sales you will need to be using one of our paid [plans](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2053eea8-10bf-11e7-a082-269460a4cb02/357aed22-10bf-11e7-a082-269460a4cb02.mp4)
You can enable the sales features on your account by going to Settings from the Dashboard. Select the **Admin** and **Features** tab, then toggle the Sales switch to the on position. Click **Update**.
You will now see Sales on your dashboard and in the top navigation bar.
---
## Adding sales to a website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/de5a4f06-ac18-11e2-82a0-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2021-06-08T20:42:33Z
> 🚫 **Deprecated:** The following article is outdated. Websites created before 8th June 2021 may not have our latest sales features. Follow the [Dedicated Shop Guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0) to get started with our improved ecommerce template or if you need help with sales on an older site email support@digitalphotogallery.com for help.
### Getting started
Before you add sales to your website you should have created some [products](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ee67f6-0e93-11e7-9b2e-7a458206432c) and applied them to the relevant images.
#### In this article:
* [Create sales page](#create-sales-page)
* [Add images to sales set](#add-images-to-sales-set)
* [Link your PayPal account](#link-your-paypal-account)
* [Enable the cart](#enable-the-cart)
* [Enable cart button](#enable-cart-button)
* [Testing your site](#testing-your-site)
### Create sales page
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/94b43a72-10d9-11e7-b220-02daa0202684/a3df953c-10d9-11e7-b220-02daa0202684.mp4)
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
Go to your website and the **Pages** tab. Click **Create** and give your page a name. In the page drop-down menu, choose a page type **With Sales**.
### Add images to sales set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f899f860-10f2-11e7-a4e5-269460a4cb02/1757d0b0-10f3-11e7-a4e5-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Add your images to the set which corresponds to your sales page. You can add and apply more products to the images any time.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can continue with the setup while your images are adding to the set.
### Link your PayPal account
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f6ad210a-10f0-11e7-9333-269460a4cb02/0b8a62b8-10f1-11e7-9333-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Go to **Services** form your Dashboard. Click on **PayPal** and enter the PayPal account you have set up to receive funds from your sales.
### Enable the cart
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b1486f06-10f6-11e7-ba82-02daa0202684/c49c347a-10f6-11e7-ba82-02daa0202684.mp4)
Go to your sales page, click the **Edit** button and select **Content**. Scroll down until you see **Single Image View** and **Sales** options. Choose the PayPal account you linked and **Cart** from the **Type** menu. Scroll to the bottom and click **Update**
### Enable cart button
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c37b2a28-796a-11e8-9a09-2ed44208a190/da08f0e0-796a-11e8-9a09-2ed44208a190.mp4)
To enable the shopping cart button go to the **Design** section and navigate to your sales page in the preview window. Choose **Layout** then **Sales** in the sidebar. Select **Show** from the **View Cart Button** dropdown menu. Click the **Save** button.
### Testing your site
You should now have a working sales page and some products for sale. You may want to try purchasing a low value item yourself to make sure that everything is configured correctly.
---
## Postage calculations
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7e0b0dae-f6b9-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2021-06-08T20:42:52Z
> 🚫 **Deprecated:** The following article is outdated. Websites created before 8th June 2021 may not have our latest sales features. Follow the [Dedicated Shop Guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0) to get started with our improved ecommerce template or if you need help with sales on an older site email support@digitalphotogallery.com for help.
### Postage Calculator
If you are shipping items internationally, you may want to set up a number of different postage rates.
Using your PayPal Business account, you can enable Postage Calculations and set up Flat Amount or Percentage rates for different currencies. This will be automatically applied to customers at checkout.
### Steps
While logged in to your PayPal account, go to [Tools](https://www.paypal.com/businessexp/tools), or click on Tools > All Tools from your PayPal navigation bar.
Select the Postage Calculator tool.
Enter your postage rates.
---
## Overview & Demos
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4fcac3d8-6f45-11e8-9a20-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2021-06-08T20:43:06Z
> 🚫 **Deprecated:** The following article is outdated. Websites created before 8th June 2021 may not have our latest sales features. Follow the [Dedicated Shop Guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0) to get started with our improved ecommerce template or if you need help with sales on an older site email support@digitalphotogallery.com for help.
DPG integrates with PayPal to allow you to sell products or services directly from your site.
Sales features are available in the following templates:
Series 3:
* Essential Portfolio (this is our recommended choice if you're creating a new shop).
Series 2:
* Classic Masonry
* Flexible Side Scroll
* Modern Narrative
You can create a sales page as part of your existing site, or as a standalone shop site.
### How it works
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/25e5cb40-10f4-11e7-81a0-02daa0202684/49c4965e-10f4-11e7-81a0-02daa0202684.mp4)
A sales page allows sets and images contained within it to have a product attached to them. Each item can have multiple products attached to give visitors buying options, such as different dimensions or colours.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3c5f3202-10f5-11e7-9546-269460a4cb02/603f83de-10f5-11e7-9546-269460a4cb02.mp4)
After adding items to the cart, visitors can check out their purchases via PayPal's secure interface. Orders will then [appear in your DPG admin](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fac7a7ec-0e98-11e7-9f24-6e427e8a5d79).
### Costs and Fees
The sales features in DPG are included as part of all our paid plans. We do not charge any additional setup, monthly or per-transaction fees.
> 💡 **Tip:** PayPal fees are charged as applicable and depend on things like your country of residence, sales volume and type of PayPal account. Please consult [PayPal](https://www.paypal.com/) for more information.
### Sales demo sites
Classic Masonry Template, Sidebar
[Live Demo](https://classicmasonry01.demo.dpg.gallery/shop/)}
{detail:bc7579c6-7a5b-11e8-8cb8-1a7a86a1165a
Flexible Side Scroll Template
[Live Demo](https://flexiblesidescroll04.demo.dpg.gallery/)}
{detail:31bc7fd4-798c-11e8-a7dc-2ed44208a190
---
## Creating and adding products
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/75d3e1b2-76fa-11eb-954e-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-06-08T20:43:21Z
> 🚫 **Deprecated:** The following article is outdated. Websites created before 8th June 2021 may not have our latest sales features. Follow the [Dedicated Shop Guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f0d44740-a36d-11eb-88cf-2e38a617bcc0) to get started with our improved ecommerce template or if you need help with sales on an older site email support@digitalphotogallery.com for help.
### Create products
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/171a9b50-10d0-11e7-9dce-02daa0202684/2634efa0-10d0-11e7-9dce-02daa0202684.mp4)
Create your products on the [sales screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales#sales_products).
### Add products to images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6bd3853e-10d1-11e7-9954-269460a4cb02/8cb60ace-10d1-11e7-9954-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Once you've created a product, you can add it to multiple images at once.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6cf85ca4-10d2-11e7-b2ce-269460a4cb02/92edc21e-10d2-11e7-b2ce-269460a4cb02.mp4)
You can also manage products on a per image basis on the image review screen.
---
## Prodigi
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/115fe82a-d961-4fa1-b8b0-644b4a4877bf
Last updated: 2026-03-11T06:23:52Z
### Using Prodigi print fulfilment with DPG
> ⚠️ **Warning:** This guide covers the first release of DPG print fulfilment. In this release, **Prodigi** is the provider with the live end-to-end order submission flow.
[Open Services](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/services)
[Open Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales)
[Prodigi API docs](https://www.prodigi.com/print-api/docs/reference/)
- - -
#### What this integration does
With Prodigi connected, DPG can:
* show print-enabled product options on the website
* collect the shipping address and shipping phone number at checkout
* create the normal DPG website order after Stripe or PayPal payment
* submit the print order to Prodigi automatically
* show fulfilment status, provider reference and tracking in the DPG Sales order view
> 💡 **Tip:** Customer payment still goes through your DPG website checkout. Prodigi is used for fulfilment after payment, not as the customer payment processor.
- - -
#### Before you start
* You must be signed in as an **administrator**. Only administrators can see **Services > Print Providers**.
* You need a Prodigi account and API key.
* For testing, Prodigi provides separate **Sandbox** and **Live** environments.
* Your product option should normally use **Type: Standard**. Do not use **Image** for a print option unless you intentionally want DPG digital-image behaviour.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If no active print provider account has been connected in Services, DPG hides the print-provider controls elsewhere to avoid confusion.
- - -
#### Step 1: Connect Prodigi in Services
1. Open [Services](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/services).
2. Open the **Print Providers** section.
3. Click **Connect**.
4. Choose **Provider: Prodigi**.
5. Complete the fields:
* **Label**: optional internal name for this connection
* **Environment**: **Sandbox / Test** for testing, or **Production** for live orders
* **Provider account reference**: optional external account id or note
* **API key**: required
* **Webhook secret**: optional in the current DPG release
* **Active**: enabled for live use inside DPG
6. Save the connection.
> 💡 **Tip:** DPG allows one Prodigi account per DPG account per environment. That means you can keep one sandbox connection and one production connection if needed.
- - -
#### Step 2: Create or edit the product option
1. Open [Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales).
2. Edit the product you want to sell as a print.
3. In **Product Options**, add or edit the option that should be sent to Prodigi.
4. Set the option like this:
* **Type**: **Standard**
* **Fulfilment**: **Print provider**
* **Cost**: your customer-facing selling price
* **Status**: for example **In stock**
5. Save the product.
6. Re-open the product editor.
> 💡 **Tip:** After you switch an option to **Print provider**, DPG treats it as a shipped item. Checkout will require a shipping address, and the shipping phone number will become required when the item is in the cart.
- - -
#### Step 3: Add the Prodigi mapping
After the product has been saved with a print-provider option, the **Print Provider Mappings** section appears.
For each print option you want to fulfil with Prodigi:
* **Provider**: choose your Prodigi connection
* **Mode**: choose **Remote asset URL**
* **SKU**: enter the Prodigi SKU to fulfil
* **Product id**: optional in the current Prodigi flow
* **Variant id**: optional in the current Prodigi flow
* **Print area**: usually **default**
* **Sizing**: **Fill print area**, **Fit print area** or **Stretch to print area**
Save the product again after adding the mapping.
> 💡 **Tip:** The Prodigi adapter currently uses the **SKU**, **Print area** and **Sizing** values. Product id and Variant id can still be stored for your own reference, but they are not required for the initial Prodigi submission flow.
- - -
#### How artwork is sent to Prodigi
DPG sends Prodigi the original image asset URL at order time.
This means:
* the ordered DPG image must still have an original image version available
* the print option must have a valid Prodigi SKU
* the product option must stay mapped to an active Prodigi provider account
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If the original image asset URL is missing, DPG cannot submit the print order to Prodigi. The order will remain in DPG and the print fulfilment section will show the error.
- - -
#### Step 4: Test the full flow
For a safe test:
1. Connect a **Sandbox / Test** Prodigi account in Services.
2. Map one product option to a sandbox-compatible Prodigi SKU.
3. Add the product to a test website or test page where it is visible.
4. Place a website order.
5. Complete checkout and include a shipping phone number.
6. Open the order in [Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales).
In the order view, look for the **Print fulfilment** section. You should see:
* provider name
* DPG or provider reference
* fulfilment status
* tracking, once available
* any error returned by DPG or Prodigi
- - -
#### Expected order statuses
You may see these statuses in DPG:
* **pending submission**: DPG has created the provider-order record but has not submitted it yet
* **configuration required**: DPG is missing a valid SKU, artwork URL or mapping
* **submission failed**: DPG tried to submit the order and Prodigi rejected it or the request failed
* **submitted**: Prodigi accepted the order
* **in production**: Prodigi has started processing the order
* **dispatched**: shipment has been created
* **completed**: the provider has completed the order
* **cancelled**: the provider marked the order as cancelled
- - -
#### Troubleshooting
**The Print Providers section is missing**
* Make sure you are signed in as an **administrator**.
**The Print provider fulfilment option is missing in Product Options**
* DPG only shows that option after at least one active print provider account has been connected.
**The product option does not appear on the website**
* The option must be active.
* It must have **Fulfilment: Print provider**.
* It must have an active provider mapping.
**The order was paid, but no Prodigi order was created**
* Check the Sales order page for a **Print fulfilment** error.
* The most common causes are a missing **SKU** or a missing original image asset URL.
**The shipping phone number was required at checkout**
* That is expected for print-provider orders in the current DPG release.
**What should I use for Type?**
* For a print product, use **Type: Standard**.
* Use **Type: Image** only for DPG image-order or digital-image behaviour, not for print-provider fulfilment.
- - -
#### Recommended launch process
* Test with Prodigi sandbox first.
* Keep one simple print option live before expanding to many sizes or materials.
* Use clear internal labels for your provider accounts so staff can tell test and live accounts apart.
* Check the first few orders manually in both DPG and Prodigi before wider rollout.
---
## Print Space / CreativeHub
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ffe411c7-2e9b-4dd0-9fdd-4763f8d36151
Last updated: 2026-03-11T06:24:47Z
### Using The Print Space / CreativeHub print fulfilment with DPG
> ⚠️ **Warning:** This guide also covers the first release of DPG print fulfilment. In this release, DPG can store **The Print Space / CreativeHub** account details and product mappings, but **automated order submission to CreativeHub is not yet enabled**.
[Open Services](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/services)
[Open Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales)
[CreativeHub API docs](https://api.creativehub.io)
[CreativeHub upload guide](https://creativehub.io/help/knowledge-base/how-do-i-upload-files-to-creativehub/)
- - -
#### What this setup is for
Use this provider if you want to prepare DPG for a CreativeHub-based print workflow.
In the current DPG release, you can:
* connect a The Print Space / CreativeHub account in Services
* mark product options as **Print provider**
* store variant-level CreativeHub mapping details such as SKU, Product id and Variant id
* prepare your catalogue for a later CreativeHub fulfilment release
In the current DPG release, you cannot yet:
* upload images from DPG into CreativeHub automatically
* create CreativeHub catalogue items from DPG automatically
* submit paid DPG orders to CreativeHub automatically
* receive live CreativeHub order-status updates into DPG automatically
> 💡 **Tip:** If you need a live end-to-end automated print workflow today, use **Prodigi** for the first release.
- - -
#### Before you start
* You must be signed in as an **administrator**. Only administrators can see **Services > Print Providers**.
* You need a CreativeHub account and API key.
* Your high-resolution files must be uploaded into CreativeHub directly.
* Your print options and saleable SKUs must be created in CreativeHub directly.
* Your product option in DPG should normally use **Type: Standard**, not **Image**.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The public CreativeHub flow DPG is built around is catalogue-based. That means DPG needs the CreativeHub SKU or catalogue identifiers for a print option rather than sending a brand new image file at checkout.
- - -
#### Step 1: Prepare the catalogue in CreativeHub
Before you map anything inside DPG:
1. Upload the image files to CreativeHub.
2. Create the required print options in CreativeHub.
3. Note the identifiers you will need later, especially:
* **SKU**
* **Product id**, if available
* **Variant id** or print-option id, if available
> 💡 **Tip:** Filename matching is not a safe long-term workflow. Treat the CreativeHub SKU and provider ids as the real fulfilment keys.
- - -
#### Step 2: Connect The Print Space / CreativeHub in Services
1. Open [Services](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/services).
2. Open the **Print Providers** section.
3. Click **Connect**.
4. Choose **Provider: The Print Space / CreativeHub**.
5. Complete the fields:
* **Label**: optional internal name for this connection
* **Environment**: choose the environment that matches your CreativeHub credentials
* **Provider account reference**: optional external account id or note
* **API key**: required
* **Webhook secret**: optional in the current DPG release
* **Active**: enabled inside DPG
6. Save the connection.
- - -
#### Step 3: Create or edit the product option in DPG
1. Open [Sales](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/sales).
2. Edit the product you want to prepare for CreativeHub fulfilment.
3. In **Product Options**, add or edit the print option.
4. Set the option like this:
* **Type**: **Standard**
* **Fulfilment**: **Print provider**
* **Cost**: your customer-facing selling price
5. Save the product.
6. Re-open the product editor.
> 💡 **Tip:** DPG hides print-provider options from the website unless they have an active provider mapping.
- - -
#### Step 4: Add the CreativeHub mapping
After the product has been saved with a print-provider option, the **Print Provider Mappings** section appears.
For each option you want to prepare for CreativeHub:
* **Provider**: choose your The Print Space / CreativeHub connection
* **Mode**: choose **Provider catalogue item**
* **SKU**: enter the CreativeHub SKU
* **Product id**: enter the CreativeHub product id if you have it
* **Variant id**: enter the CreativeHub variant or print-option id if you have it
* **Print area**: leave blank unless you have a specific internal need
* **Sizing**: store only if it is meaningful for your own mapping notes
Save the product again after adding the mapping.
- - -
#### Important limitation in the current release
Although DPG stores the provider account and mapping details, the current release does **not** send live orders to CreativeHub.
If a paid DPG order reaches the CreativeHub path in the current release:
* the DPG website order is still created normally
* a print-provider order record may be created inside DPG
* the CreativeHub submission step will fail with a message explaining that automated order submission is not enabled in this release
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Do not switch live customer orders to The Print Space / CreativeHub until the image-specific catalogue mapping and automated submission flow have been completed in DPG.
- - -
#### What is still missing for full CreativeHub fulfilment
DPG still needs the following before CreativeHub can be used as a live automated fulfilment path:
* an image-specific mapping screen that links each DPG image and print option to the matching CreativeHub catalogue item
* automated CreativeHub order submission from paid website orders
* callback or polling support for CreativeHub fulfilment updates
> 💡 **Tip:** The database and internal provider architecture already support this direction. The missing part is the final user-facing setup and live submission flow.
- - -
#### How to test the current CreativeHub setup safely
The safest current test is a configuration test, not a live paid fulfilment test.
Use this checklist:
1. Connect the CreativeHub account in Services.
2. Create a print-provider option on a product.
3. Save and re-open the product.
4. Add the CreativeHub SKU and related ids in **Print Provider Mappings**.
5. Confirm the product option remains visible and correctly mapped inside DPG.
6. Do not rely on a live website order to reach CreativeHub yet.
- - -
#### Troubleshooting
**The Print Providers section is missing**
* Make sure you are signed in as an **administrator**.
**The Print provider fulfilment option is missing in Product Options**
* DPG only shows that option after at least one active print provider account has been connected.
**What should I use for Type?**
* For a print product, use **Type: Standard**.
* Do not use **Type: Image** for CreativeHub print fulfilment.
**Can DPG upload files to CreativeHub for me?**
* Not in the current release.
* Upload the files directly in CreativeHub and build the print options there first.
**Can I launch this provider live today?**
* Not for automated fulfilment in the current release.
* Use it for account setup and mapping preparation only.
- - -
#### Recommended current workflow
* Use **Prodigi** if you need live automated print fulfilment now.
* Use **The Print Space / CreativeHub** if you want to prepare a catalogue-led workflow for a later DPG release.
* Keep your CreativeHub SKUs and product ids organised now, because those will become the key mapping values later.
---
## Downloading individual images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/95f4cb72-455e-11e7-914d-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-06-14T21:23:28Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/58f2f786-5147-11e7-99c9-2e80af156eae/7dc96ffe-5147-11e7-99c9-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Individual images can be downloaded from the image review screen using the **Download** panel.
---
## Creating image archives
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b01ba42a-ac07-11e2-b6e5-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2021-01-29T02:05:48Z
You can use image archives to create downloadable ZIP files of your images.
### Creating archives
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d11f93c4-c6f8-11e6-a3ca-56388aee727f/ebee357a-c6f8-11e6-a3ca-56388aee727f.mp4)
Select the images you want to add to the ZIP file. Open the **Create archive** panel. Click **Create**.
### Downloading archives
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b5f02a44-c6fa-11e6-9928-56388aee727f/ce039026-c6fa-11e6-9928-56388aee727f.mp4)
View the archives you have created on the [downloads](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/downloads#downloads) page.
### Sending via email
You can send your archive to one or more people (who don't need to be DPG users) via email.
Enter one or more email addresses, separated by commas when creating the archive.}
### Sharing a link
{detail:887a6d4a-e631-11ea-ab05-0257e1486946
---
## Uploading non-image files to DPG
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13939906-19f3-11e7-9cf9-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-05-30T17:42:02Z
DPG allows you to upload files such as PDFs, which you can then use in your client area or link from your site. This is useful for attaching a contact sheet or invoice to a client set for example.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/71928474-19f1-11e7-aa25-269460a4cb02/88cb7948-19f1-11e7-aa25-269460a4cb02.mp4)
To upload a file, go to **Downloads** from the dashboard and select the **Uploads** tab. Choose your file, set the expiration time and click **Upload**.
---
## Adding files to a website set
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7bd0c7f4-19f4-11e7-9cf9-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-05-30T17:42:02Z
You can add files to your websites for visitors to download by attaching them to individual sets. You can attach [image archives](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b01ba42a-ac07-11e2-b6e5-b8f6b11825bb) you've created in DPG, or [upload files from your machine](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13939906-19f3-11e7-9cf9-7a458206432c).
This feature is useful for client sites, where you may want to deliver a zip file of images alongside individual ones, or to attach a contact sheet or invoice.
### Adding files to a set
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ff5ee9e0-1a15-11e7-9b2d-269460a4cb02/1870a662-1a16-11e7-9b2d-269460a4cb02.mp4)
First, create your downloads by [making an image archive](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b01ba42a-ac07-11e2-b6e5-b8f6b11825bb) or [uploading your file to DPG](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13939906-19f3-11e7-9cf9-7a458206432c).
To add the downloads, navigate to your chosen set and open the **Set Downloads** panel. You'll see the available downloads listed, click on a file to add it to the set.
### The result
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/efaaca40-1a16-11e7-9bd2-269460a4cb02/1c7c1b3c-1a17-11e7-9bd2-269460a4cb02.mp4)
Once you've added your downloads, you'll see them displayed on your website.
---
## Creating a PDF contact sheet
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9b10d320-19fe-11e7-bdb6-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-05-30T17:42:02Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/58f9f516-19fe-11e7-b3ed-02daa0202684/67ffa9a2-19fe-11e7-b3ed-02daa0202684.mp4)
Create or navigate to the set you wish to make a contact sheet from. Click on the Download icon in the tools bar, then choose the PDF file option. Wait while the file is generated, which may take a couple of minutes in very large sets. Once your file is made, you can save or print the pages.
---
## Downloading large image archives
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/aa4eea98-8716-11e9-8c57-a23f74f99f4a
Last updated: 2019-06-04T23:27:50Z
DPG is capable of generating very large ZIP archives and many users utilise this feature to deliver work to clients, send files to team members after a shoot, or download a backup of their work.
When it comes to downloading these very large files to their machine, users can have issues completing the download in full or unzipping it successfully. There are a number of reasons this can happen, but two common issues include:
* a brief interruption in your internet connection can stop the file from completing the download in full.
* inadequate software is not capable enough to unzip the archive.
### Download Managers
When downloading a large ZIP file, we strongly recommend using a download manager which can resume downloads on a bad connection and ensure your file downloads correctly.
For Mac OS we recommend [Download Shuttle](https://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/download-shuttle-fast-file/id847809913).
### Archivers
When unzipping large files a great piece of software is a must. We recommend [The Unarchiver](https://theunarchiver.com/) for Mac OS and [7-Zip](https://www.7-zip.org/download.html) for Windows.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9abac96a-ac18-11e2-b5e0-f23c91703874
Last updated: 2017-01-08T10:14:22Z
If you own your own domain name then email at your domain is usually something that your domain name registrar can supply you with, so if you'd like to set up something like lucy@lucysmith.com they can often do that for you.
If for any reason they can't then we highly recommend using [G Suite from Google Cloud](https://goo.gl/RhvGWm).
If you have any questions about setting up email at your domain then let us know at support@digitalphotogallery.com.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7ec820ea-5a84-11eb-ab86-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-01-19T19:05:38Z
Any messages that are sent via a DPG contact form will appear in the **Messages** area.
> 💡 **Tip:** To make sure that you don't miss any messages, we recommend that you also configure contact forms with an email address to be notified of messages as soon as they come in.
New messages are visible on your **[Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard)**. Click on the unread message to go to the **Messages** area.
---
## Moving to Archive
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/83318c96-5a81-11eb-9dd9-000c2916abbf
Last updated: 2021-01-19T21:45:04Z
You can move messages between the **Inbox**, **Archive** and **Spam**.
> 💡 **Tip:** Messages are monitored for spam and will also be placed in the Spam folder automatically if flagged by our spam filter.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1201e6d8-5a9f-11eb-ab84-565ed601a6b3/153f03f8-5a9f-11eb-ab84-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
From the **[Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard)** navigate to the **Messages** area.
Select a message by clicking on its subject line. Open the **Move** panel, select location and click the **Move** button. The message will be moved to your chosen location.
---
## Deleting
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6a50352-5a81-11eb-830c-824cb035c834
Last updated: 2021-01-19T21:45:44Z
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Deleted messages can not be recovered. If you don't want to permanently delete a message [archive](https://dpg.support/atdb) it instead.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0e17e914-5a9f-11eb-bff9-565ed601a6b3/1063325a-5a9f-11eb-bff9-565ed601a6b3.mp4)
From the **[Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard)** navigate to the **Messages** area.
Select a message by clicking on its subject line. Open the **Delete** panel and click the **Delete** button. The message will be permanently deleted.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ec01f8b6-ac09-11e2-be41-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2016-08-15T20:44:38Z
The Digital Photo Gallery URL shortener is available at https://dpg.bz/shorten
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2ca0913c-55ea-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-06-20T19:03:27Z
DPG can send images to other services from the image list view and review screen.
---
## How to get fastest help from DPG support
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/036eec2c-6e72-11e8-9a20-fe7e64e25404
Last updated: 2020-05-19T21:23:21Z
When you contact DPG with a question or problem, we’ll always aim to get back to you as fast as possible. Here are a few things you can do when getting in touch to help us get to the bottom of your issue quickly.
### Email support from your DPG account email
To help us pull up your account history and investigate any issues, send your support request from the email that is attached to your account. This avoids us needing to take extra steps to verify your identity.
### Be specific
When describing a question or problem, try to be as specific as possible. Your account may have multiple sites, several pages, dozens of sets and thousands of images. You can send links to relevant pages in your account, so if you have a question about a certain set or image we can investigate it directly.
### Attach screenshots
Where appropriate, attach fullscreen screenshots of what you’re seeing, such as error messages or anything else that shows your problem.
### Your devices
Depending on your question, it may be useful for us to know what kind of device you’re using. Tell us which version of your operating system and browser you’re using and if you've tried it on any different devices.
### Websites and Hosts
If you need help configuring your domain, we’ve created a secure way for you to [pass those details to us](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86). Avoid sending passwords via email and never use the same password in multiple places.
### What we can’t do
For your own security, no one at DPG has access to your account password. If you need to reset your password, you can do so [here](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/password/new).
We also have limited access when it comes to billing and payment issues. We’ll always try to help when we can, but payment issues may need to be discussed directly with PayPal, Stripe or your bank.
### Accessibility & language
Our support can take the form of anything from support article links, to annotated screenshots and personalised videos. If you have any accessibility requirements or preferred formats, please don’t hesitate to let us know and we'll do whatever we can to adjust our support to suit you best.
### Feature requests, ideas and feedback
We always love to hear from users, so if you have anything that you want to chat about - just get in touch. Whether it's a feature you wish existed, a theme design request, help with your site build or image library organisation, we're here to help!
---
## Admin image loading issues in Google Chrome
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fbab2fa8-6c6d-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:13:05Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a0fac0a0-6c6d-11e6-9ad4-aab69d8b7bb7/ce26b1c4-6c6d-11e6-9696-e2fa661e35e8.mp4)
If you are having issues where, when scrolling through sets with large amounts of images, not all images are loading, it may be an issue with Google Chrome. To fix the problem try creating a new profile in Chrome.
---
## Using DPG Admin In Chrome Version 49
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/370340a8-2000-11e8-a491-2adc85656026
Last updated: 2018-06-12T20:12:23Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/af5222c4-2003-11e8-9cc7-1ef790c6f0a9/bd39bad2-2003-11e8-9cc7-1ef790c6f0a9.mp4)
If you are using a legacy operating system which is now unsupported by the latest browsers, you may be having trouble using the DPG Admin system.
If this is the case and the most recent version of [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) that you can use is version 49, then you will have to enable a special flag in Chrome to remove the grey warning screen and log in to the system.
To do this, you should type chrome://flags into the Chrome address bar and then enable the **Experimental Web Platform features** option.
> 💡 **Tip:** The Chrome flags screen show a warning aboout changing options as some of these items might cause problems, as long as you stick to changing only **Experimental Web Platform features** you shouldn't see any issues.
---
## Mac OS X 10.11 And Lower Security Certificate Fix
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/68d7bb92-9e26-11ec-8467-d6a716821bb8
Last updated: 2022-03-07T15:30:39Z
If you are using an older version of OS X (Version 10.11 or lower) and for any reason are unable to update your operating system, you may have experienced errors when accessing DPG and other websites. This is due to an expired security certificate. If you're using the affected operating system and see a page displaying the "This Connection Is Not Private" error, watch the video below to learn how to correct the issue.
> 💡 **Tip:** To avoid these kids of problems, it's always best to keep your OS updated to the latest version where possible.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/55f2826e-9e26-11ec-a668-9a053431b8ee/5b8e856a-9e26-11ec-a668-9a053431b8ee.mp4)
[Link to download new certificate](https://letsencrypt.org/certs/isrgrootx1.der) as described in the video.
After installing the updated certificate we recommend using [Google Chrome](https://www.google.com/chrome/) as your browser, as it is frequently updated unlike older Safari versions.
---
## My free account is over its limits
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/717a2060-e967-11e6-8293-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2022-08-05T14:32:39Z
If you are seeing a screen telling you that your account is over its limits when you visit one of your websites, then there are a few things you can do.
### Upgrade your account plan
You can upgrade to a paid account at https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com which will give you a huge amount more space and increase the limits on how many websites you can create in a single account.
> 💡 **Tip:** Account upgrades work instantly.
### Remove items in your account
If you don't wish to upgrade then you should reduce the amount of images and websites in your account to the limit allowed in the free account: **50MB of images** and **2 websites**.
These guides may help you to bring your account back within its limits:
* [Optimise your images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
* [Delete images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fba3a992-ac07-11e2-bcc6-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Delete websites](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/381e4d30-ac0a-11e2-a18c-b8f6b11825bb)
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Free accounts recheck their limits once a day, so if you have reduced the amount of images and websites in your account please be patient and your sites will become active once the next check has been run.
---
## Admin access is restricted due to outstanding invoices
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e6ae9d28-fcb7-11e9-b08c-b61f586a5754
Last updated: 2022-08-05T14:32:49Z
The **Admin access is restricted due to outstanding invoices** warning on the dashboard means that your account has been limited due to overdue invoices.
### Clearing outstanding invoices
To restore the account, the owner or billing contact should log into [accounts.digitalphotogallery.com](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/) and click on **Billing** to view outstanding invoices.
Each invoice has a unique reference. **Please use this reference when paying off invoices**.
Please allow 1-2 working days for payment to clear. Once payment is received, your account will be restored automatically.
---
## Account storage limit reached
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b1bc4ba4-14c1-11ed-95db-ceb57bf3bf3a
Last updated: 2022-08-05T14:30:28Z
Each DPG account plan comes with a storage allowance. You can see how much storage you're using on your [Dashboard](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/dashboard):
### What's included
✅ Your total storage includes all the images and native video files in your account.
❌ Websites and blogs are not part of the storage allowance and deleting websites will not create more space in your account.
❌ External video is hosted elsewhere and isn't part of your storage allowance.
### Creating space
If you want to free up some storage space you need to delete some image or video files.
You can [find large images in your account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3dda922c-a649-11e7-9b7a-d28524ac7d86) as a starting point for files you may want to delete.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Deleting is permanent and deleted images cannot be restored. Make sure you have a backup before deleting from the system.
You can also go to **Images** > **Properties** and view your images by other properties such as Compression Quality and Megapixels.
### Getting more storage
If you need more space, you can upgrade your account to a higher tier [plan](https://www.digitalphotogallery.com/plans/) with a larger storage limit.
---
## I can't log in or I forgot my password
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fc85e98a-ac0a-11e2-b0a5-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2026-02-17T08:02:33Z
If you can't remember your password or your login isn't working, you can reset it yourself in a couple of steps.
### Reset your DPG account password
* Go to [accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/password/new](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/users/password/new)
* Enter your **username** or **email address** and click **Send**
* Check your inbox for an email from Digital Photo Gallery with a reset link
* Click the link and choose a new password
The reset link is valid for 24 hours. If it expires, just request a new one.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can enter either your username or your email address - whichever you remember.
### I didn't receive the email
* Check your spam or junk folder
* Make sure you entered the username or email address that is registered with your DPG account
* Some email providers can delay delivery by a few minutes
* If you still don't receive it, [contact support](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/contact) and we can help
### My account is locked
After 10 failed login attempts, your account is temporarily locked for security. You will receive an email with instructions to unlock it. If you don't receive the unlock email, [contact support](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/contact).
### I can't remember my username
Your username is included in most emails from DPG. Search your inbox for emails from `digitalphotogallery` to find it. If you still can't find it, [contact support](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/contact) with the email address you signed up with and we can look it up for you.
### Logging into a client or visitor site
Some photographers and businesses use DPG to run private client areas on their own website (for example, `clients.example.com/login`). These sites have their own separate login system that is not connected to your DPG account.
If you are trying to log into a site like this, your password and account are managed by the person who runs that website, not by DPG. You can use the "forgot password" link on their login page to reset your password, or contact the website owner directly for help.
### Tips for keeping your password safe
We recommend using a password manager to generate and store strong, unique passwords. This means you only need to remember one master password. Popular options include 1Password, Bitwarden, and the built-in password managers in most browsers.
---
## I don't have an account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1a6fa2c4-ac0b-11e2-b433-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2022-07-27T14:04:13Z
### Create a new DPG account
If you don't have an account yet, you can sign up to a free account [here](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/signup).
---
## Chrome tries to automatically translate one of my pages
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6919f6c2-ac0b-11e2-a7dd-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2020-07-13T17:36:29Z
Pages with a small quantity of text or with specific types of text such as names can mistakenly trigger the browser translation. You can add the following [meta tag](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d2e8e1e2-f240-11e6-ab0b-6e61028599f7) to the page to prevent this.
```html
```
### Adding the meta tag
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
From the website screen, go to **Pages** and select the relevant page. Select the **Meta tags** tab on the page. Click the **Create** button.
Enter the name and content parts of the tag in the text fields. Click **OK** and the meta tag will be created for you in full.
---
## Outdated Browser
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/75781cc6-9ced-11e9-8801-faa88f73be91
Last updated: 2019-07-02T18:17:07Z
Digital Photo Gallery websites are built using the best web technologies, allowing them to load quickly and run efficiently. To see the sites at their best, use a modern web browser.
If you are seeing this warning, please download a new browser.
Mozilla Firefox
https://www.mozilla.com/firefox/
Microsoft Edge
https://www.microsoft.com/windows/microsoft-edge/
Microsoft Edge (For Windows 7)
https://www.microsoftedgeinsider.com/en-us/
Google Chrome
https://www.google.com/chrome/
Apple Safari
https://www.apple.com/safari/
Opera
https://www.opera.com/download/
Apple iOS 10.3+
https://www.apple.com/ios/
Google Chrome for Android
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.android.chrome
---
## 403 error when visiting a website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/53ab221a-0f6e-11f0-81e0-8ef384da036b
Last updated: 2026-02-17T08:04:57Z
DPG actively monitors and blocks malicious traffic across all hosted websites. This includes automated bots scraping content for AI training, scripts probing for security vulnerabilities, and other suspicious activity. We're constantly refining our detection systems, but occasionally a genuine visitor can get caught up in the filters.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you've been incorrectly blocked, let us know. Your reports help us improve our detection and refine the experience for everyone.
- - -
**Why you might be blocked**
* **Shared or previously flagged IP addresses**
Our system blocks IP addresses based on their history. If you're using a VPN, a shared office network, or public Wi-Fi, someone else using that same IP address may have triggered a block before you. VPNs are a common cause of this, as thousands of users share a small pool of IP addresses, and it only takes one bad actor to get an address flagged.
* **Too many requests in a short time**
If you're refreshing pages rapidly, running automated tools, or have browser extensions that make lots of background requests, our rate limiting may flag your IP address as suspicious. Normal browsing won't trigger this, but anything that generates an unusually high number of requests in a short window can.
* **Unusual browser or connection settings**
Some privacy-focused browsers, extensions, or network configurations strip out identifying information like user agent strings. Our system treats requests without this information as potentially automated, which can result in a block.
- - -
**What you can do**
* **Log in to the DPG admin**
If you have a DPG account, [log in to the admin](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/). Your current IP address will be added to the trusted list automatically. This can take a short while to propagate across our servers.
* **Quick fix**
Switch to a different internet connection (for example, mobile data or another Wi-Fi network). If you're using a VPN, try disconnecting it or switching to a different server.
The block is tied to your current IP address, so changing connection should restore access immediately.
* **Contact us**
If you're still seeing a 403 error screen, [email us](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) to report the issue. Include your IP address so we can identify what triggered the block and remove it if necessary.
### Your IP address
`(your IP address is shown here on the live page)`
Include this IP address when contacting support.
---
## Regenerating images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cae341ca-55e8-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2020-05-19T18:46:53Z
If you have an image which is displaying as a broken image icon in your browser you can regenerate its versions from the original file.
---
## Finding large images in your account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3dda922c-a649-11e7-9b7a-d28524ac7d86
Last updated: 2017-10-01T22:34:05Z
Visit the [Images](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images) section and click on [Properties](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/properties). You'll be able to see all the images in your account sorted by [File Size](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/properties/file_size). You can use this information to find larger images from your account to help you optimise space.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you are running low on space consider [optimising your images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) or [upgrading](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) to a plan with more storage.
[Switching your view](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/53d35b90-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb) to **Details** is also very useful for reviewing many images at once to look for large images.
---
## Images uploaded without metadata
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8d75bcd2-9a00-11ea-9417-5684601e5062
Last updated: 2020-05-19T21:29:16Z
If you have uploaded images with information such as titles, descriptions or keywords exported from your editing software, but didn't turn on the metadata switch on the upload screen, this information won't appear in the system. You can extract this metadata from the images once they have been uploaded.
Select images and click the **Extract** button to run the process.
Data that will be extracted if present:
* Title
* Description
* Keywords
* Creation date
Once the extract is complete, the recovered data will appear in the **Information** and **Keywords** tabs as normal.
To make sure that metadata is included on upload, check that the "Get details from image metadata" toggle is in the on position.
---
## Arranging nested sets and images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/79e5496a-5c21-11eb-8857-6ae3c97cceff
Last updated: 2021-01-21T20:16:20Z
Sets can have a mixture of nested sets and images inside them. Sets and images cannot be mixed in order. The nested sets will come before the images.
### Custom order
#### Issue:
Sets with nested sets **and** images inside them do not allow you to set the order of both sets and images to **Custom**. If you have both image and set order set to Custom, you won't be able to rearrange sets.
#### Solution:
Click the cog icon to open the arrangement panel. In the **Images** section choose to **Sort by** any option *other* than Custom. You will now be able to arrange sets in Custom order.
---
## Emergency Image Recovery
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/88969670-5dfc-11ec-bfa8-dede5ae3d06e
Last updated: 2021-12-16T00:24:46Z
Images or videos that have been permanently deleted from Digital Photo Gallery **can not be restored into the DPG admin interface**.
However, as we keep regular scheduled offsite backups of the unstructured image and video data it may be possible to restore deleted files in some situations.
> 💡 **Tip:** This should be seen as a last resort in the event of accidental deletion of images in your account, or loss of downloaded backup archives. For example, if an account owner has downloaded all of their images using the archive feature, requested and executed an account deletion, and subsequently experienced hard drive failure or other data loss. In this type of catastrophic event, you can request an emergency retrieval of data from us and it may be possible to recover your image files.
Data is stored in deep archive storage and restoring it is a fully manual process.
If you think you need to restore deleted images, please contact us
at [support@digitalphotogallery.com](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com) with as much information about your account and situation as possible. We will need to know the last date that your account and data were in good standing so that we can search through the archives and find the closest backup to that date. If a backup of your data is available, we'll let you know and you can decide if you want to proceed with the recovery.
If your account has been deleted we will need to do manual checks to verify your identity and confirm previous ownership of the deleted account.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** **Do not use this feature as a backup**. Always back up your work securely in multiple places.
**We can not guarantee that any or all of your data will be recovered**. The backup may have expired or the snapshot period may not match the time that your images were present in the system.
### Recovered Files
If recovery is successful you will receive an archive file containing all the unstructured data we are able to access. This will include the original image versions uploaded to the system, as well as any image versions that were created for use within the DPG Admin or DPG websites.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** It is not possible to recover any image information added in DPG such as titles, descriptions or keywords. Files are not structured in folders by sets or websites, all that you will receive are the image files.
### Cost
As it is a labour-intensive and fully manual process we charge a fee of £150 for a Emergency Image Recovery. This will be invoiced only when we have confirmed that a backup exists. Once payment has been received, we will begin the recovery process.
Time to complete image recovery can depend on several factors such as the age of the backup and the number of images. We'll do our best to give you a personalised estimate before we begin.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/51ade08a-ac0a-11e2-9974-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-08T20:30:19Z
You can access the debug screen at https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/debug
---
## Reset processing images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/01b5fa52-aeb9-11e2-b037-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2020-06-29T15:43:06Z
If you have an image which has been stuck processing for a long time, use this option to reset it.
Go to the [Debug](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/debug) screen and click the run button to **Reset processing images**.
This will remove the processing flag from all images. It will not solve the problem that caused the image to get stuck, but will allow you access to delete or [regenerate](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cae341ca-55e8-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0) it.
---
## Issues since 2022 with Google Workspace's (formerly G Suite)
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/222b9dc0-a01f-11ed-936c-eeb9917ab082
Last updated: 2023-01-30T01:32:36Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fd3785b6-a022-11ed-8381-62f417054467/016cbf16-a023-11ed-8381-62f417054467.mp4)
Some very early DPG users may have been caught out by Google's recent decision to start charging for Google Workspace.
If you ignored their emails, you may now need to login to https://admin.google.com/ using your admin email address to recover the account.
Please watch the movie above for more details.
The email you first received would look like this:
```text
Email Details
URL: http://mail.yourdomain.com/
You have two users, an admin and your normal account
User account information for admin:
• Your username is admin and your temporary password is NCwzHJe3Dy8BxrqA
• Your new email address is admin@yourdomain.com
User account information for standard:
• Your username is info and your temporary password is 466C68
• Your new email address is info@yourdomain.com
When you first login to both you will be asked to change your password.
Make sure you keep a note of what you changed it to as only Google can
help if you get locked out!
This will work for your iPhone, just add as a normal Gmail Account.
If you are setting up your accounts with any software I'd recommend you
use IMAP rather than POP email as it syncs better.
All mail sent to anyname@yourdomain.com will all go to
info@yourdomain.com unless you explicitly setup another user using the
admin account.
You can also use the following services:
calendar.yourdomain.com
docs.yourdomain.com
Let me know that all works!
--
Digital Photo Gallery Limited
Registered office: 1st Floor, 2 Woodberry Grove, North Finchley, London, N12 0DR
Company number: 07217573
Contact: support@digitalphotogallery.com
Website: http://www.digitalphotogallery.com
```
---
## How do I switch from one template to another?
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a3476d32-ac0d-11e2-91f3-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2017-02-06T02:31:02Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ff1ac53e-df88-11e6-aec5-967fcb7c1249/0e04d44a-df89-11e6-aec5-967fcb7c1249.mp4)
If you have an existing DPG website and you want to re-design it by switching to a different template or make other big changes, you can simply create a new website that you develop in parallel to the current one.
This allows your site to be online and completely stable so that your visitors always get the best browsing experience. Meanwhile, you can experiment as much as you like with your new site and perfect the new design without any downtime. DPG allows you to add the same images to multiple sites, so you can re-arrange your work as much as you like.
Once you're ready to go live, all you need to do is switch the domain name across and the change will be immediate.
Check here for a guide to [Switching Templates](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df9ed924-ac34-11e2-8a5a-f23c91703874).
---
## Why do DNS changes take time?
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/300b508a-da9e-11e2-88a5-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2016-08-16T12:50:51Z
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e9f532fc-63af-11e6-a485-e2fa661e35e8/fceab7cc-f97b-46f5-b7be-42cdaac6d1d6.mp4)
This video explains why DNS changes can take some time to show up.
---
## Can I run the Digital Photo Gallery from my own server?
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ed3671ea-ac0d-11e2-91f3-b8f6b11825bb
Last updated: 2013-04-25T19:27:45Z
Short answer. No. Long answer to follow.
---
## Camera Shutter Count
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/13e06fbc-2cbb-11ec-9c19-a6b40c8c6be6
Last updated: 2026-02-17T07:56:28Z
### What is Camera Shutter Count?
[Camera Shutter Count](https://www.camerashuttercount.com/) is a free online tool that tells you how many photos your camera has taken. This number is sometimes called the "shutter actuation count" or just "shutter count".
It works by reading the EXIF data stored inside your photo files. Most cameras record the shutter count in this data every time you take a photo.
> 💡 **Tip:** Camera Shutter Count is completely free. You do not need to create an account or sign up for anything.
### How to use it
* Take a photo with your camera
* Upload that photo to [camerashuttercount.com](https://www.camerashuttercount.com/)
* The tool reads the EXIF data and shows your shutter count
That's it. Your photo is not stored or shared - it is only used to read the shutter count, then discarded.
### Why can't I get a result?
Not all cameras store the shutter count in their photo files. If the tool can't find a shutter count, it usually means your camera model doesn't include this information in its EXIF data. This is common with some phone cameras and certain mirrorless models.
Try uploading a photo taken with a different camera to confirm the tool is working.
### Is this the same as Digital Photo Gallery?
No. Camera Shutter Count and Digital Photo Gallery are separate services built by the same team. Camera Shutter Count is a free standalone tool - you do not need a Digital Photo Gallery account to use it, and creating a DPG account will not help you find your shutter count.
If you are looking for your camera's shutter count, head to [camerashuttercount.com](https://www.camerashuttercount.com/). No sign-up needed.
---
## Getting started with Essential Portfolio
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7c1354ca-e16a-11ea-ac9c-3248f2465248
Last updated: 2021-08-09T15:18:33Z
In this four part video course you'll learn everything you need to build a portfolio website with the **Essential Portfolio** template.
You don't need any experience using DPG or building websites previously, so this is a perfect first project to introduce you to the system and teach you the basics of using your new account. I'll be taking you through every step of uploading your content, creating a website, organising your work, customising the design and finally launching your new site.
> 💡 **Tip:** In the videos we’ll be making a photography portfolio, but it’s simple to adjust the instructions if you’re working with video or other visual media like art or illustration. DPG supports all standard digital image files and both native and external video.
#### Contents
* [Part 1 - Uploading and creating a new site](#part-1-uploading-and-creating-a-new-site)
* [Part 2 - Organising your work with sets and pages](#part-2-organising-your-work-with-sets-and-pages)
* [Part 3 - All things Design ](#part-3-all-things-design)
* [Part 4 - Finishing touches and launching the site](#part-4-finishing-touches-and-launching-the-site)
### Before you begin
🧰 required tools & assets:
* You need a DPG account - this can be the free account, or you can [upgrade to the Standard plan](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) before getting started
* Some of your high resolution images to upload to your site
* It may be helpful to prepare any other assets such as logo files or information text for the About page ahead of time
📚 skill level: easy / beginner
Underneath each video tutorial you can find support article links relevant which you may find helpful for quick reference.
💌 **Got stuck?** Need any help or advice? Drop an email to [support@digitalphotogallery.com](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com?subject=Essential Portfolio Course) and we'll be happy to help you out!
### Part 1 - Uploading and creating a new site
[▶ Watch on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OqIcvFUHcfw)
Let's get started! In Part 1 we'll be looking at uploading images and creating your new Essential Portfolio site. By the end of this video you'll have a working website, ready to fill with your work and customise further. Not bad for under 10 minutes!
Reference materials:
* [Preparing your images for upload](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
* [The Upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Essential Portfolio - Examples and demos](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e2388ac8-3ab7-11e9-a265-eac5b11bc458)
* [Essential Portfolio - Template overview](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/58284310-8975-11ea-b882-8a29d2b8c452)
### Part 2 - Organising your work with sets and pages
[▶ Watch on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FB4hywPV5z0)
Part 2 is all about the content. We'll be looking at different ways to organise your site, by using sets and pages to create different sections and more complex gallery hierarchies.
Reference materials:
* [Creating sets](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/25fcb16e-aa1b-11e2-8405-d49a20fffecc)
* [Adding images to sets](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Removing images from sets](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8ec157aa-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Choosing the set cover image](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c044ed5a-ab37-11e2-8ffe-b8f6b11825bb)
* [Page types](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8482ed12-c097-11ea-bfbc-d6336a578750)
* [Gallery hierarchy](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/923f931c-9cd9-11e8-b6bf-3225061e24b0)
* [Adding pages](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/196bbd9e-ac1b-11e2-b218-f23c91703874)
* [Controlling navigation items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
* [Adding social icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4abdc864-b27a-11e2-9f9e-22b8e83b8e79)
* [Keyboard shortcuts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405)
### Part 3 - All things Design
[▶ Watch on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g_xK7N-W7k0)
In part 3 we'll tackle the Design section where you can choose from pre-set themes, or customise every single element to your heart's content without ever needing to edit any code.
Reference materials:
* [Gallery page styles](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5fe6811e-c202-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248)
* [Anatomy of the page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/188b93ee-c21c-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248)
* [Arranging media order in Design](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/89a756b4-b789-11ea-9771-3248f2465248)
* [Adding a logo](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/dc4c37f8-ad11-11e6-89d4-be279144b405)
* [Hiding set information](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb9dd1d0-b78f-11ea-9771-3248f2465248)
* [Using the lightbox](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3336b342-c102-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248)
* [Masonry layouts explained](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/99b44604-c137-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248)
* [Configuring the Splash page](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/475c0018-c1d7-11ea-8de0-3248f2465248)
### Part 4 - Finishing touches and launching the site
> 💡 **Tip:** You can use a free DPG domain on your site such as yourname.dpg.gallery. To use your own domain, [upgrade](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/cd57b2c6-ab7c-11e2-afc8-b8f6b11825bb) to a paid plan.
[▶ Watch on YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5CizxFG-iuQ)
Our site is almost done, so in this final part we'll look at a few final tasks such as adding policy text, meta description and website icons. With all that done, we'll add a public host and our site is ready to show to the world!
Reference materials:
* [Customising the Consent Banner](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a9354122-c1c9-11ea-9012-d6336a578750)
* [Adding website icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874)
* [Host types](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4)
* [Ask DPG support to configure a domain](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72bbc7e0-cbce-11e7-8025-d28524ac7d86)
### One last thing
We hope that you found this tutorial helpful and would love to hear any feedback you might have. Get in touch at [support@digitalphotogallery.com](mailto:support@digitalphotogallery.com?subject=Essential Portfolio Course) 👋👋👋
---
## Features and benefits
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1380d5e2-07ec-11e6-99c2-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2019-04-05T15:56:26Z
Digital Photo Gallery makes it easy for teams and organisations to work together on collaborative galleries.
Our powerful image management tools help to capture, organise, share and distribute photographs live from events.
From festivals to fashion shows, DPG allows you to centralise content from different photographers to display on the web in beautiful branded galleries.
### Websites for events
* Easy to create and maintain multiple websites for different events.
* Simple to use templates designed with events in mind.
* Completely customisable designs using our visual editor, or full HTML skins to integrate seamlessly into your existing site.
* Made to work beautifully on all devices from mobile to 5k display.
### Press Sites for distributing content
* Secure sites with logins for easy year-round access.
* User tracking, comprehensive statistics and invisible watermarking.
* Automatic image versions optimised for posting to social media, custom versions in your chosen size and aspect ratio.
* Built-in search.
### Team-focused workflow
* All Photographers need to do is shoot, keyword and upload straight from the event. Information is never lost and creators can concentrate on taking beautiful images.
* Full metadata support includes photo credits, to make sure that attribution is always easy and accurate.
* Set up rules for uploads to flag any problems as soon as they happen.
* Tailor the level of access allowed to each member of your team as needed.
### Image Archive
* Images are all in one place and categorised for easy access.
* Keyword tagging, automatic AI-powered tagging, full metadata support, and search, so you can always find what you’re looking for.
* Create zip archives to batch download or share.
### Advanced features
* full HTML website skins to seamlessly integrate into your existing site.
* API integration with sites and mobile apps.
### Established & supported
* Used by teams around the world since 2009 at world-class events, DPG pioneered live galleries at festivals.
* Extensive support guides to take you through every aspect of running an event gallery.
* We're always on hand to answer any question via our email support.
* Additional live support via Slack by request.
### Scales with your team
* Plans starting from £25 a month for small teams.
We work with a huge range of events, from small teams needing an image archive, to world-famous events with large teams of photographers over multiple years. We’ll make sure you have the right plan for your needs.
---
## Events to-do list for Admins
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/14fa7e02-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T20:17:37Z
Whether you're setting up your first DPG-powered event site or are already a regular, here are some things to do and consider.
### Setting up an account
**[Create an account](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e9f1a89e-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - if this is your first time using DPG, you'll need an account for your team or organisation. You can run multiple events and websites from the same account, or you may prefer to set up separate accounts for each event.
**[Set up billing](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/25107884-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - upgrade your account to access the full features, storage and bandwidth.
**[Set up Slack notifications](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4133473a-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - for larger teams, Slack integration allows you to easily monitor account activity from your users in real-time.
### Set up gallery websites
Once you have decided [which galleries you require](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c7d89144-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) and settled on your [workflow](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e8299844-0812-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4), you can create your websites.
**[Create a Public Gallery](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/80706c98-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - to display content for public browsing.
**[Create a Press Gallery](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/768a7610-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - a secure site with logins where users can download content.
**[Adding new sections](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7)** - after you've made your sites, add and configure any new pages and navigation items tailored to your content.
### Preparing for an event
**[Add users](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e5d735d2-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - each member of your team should have their own DPG login. Users can belong to multiple accounts, so existing DPG users can be added while new users can be invited to create their own login.
**[Configure users](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1881c75e-553e-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0)** - this includes creating metadata profiles for Photographers, bonding them to sets and setting up constant keywords. Other members of your team such as Picture Editors can also be restricted to sets specific to this event. You should check these user settings prior to each event.
### Rules, automation and settings
**[Set up duplicate handling](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9658d832-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - avoid duplicates in your account by setting up duplicate handling.
**[Image upload rules](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/06c2a4b6-528d-11e6-813c-7678d470c6e0)** - image upload rules can help detect potential issues with new uploads, such as images without metadata or those in the wrong size or format.
**[Set the time days begin](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/80daebd8-5b6e-11e7-9cb9-76c92ec7a447)** - if your event runs into the night, you can choose what time the day "starts", preventing images from past midnight showing up in the wrong day's section in your gallery.
**[Set up watermarks](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9db6f40a-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - set up automatic watermarking of images.
**[Serial number matching](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1bac86fc-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - for events with one central editor doing all the uploading, DPG can match serial numbers of cameras to Photographer metadata profiles and create correct Photographer credits.
### Briefing your team
Whether your team is experienced with DPG or using it for the first time, it's a good idea to provide them with a brief. This should include a definitive list of [keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6b8fd1a4-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) to use and the format for any titles or captions they should enter. You may want to decide on a file naming convention and suggest the [sizes and compression level](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9a8f3baa-9170-11e7-8d41-76c92ec7a447) of images.
Make sure that each user has access to the event account. Ask all Photographers to upload a test image to check that things like metadata and export settings are set up correctly and that everyone is bonded to the correct set prior to the start of the event.
You may find the following articles useful to share with your Photographers:
**[Guide for Photographers](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b1d0b864-8452-11e7-bf83-3e1faff2bde0)** - Everything Photographers need to know to get started.
**[Syncing camera times](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/418fa21c-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** - Photographers should check that their camera date and time settings are correct before every event.
**[Keywords for photographers](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/adf0cc9e-a94f-11e7-b63d-02616046d57b)** - our guide to using keywords in DPG. You should also provide your Photographers with a list of keywords to use.
**[Image export settings](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9a8f3baa-9170-11e7-8d41-76c92ec7a447)** - our suggested export settings for Photographers.
---
## Public Gallery vs. Press Gallery
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c7d89144-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T20:20:38Z
DPG allows you to make all kinds of sites, but using our tailored templates and page collections, we’ve made it really easy to make two specific types for events - we call them **Public Galleries** and **Press Galleries**.
Both types use keywords to organise content, let you create new pages and sections specific to your event and can be easily customised as much or as little as you like. Both use key DPG features to make uploading and organising images in a team as simple as possible.
The main difference between them lies in the function of the gallery to the visitors.
### Public Galleries
A Public Gallery is made to showcase your images to a wide audience. It might be a standalone site set up for the event, or part of your existing website at your own domain.
It's a great way to share content with the people who attended the event, as well as showcasing it to a new audience in the future.
The design of the site can be completely customised from a simple logo to a full HTML skin to match your existing web presence.
Use different page types such as [Photo Stories](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6251f08e-4a18-11e6-801b-7678d470c6e0) to curate your best content into show-stopping Highlights galleries.}
{detail:21d38a96-bfdc-11e7-b017-1e21557f5317
Use automatic watermarks to protect your images or emphasise your brand.}
### Press Galleries
Press Galleries are ideal for distributing content to - as the name suggests - press and the media. They’re also used by teams internally, such as to share content with social media teams.
{detail:09b8c8e8-b84a-11e7-8527-d658663aa1e7
Once signed up, they can download images in a variety of versions (such as for Instagram).
All downloads are tracked and encoded with the user who downloaded them.}
* You can moderate and approve user signups.
* You can create special download versions, in your chosen size or aspect ratio.
{detail:36098838-bfd9-11e7-a89a-d658663aa1e7
---
## Workflow
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e8299844-0812-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T20:43:05Z
Depending on the type of event and the size of your team, there are several options for running your collaborative event sites with DPG.
### Presenting your content
You can choose whether to create a **Public Gallery**, a secure **Press Gallery** with user logins, or **both**. Read more about [Public vs. Press Galleries here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c7d89144-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4).
Photographers can be bonded to multiple sets so that their images are automatically added to several sites on upload.
### Content moderation
Images can be uploaded to go live on the site immediately or can be selectively added by a moderator.
Here are two common ways of using DPG for events:
* Photographers are bonded to website sets, uploading their images directly to the live site without moderation.
* Photographers upload their images into an internal set. An editor or moderator selects their chosen content to add to the live website set.
You may even want to use different approaches for Public and Press galleries for the same event. For example, you could choose to have all images upload directly to the live Press Site, but curate a smaller selection to add to the Public Gallery.
### API
DPG also allows you to pull in images to your site or app via our [API](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/c2cdaf84-eed6-11e2-8302-22b8e83b8e79).
---
## Create account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e9f1a89e-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T21:06:00Z
### Register for an invite
Fill in the form [here](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/register) to register for a new account invitation for your event or organisation. Please clearly state that you are signing up to use DPG as a team or company and we'll get in touch with your invite code very shortly.
Alternatively, you can contact us by email at support@digitalphotogallery.com
### Create your account
Once you have received your invitation code, you can [create your account](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/signup).
---
## Upgrade account
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/25107884-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2022-02-01T10:28:38Z
Once you are ready to upgrade your account, head to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/), where you can subscribe via PayPal.
> 💡 **Tip:** To compare different plans and their features and allowances, see [Plans compared](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/784bf104-ef23-11e6-a9af-6e61028599f7). Teams and organisations usually start their subscription with the **Advanced** plan.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/d46bb93c-81c8-11e7-800a-2e80af156eae/e8a157ea-81c8-11e7-800a-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Click **Manage** from your [Admin](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/) dashboard and log into [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com) with your username and password. Click the cog icon to manage the account.
Select the **Payments** and **Subscription** tabs. You can now choose your plan, add billing information and select a payment method.
---
## User and Admin roles
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d3a12f18-096b-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T17:33:07Z
When you make your DPG account, you simultaneously create a user and an account. This master user will control the account settings such as billing and user management. It is also the only user who can permanently delete the account.
Your DPG account can also have multiple additional users added to it. These users can have different roles and permissions, which you can define based on the level of control they need.
When you log in to [Accounts](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/), click the cog icon to view the users with access to the account.}
Clicking the cog icon in the **Permissions** column allows you to view the user permissions in detail.
### Users vs. Admins
While the master user who owns the account will always have full control of it, additional users can be added as **Users** or **Admins**:
* Users can see, edit and delete only the images they uploaded themselves. This is a good option for team members who will contribute content to your account, such as Photographers.
* Admins can see, edit and delete any images in the account, as well as edit all other settings including those for websites. This is the correct role for picture editors, developers and other members of the team who need to access all content and advanced settings.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Only trusted members of your team should be made into Admins. An Admin has access to all live websites and can edit and permanently delete content in your content.
---
## Adding users
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e5d735d2-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2026-02-17T14:13:02Z
Each member of your team who will be contributing to your DPG-powered event should have their own login.
Those who already have a DPG account are added using their username, while brand new users can be invited to DPG using their email. Before starting, make sure you have their usernames or emails to hand.
### Log in to Accounts
> ⚠️ **Warning:** If you're not the owner of the account, you need to be added to the account and have the **User management** permissions enabled for your own username before you can add others. The account owner can control all the user permissions by logging into Accounts.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1b3efe86-553d-11e7-9d2b-8ef06f2f9be6/2ac2e3a4-553d-11e7-9d2b-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Visit [accounts.digitalphotogallery.com](https://accounts.digitalphotogallery.com/) and log in.
### Select the account to manage
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/09f0e880-55cc-11e7-978e-8ef06f2f9be6/18fcf972-55cc-11e7-978e-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
The accounts screen may show several of your accounts, click the cog to manage the relevant account. You will now see the account overview screen.
### Adding and inviting users
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/093e4f26-55cd-11e7-90ca-8ef06f2f9be6/17ebf370-55cd-11e7-90ca-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
If the team member already has a DPG account then add them by entering their username or DPG account email under the **Add** tab.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/44a4cde0-55cf-11e7-a672-2e80af156eae/542165ee-55cf-11e7-a672-2e80af156eae.mp4)
If the team member is new to DPG, you can invite them to sign up for a free account under the **Invite** tab.
You'll see any pending invites on the **Pending** screen.}
autoplay
To change a user's role, click the cog icon from the user list view. Choose **admin** or **user** from the dropdown and click **Update**.
> 💡 **Tip:** It's a good idea to look over the list of users regularly and remove anyone who should not have access to the account.
### Removing users
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/38e5dc82-cac6-11ea-987a-6e50fb6d292e/3b0cc944-cac6-11ea-987a-6e50fb6d292e.mp4)
To remove a user, select the account to manage from the accounts screen and click the cog icon. Go to the **Users** tab and find the user to remove. Click the ✕ icon to remove the user from the account.
---
## Configuring users
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1881c75e-553e-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2020-02-04T20:19:11Z
Once you've [added users](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e5d735d2-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) to the account, you can configure their accounts to best take advantage of DPG's various features.
For events, there are usually two types of users:
* photographers or other content creators who upload content. These will usually be **Users**.
* editors, administrators, technical support staff and other internal users with permissions to access the entire account. These will usually be **Admins**.
### Creating metadata profiles for photographers
Photographers uploading content into the gallery will need a metadata profile. This allows you to enter their contact and copyright information and will be attached to their uploaded images, and used for credits and statistics.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/eb79c400-56a5-11e7-bbf6-8ef06f2f9be6/ff171f80-56a5-11e7-bbf6-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
You should [create a metadata profile for each](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/04e04d18-ab85-11e2-9666-b8f6b11825bb) user from the admin [upload screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/upload).
> 💡 **Tip:** Metadata profile links to photographers' websites need an http:// or https:// prefix to work correctly.
Once you've added a new metadata profile, you'll see it in the dropdown menu on the upload screen.}
### Configuring users
Once you've added users to your event account and created metadata profiles for them, you should now set up the defaults for each user.
autoplay
In the **Users** tab you can see all the users added to the account.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5cf817b4-56bd-11e7-9700-2e80af156eae/6a97f10a-56bd-11e7-9700-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Find the relevant user and select their metadata profile from the dropdown menu.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/70f26c9e-56ca-11e7-b0ac-8ef06f2f9be6/7e6f3bc2-56ca-11e7-b0ac-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
To avoid confusion when users are uploading images you can bond any user to one or more sets, so they never have to choose where images should go. To select multiple sets see our article on [keyboard shortcuts](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b6917b6e-649f-11e6-974d-be279144b405).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/4a030d9a-56cb-11e7-ae6b-2e80af156eae/56bdcf84-56cb-11e7-ae6b-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Turn on **Read metadata**.
* **Lock uploads to** - prevents user from choosing any other sets on upload.
* **Restrict adding to** - prevents user from adding uploaded images to any other sets once they're in the system.
### Constant keywords
You can also add 'Constant keywords' which will be added to each upload automatically.
Here are some sample constant keywords, you can adjust as you wish:
```
festival:Port Eliot Festival 2019, photographer:<% Creator %>, day:<% Day %>
```
> 💡 **Tip:** DPG has several [dynamic keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/15821148-6a12-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405) like day:<% Day %> which will auto-populate themselves with the correct data by retrieving values from the metadata of an image.
### Suggested user configuration
Lucy is a photographer.}
{detail:2315d1cc-5da6-11e7-9004-2e80af156eae
---
## Image upload rules
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/06c2a4b6-528d-11e6-813c-7678d470c6e0
Last updated: 2017-11-21T21:23:08Z
Image upload rules allow you to detect potential issues with new image uploads and prevent common problems, such as uploading images without metadata or those in the wrong size or format.
You have full control of the rules, so you can detect any issues which are relevant to your gallery.
Configure your rules on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#image_uploads).
Rules can be used to log the relevant issues to Slack or be reported directly to the photographer on their upload screen.
[Download: imageuploadrules.zip](http://media.digitalphotogallery.com/hyqelgcvfopo/downloads/imageuploadrules.zip) — To get you started here are our recommended image rules for events which you can download, unzip and import.
---
## Setting up duplicate handling
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9658d832-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T21:21:49Z
Duplicate detection allows you to choose how duplicate files are handled by DPG. Duplicates happen if a photographer mistakenly uploads the same file more than once, or if they make changes to a file and instead of [replacing](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f8d59a78-5521-11e7-8ea6-76c92ec7a447) it, add it to the upload queue again.
We recommend that you enable duplicate image detection with the settings below. This will prevent accidental duplicates in your gallery, while making sure that only the most recently uploaded version of the file is kept in the account.
### Turning on Duplicate Handling
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1f6fd7e6-a48e-11e7-a434-3a377cb6afa6/2e123690-a48e-11e7-a434-3a377cb6afa6.mp4)
Go to the **[Settings](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_duplicates)** screen and select the **Images** then **Duplicates** tab.
Suggested settings for accounts running events.
### Settings explained
* **Action: none**
Duplicate detection is turned off and images will upload as normal.
* **Action: Remove previous**
This removes the previous matches to an image, replacing it with the latest upload.
> 💡 **Tip:** For events, **Remove previous** is the best option as you'll likely want the newest version of a file.
* **Action: Retain previous**
This will ignore new uploads which match an existing file.
* **Checksum**
DPG looks at the file being uploaded and calculates a checksum, if the checksum matches another then the file is a 100% match - the same file size, resolution, a perfect copy. This option can help stop users accidentally uploading the same image twice.
* **EXIF**
DPG looks at the time the image was taken and which camera was used. It doesn’t look at things like file size, so it’s useful if a user does a re-edit of an image or when replacing low-resolution images with the full res. This is best used with the **Remove previous** action so that you’ll only ever have the most up-to-date edit in the system.
---
## Setting the time days start
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/80daebd8-5b6e-11e7-9cb9-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-11-21T21:19:06Z
If your event runs into the night over several days, you should adjust the time the day "starts".
For example, by default images shot at 2am on Saturday and configured to have a dynamic **day:<% Day %>** keyword will show day:Saturday. You may however want this content to be part of the Friday keyword instead.
Go to the **[Settings](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#account)** screen and select the **Account** tab. Choose the time your day should start and click update.
> 💡 **Tip:** This setting will only affect the dynamic **<% Day %>** keyword. It will not change the EXIF data or display time of any images.
---
## Serial number matching
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1bac86fc-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T21:18:23Z
> 💡 **Tip:** If everyone on your team is uploading images themselves via their own account, then you can skip this step. They should choose their own metadata profile on the upload screen and bonding serial numbers is not necessary.
If you are running an event with one central editor who is uploading all the images, then you should enable serial number recognition. This will match the serial number of the photographer with their metadata profile, and attribute the correct photo credits to the images.
### Bonding camera profiles
To start with, upload an image from each of the camera bodies being used at the event to the account.
Go to the review screen and click on the **i** information icon to see **Image Information**. You will see the serial number of each image listed here. }
{detail:50dd6d5a-adf5-11e7-a1ce-6210b48a5672
You'll now see the serial number bonded to their profile.}
> 💡 **Tip:** Each Metadata profile can have multiple serial numbers, so repeat this process for every camera belonging to the photographer.
{detail:6b537350-adf5-11e7-a4f2-6210b48a5672
---
## Watermarks
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9db6f40a-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-02T14:04:40Z
If you'd like to add watermarks to your images you can follow [this guide](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c55a7f50-ac07-11e2-8a0d-b8f6b11825bb).
---
## Slack notifications
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4133473a-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-20T21:17:02Z
If you are running a photography team of 2 or more members we highly recommend that you use our Slack integration.
This will allow you to easily keep up with activity from all of the members on your team, help you spot mistakes early and track many kinds of website user activity such as Press Site sign-ups and image downloads.
To setup Slack integration follow our guide [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/17eae8f2-0be3-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4).
---
## Syncing camera times
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/418fa21c-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-09T13:14:46Z
Before photographers begin shooting, they should always ensure that all cameras are set to the correct time. The date and time captured is used to display images in chronological order and to set day keywords, so it's important to get this right.
> 💡 **Tip:** Be sure to check that daylight saving time or time zone settings are also set correctly and consistently across all cameras.
### Validating camera times
If you find that your team forgets to check camera times, you can enable the option to [validate camera times](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6114f660-89ac-11e7-84b6-76c92ec7a447) on first upload.
### Correcting time on uploaded images
In the event that a camera is out of sync with the rest of the team and images have been uploaded with the incorrect date or time, you can
[shift the Exif time](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f8a4332e-18af-11e7-809f-7a458206432c).
---
## Guide for Photographers
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b1d0b864-8452-11e7-bf83-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-11-14T21:52:35Z
Everything Photographers need to know to get started at an event using DPG.}
### Contents:
* [Your first time using DPG?](#your-first-time-using-dpg)
* [Account setup](#account-setup)
* [Workflow](#workflow)
* [Keywords](#keywords)
* [Before an event](#before-an-event)
* [Switching to event account](#switching-to-event-account)
* [Uploading](#uploading)
* [Managing your images](#managing-your-images)
### Your first time using DPG?
DPG is an image management platform used by teams and organisations to power websites for their events. During or after an event, photographers upload their high resolution images into the system, where they are displayed in online galleries, used in-house or distributed to the press.
### Account setup
If you're new to DPG:
* You'll receive an email inviting you to Digital Photo Gallery. Follow the instructions in the email to create your free account. Try uploading and viewing some test images in your account to get familiar with the system.
If you're already a DPG user:
* Your event contact will need your DPG account email or username to add you to the event account.
> 💡 **Tip:** As a user, you will have access to upload, view, edit and delete only your own images inside the event account.
### Workflow
You should be uploading full resolution images. We suggest using Adobe Lightroom to edit and process your photos and add keywords, before exporting and uploading to DPG.
Your event contact may give you specific instructions regarding file dimensions and export settings, as well as a list of keywords to use.
You can see our suggested export settings [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9a8f3baa-9170-11e7-8d41-76c92ec7a447).
### Keywords
Keywords are a way of adding information to your images, which makes them easier to find via search and groups them together for things like artists or stages. Keywords are also used by DPG to automatically create titles and gallery sections, so it's important to get them right.
There are two ways to keyword your images - inside your image editing software before exporting or within DPG.
#### Read more:
* [Keywords for Photographers](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/adf0cc9e-a94f-11e7-b63d-02616046d57b)
### Before an event
* Check that your camera time is correct. You should do this before every event, as daylight savings time or travel can easily move the time out of alignment. The correct time is important as it will affect the chronological order of images in the website gallery.
* Check that your editing software export profiles are not stripping metadata and exporting with the correct settings.
### Switching to event account
Go to https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com
Once your images are uploaded, you can review them, add and remove keywords and replace or delete images using the sidebar on the right.
---
## Keywords for Photographers
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/adf0cc9e-a94f-11e7-b63d-02616046d57b
Last updated: 2020-01-07T23:01:19Z
Keywords are a way of adding information to images, both for internal categorisation and to provide structure to website galleries. You can add keywords in your editing software such as Lightroom, or in DPG after uploading.
You should be provided with a list of keywords to use for your event. Read on to learn more about how keywords work.
### Namespaced keywords
Namespaced keywords are used to group together keywords of the same type, such as artists, areas or events.
This example shows an image with **artist:** and **stage:** keywords.
### Namespaced keyword conventions
Namespaced keywords use this format:
```
namespace:Item
```
* The namespace should always be lowercase followed by a colon (:), e.g. **artist:** or **stage:**
* There should be no space before or after the :, e.g. **artist:Coldplay** not **artist : Coldplay**
* The item after the namespace should be written in standard case e.g. **day:Saturday**
* Multiple namespaced keywords can be added, separated by a comma
For example, a band called Grey Sheep on the Main Stage would be keyworded as:
```
artist:Grey Sheep, stage:Main Stage
```
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Keywords are case-sensitive so artist:Lana Del Rey is different from artist:LANA DEL REY. Inconsistent capitalisation will result in duplicate keywords showing up in the gallery.
### Simple keywords
You may also have some individual keywords to use, such as **People** or **Atmosphere**. These don't have a namespace prefix, but otherwise can be used in the same way and should be separated by commas.
You can include both simple and namespaced keywords in a string separated by a comma:
```
area:The Secret Garden, Atmosphere, People
```
### Automatic keywords
On the **Upload** screen you may see that some keywords will be added to your images automatically.}
{detail:1fa959ec-a954-11e7-a29f-3a377cb6afa6
### Adding keywords in Adobe Lightroom
You can add keywords in Lightroom by entering them (separated by a comma) in the **Keywording** panel before exporting. When uploading your images to DPG, make sure that **Get details from image metadata** is turned on on the upload screen.
You can also add or remove keywords [using the DPG interface](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb).
### Examples
Double check spelling and copy/paste rather than typing by hand.
✅ artist:Kendrick Lamar
❌ artist:Kendrik Lamarr
- - -
The case and spelling should be correct, if you're not sure, check the list provided to you.
✅ artist:Bring Me The Horizon
❌ artist:Bring me the horizn
- - -
There is no space between artist: and the name of the artist
✅ artist:Skepta
❌ artist: Skepta
- - -
Multiple keywords should be separated by a comma.
✅ artist:Dua Lipa, stage:Main stage
❌ artist:Dua Lipa stage:Main stage
- - -
Names with special characters or stylised capitalisation should be entered as such:
✅ artist:BØRNS
❌ artist:Borns
- - -
Keywords such as artists, stages, events and areas should always have the correct namespace before them.
✅ event:Hula Hooping Workshop, area:The Barn
❌ Hula Hooping Workshop, The Barn
---
## Image export settings
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9a8f3baa-9170-11e7-8d41-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-10-20T20:16:01Z
These are our suggested image export settings for events. Unless otherwise briefed by your event contact, we recommend always uploading in **full resolution** (you can read about image compression and file size [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce9d3a34-d611-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)).
Other settings to take careful note of are **Colour Space** and **Metadata**.
| Suggested settings | |
|-----------------------------------------------|:----------------------:|
| Image format | JPEG |
| Quality (Lightroom) | 85 |
| Quality (Photoshop) | 9 |
| Colour Space / Colour profile | sRGB |
| Metadata | Include all metadata |
| Image Sizing | Full resolution |
### Exporting from Adobe Lightroom
Here are the suggested settings as seen in the Lightroom export window.
### Exporting from Adobe Photoshop
> ⚠️ **Warning:** When exporting images from Photoshop, use the **File** > **Save As** command. Using **Save for Web** or **Export** will strip important metadata.
Make sure **Embed colour profile: sRGB** is ticked.}
{detail:f3007482-a946-11e7-b785-3a377cb6afa6
---
## Setting up a Public Gallery
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/80706c98-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-16T23:43:10Z
In this guide we'll go through the steps to create and configure a new gallery for an event such as a music festival.
Unlike the [press site](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5dde540-8376-11e7-8b00-76c92ec7a447), this gallery is meant to be accessed by the public and includes sharing options to social media.
You can customise the design as much or as little as you like, from adding a simple logo to a full HTML skin to match your current web presence exactly. Like all DPG sites, it can also use your own domain name to seamlessly integrate into your existing website.
### Contents:
* [Create the site](#create-the-site)
* [Fill in header and page title text](#fill-in-header-and-page-title-text)
* [Add a logo and customise site design](#add-a-logo-and-customise-site-design)
* [Add a header image](#add-a-header-image)
* [Add website icons](#add-website-icons)
* [Upload and add test images](#upload-and-add-test-images)
* [Preview your site on the web](#preview-your-site-on-the-web)
* [Add social media icons](#add-social-media-icons)
* [Google Analytics](#google-analytics)
* [Add a public host or use your own domain name](#add-a-public-host-or-use-your-own-domain-name)
* [Next steps](#next-steps)
> 💡 **Tip:** This guide uses the music festival page collection, which will create pre-configured keyword pages and navigation for *Artists*, *Stages*, *Days* and *People*. If your event requires a different set of pages and keywords, follow the guide then see [Adding new sections](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7).
### Create the site
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/333ae718-b45e-11e7-acf9-d658663aa1e7/449d1968-b45e-11e7-acf9-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Scroll to the **Modern Narrative** template. Under the configuration options choose **Music Festival Public Gallery [Switchable]**. Select an initial theme and layout (this can be changed later). Click **Create** and give your site a name.
If your site is for an annual event you can optionally add a year **Page Group**, which will make the addition of future pages much easier.
Click **Advanced Options** and in the **Page group** section enter the current year or season, for example **2017**. Click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
### Fill in header and page title text
{video:c663ff92-b45f-11e7-9b29-1e21557f5317
Once the site has been created you can replace the default text with your own information.
### Add a logo and customise site design
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9002b968-b462-11e7-be7a-1e21557f5317/9ded0484-b462-11e7-be7a-1e21557f5317.mp4)
From website overview screen, click **Edit Design**. Here you can change the base theme and layout, as well as other design elements on the page.
To add a logo, click on **Design**, select **Header** and choose a logo file to upload. You can change the size of the logo on the page by using the **Scale** option.
> 💡 **Tip:** If possible, use an SVG or PNG file for your logo. The recommended minimum width for the logo image is 2048px, which will be scaled for all devices automatically.
You can also make any other adjustments to design elements, colours and fonts in the **Design** section.
### Add a header image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9ff7a618-b4e3-11e7-8d43-1e21557f5317/b5c5f1a2-b4e3-11e7-8d43-1e21557f5317.mp4)
Another easy way to personalise the gallery is to add a header image. From the **Design** tab select **Topbar** and choose a header image to upload. You can toggle between desktop and mobile view to see how your design will look on different devices.
> 💡 **Tip:** Use a high resolution image with a standard 3:2 aspect ratio. DPG will optimise the image on upload and make sure that it looks great across all devices.
### Add website icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/1c57d306-b4e2-11e7-bbb5-d658663aa1e7/2b0598ac-b4e2-11e7-bbb5-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
You can add common [website icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874) in the side panel of the website overview screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** For best results your icon should be in PNG format and a minimum of 512px across, apart from the Pinned Site icon which must be an SVG file.
### Upload and add test images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/6c8f49ac-b4de-11e7-b2ae-d658663aa1e7/7e9fda80-b4de-11e7-b2ae-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Making your site creates corresponding sets in the image admin. [Add some content](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) to the **Gallery** set to see how it looks on the site using the [image management tools](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/c7ecc5f2-aa90-11e2-b3c5-b8f6b11825bb).
If you don't have any images in your account yet, go to the [upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb) to add some.
### Preview your site on the web
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/fb911f54-b4e3-11e7-995f-d658663aa1e7/0c2ae688-b4e4-11e7-995f-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Click the **Visit** button to see your site live on the testing host address. The test images you added to the *Gallery* set should now appear here.
### Add social media icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0f4f609c-b4e8-11e7-8100-d658663aa1e7/1f9a1956-b4e8-11e7-8100-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Go to **Content** and **Social** to add your social media links to the footer.
You can also add information to the footer of the gallery by going to **Contents** and **Footer**.}
> 💡 **Tip:** You can change the appearance of the footer items in the **Design** section.
### Google Analytics
DPG collects a number of [statistics and analytics](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/a7435036-096b-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) automatically, but you can also add Google Analytics to your site.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
{detail:c882103e-82b4-11e7-b419-2e80af156eae
> 💡 **Tip:** DPG automatically contains the code to enable demographics and interests reports, so you can [enable](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/2819948?hl=en) that feature if it is useful to you.
### Add a public host or use your own domain name
Before you launch your site you should always add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4). Public hosts are indexed by search engines and content served from a public host loads faster in browsers. A public host could be [your own domain name](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d5598eb2-ac59-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc) or one of our free dpg.gallery or festival.gallery addresses.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The testing dpg.cc address is uncached, so it's useful for checking when you've made any changes to the site, as they will appear immediately. The dpg.cc address should not publicly shared.
### Next steps
* [Adding new sections](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7) - add, edit or replace the keyword pages
* [Preparing for a live event - DPG preparation](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/a763b05e-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)
* [Preparing for a live event - Team preparation](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/0ee5640a-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)
---
## Create Facebook app
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/b8abe970-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-16T23:29:42Z
In order to use the Facebook social sharing button and comment features on your site you should [create a Facebook App ID](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/68eae2f2-5534-11e7-bddd-3e1faff2bde0) and add it to your site.
You can follow Facebook's guide [here](https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register/).
---
## Add Twitter handles to website
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e0cca20e-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-16T23:45:17Z
Twitter is supported in mutiple ways, you can add your handle to the main site image blocks and also turn on [Twitter Cards](https://developer.twitter.com/en/docs/tweets/optimize-with-cards/overview/abouts-cards) for images.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5dde540-8376-11e7-8b00-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:23:09Z
A DPG Press Site is an easy way to create a standalone website for image delivery from an event such as a festival, concert or fashion show. It can display work by a single photographer or team and is ideal for distributing content to press and media.
The "Switchable" page layout allows visitors to switch between tiled masonry view and large image stream, to easily browse through the available content. It works across all devices, allowing them to access and download files on the go.
The site automatically creates image versions (such as those sized for Web and Instagram) for users to download.
Photographer credits are automatically generated from image metadata on upload, so that images can always be credited correctly.}
{detail:96218c28-8372-11e7-89d0-2e80af156eae
Pre-configured keyword pages make it easy to organise content - photographers just need to add keywords to their images, no arranging necessary.
It's simple to add new pages and sections using your own keywords. }
{detail:b2f1cc8a-8379-11e7-b651-2e80af156eae
You can see a live demo of this site [here](https://press.festival.gallery/). For your convenience, the demo site is not behind a secure login.
---
## Setting up a Press Site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/768a7610-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-08-18T17:57:24Z
In this guide we'll go through the steps needed to create and set up a new [press site](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a5dde540-8376-11e7-8b00-76c92ec7a447) - a standalone gallery with image download options, protected by individual user logins.
### Contents:
* [Create the site](#create-the-site)
* [Fill in header and page title text](#fill-in-header-and-page-title-text)
* [Add a logo and customise site design](#add-a-logo-and-customise-site-design)
* [Add a header image](#add-a-header-image)
* [Add website icons](#add-website-icons)
* [Upload and add test images](#upload-and-add-test-images)
* [Preview your site on the web](#preview-your-site-on-the-web)
* [Enable user logins](#enable-user-logins)
* [Add set text](#add-set-text)
* [Google Analytics](#google-analytics)
* [Add a public host or use your own domain name](#add-a-public-host-or-use-your-own-domain-name)
* [Next steps](#next-steps)
> 💡 **Tip:** This guide uses the music festival page collection, which will create pre-configured keyword pages and navigation for *Artists*, *Stages*, *Days* and *People*. If your event requires a different set of pages and keywords, follow the guide then see [Adding new sections](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7).
### Create the site
Visit the [websites screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/websites), click on the **New site** tab.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9f614716-81d2-11e7-8449-8ef06f2f9be6/b2472670-81d2-11e7-8449-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Scroll to the **Modern Narrative** template. Under the configuration options choose **Music Festival Press Gallery [Switchable]**. Select an initial theme and layout (this can be changed later). Click **Create** and give your site a name.
If your site is for an annual event you can optionally add a year **Page Group**, which will make the addition of future pages much easier.
Click **Advanced Options** and in the **Page group** section enter the current year or season, for example **2017**. Click **OK**.
### Wait for the site to be created
The new site may take a few minutes to build. Please be patient and stay on the screen while it does.}
### Fill in header and page title text
{video:69a44946-820b-11e7-be9e-8ef06f2f9be6
Once the site has been created you can replace the default text with your own information.
### Add a logo and customise site design
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/99f3d4ce-8295-11e7-86ab-8ef06f2f9be6/a83120c8-8295-11e7-86ab-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
From website overview screen, click **Edit Design**. Here you can change the base theme and layout, as well as other design elements on the page.
To add a logo, click on **Design**, select **Header** and choose a logo file to upload. You can change the size of the logo on the page by using the **Scale** option.
> 💡 **Tip:** If possible, use an SVG or PNG file for your logo. The recommended minimum width for the logo image is 2048px, which will be scaled for all devices automatically.
You can also make any other adjustments to design elements, colours and fonts in the **Design** section.
### Add a header image
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b353198a-829e-11e7-96ef-2e80af156eae/c2a9bf24-829e-11e7-96ef-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Another easy way to personalise the gallery is to add a header image. From the **Design** tab select **Topbar** and choose a header image to upload. You can toggle between desktop and mobile view to see how your design will look on different devices.
> 💡 **Tip:** Use a high resolution image with a standard 3:2 aspect ratio. DPG will optimise the image on upload and make sure that it looks great across all devices.
### Add website icons
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e7bfba06-829f-11e7-b28c-8ef06f2f9be6/f79ef0ae-829f-11e7-b28c-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
You can add common [website icons](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a675335e-ac1c-11e2-a89f-f23c91703874) in the side panel of the website overview screen.
> 💡 **Tip:** For best results your icon should be in PNG format and a minimum of 512px across, apart from the Pinned Site icon which must be an SVG file.
### Upload and add test images
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c2eb99c8-82a1-11e7-b9d2-8ef06f2f9be6/d2df41a4-82a1-11e7-b9d2-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Making your site creates corresponding sets in the image admin. [Add some content](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b889c02-ab37-11e2-afa4-b8f6b11825bb) to the **Gallery** set to see how it looks on the site using the [image management tools](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/c7ecc5f2-aa90-11e2-b3c5-b8f6b11825bb).
If you don't have any images in your account yet, go to the [upload screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/304db388-ab34-11e2-aeb3-b8f6b11825bb) to add some.
### Preview your site on the web
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/10fe6bd0-82a3-11e7-a162-2e80af156eae/2228aad8-82a3-11e7-a162-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Click the **Visit** button to see your site live on the testing host address. The test images you added to the *Gallery* set should now appear here, along with their download options.
### Enable user logins
It's a good idea to place any sites with downloads enabled behind a secure login. This will allow you to restrict access only to visitors who create a username and password.
Not only does this keep your images safe, it lets you track user downloads and view a number of useful statistics. All files will also be uniquely encoded so that they can be traced back to the user that downloaded them.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5ea023ca-82ac-11e7-ba8b-2e80af156eae/70164ed6-82ac-11e7-ba8b-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Go to the **Security** tab and click **Options**. Switch the **Enable log in** toggle to the on position and click the **Update** button.
Go to the **Restricted URLs** tab and create a new restricted url. Type **/** in the URL box to restrict the entire site from the homepage, then click the **OK** button.
Once you've secured the site, you'll need to make a login for yourself too, as this is separate from your DPG login.
> 💡 **Tip:** By default users are able to sign up, verify their email address and immediately access the site with their login. You can turn on **Require activation by admin** if you want the ability to approve each signup before the user can access the site.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f6345fa6-82b3-11e7-a74c-8ef06f2f9be6/0516296e-82b4-11e7-a74c-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
After you've enabled logins, you may want to add a background image to the login screen. Go to **Design** > **User Screens** > **Background** and upload a high res image or choose a background colour.
### Add set text
You can [add text](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f7953c62-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) to provide visitors with information about your site, such as image usage rights and contact details.}
### Google Analytics
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
{detail:c882103e-82b4-11e7-b419-2e80af156eae
### Add a public host or use your own domain name
Before you launch your site you should always add a [public host](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/acf006a6-f69b-11e5-a5da-16474ff850f4). Public hosts are indexed by search engines and content served from a public host loads faster in browsers. A public host could be [your own domain name](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d5598eb2-ac59-11e2-9f92-d49a20fffecc) or one of our free dpg.gallery or festival.gallery addresses.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The testing dpg.cc address is uncached, so it's useful for checking when you've made any changes to the site, as they will appear immediately. The dpg.cc address should not publicly shared.
### Next steps
* [Adding new sections](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7) - add, edit or replace the keyword pages
* [Preparing for a live event - DPG preparation](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/a763b05e-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)
* [Preparing for a live event - Team preparation](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/0ee5640a-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)
---
## Updating set description text
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f7953c62-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-19T16:31:29Z
You can add text to press sites to provide users with information, and use HTML to create links to other sites or email addresses.
Navigate to the main **Gallery** set for your website. The easiest way to get there is from the website screen.}
{detail:e268241e-16f0-11e7-9b54-02daa0202684
Here is an example:
---
## Custom download versions
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8a9f8b0c-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-10T15:42:34Z
Press sites include some download image profiles by default.
You can add as many additional profiles as you like, with different aspect ratio crops, image dimensions or other properties.}
> ⚠️ **Warning:** It's a good idea to create your image profiles before the event begins, as doing so once images are already uploaded and added to the set can take a long time.
### Creating a new profile
Before creating a new profile, you need to find the unique ID for the correct gallery page. In this example, we're adding a new profile to the 2018 gallery.
{video:f0518ebe-ad43-11e7-b20b-6210b48a5672
From **Pages** click to **Edit** the 2018 Gallery page. Select the **Content** tab and you will see the **Unique ID**.
Copy this or write it down, you'll need it when creating your new download profile.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/a8011efa-adc4-11e7-a7dc-c60f3f8f2cfd/b5b467a0-adc4-11e7-a7dc-c60f3f8f2cfd.mp4)
Now go to the gallery set for this page and open the **Image profiles** panel.
Give your new profile a name and choose your desired settings, such as aspect ratio, dimensions and quality. Under **Advanced Options** enter the **Unique ID** you copied earlier and click **Create**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/f286135c-adcb-11e7-9f8b-c60f3f8f2cfd/0388585e-adcc-11e7-9f8b-c60f3f8f2cfd.mp4)
Finally, you need to add the new profile to the image component. Go to the gallery page and click **Edit**. Under the **Content** tab, scroll down to **Downloads** and enter the name of the profile you created in both the **Versions** fields.
If everything is entered correctly, you'll see your new download version on the site.
---
## Managing Press Site users
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/8b036a20-0810-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-20T15:34:38Z
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
You can see all the users signed up to a press site by going to **Security** and the **Users** tab.
Toggle between **Minimal** and **Detailed** views in the **Display** menu.}
To remove a user, click the X icon next to their name.
---
## Converting an existing site design into a HTML skin
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/65fe9276-080c-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T22:43:49Z
If you are running an event and you want to exactly match the style of your DPG site to an existing site design, you can clone the HTML of the main site to turn it into a skin which can be used with DPG.
> 💡 **Tip:** Creating a custom skin is entirely optional, for most users the best path is to use our easily customisable templates.
The HTML skin consists of a full page of your HTML code, with DPG inserts added to pull in the gallery and other required code from DPG into the areas that you want it to be displayed.
Many people choose to write the HTML skin for the DPG site themselves, basing it on the code from the main site. In this tutorial however we'll show you a quick way of converting an existing design into a DPG skin.
In this guide we'll be using:
* [macOS](https://www.apple.com/uk/macos/)
* [Homebrew](https://brew.sh/)
* [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/)
* [Amazon S3](https://aws.amazon.com/s3/)
* [Transmit](https://panic.com/transmit/)
> 💡 **Tip:** If you don't have a developer on your team but would like a custom HTML skin we can provide this service at an additional cost. Contact support@digitalphotogallery.com for more details.
### Clone the HTML to your local disk
Make sure that you have [Homebrew](https://brew.sh/) installed and then run the command to install wget:
```
brew install wget
```
Create a new folder, cd to it and use the following command to clone the assets from the website that you are integrating with:
```
wget -U firefox -p -k -H http://www.targetdomain.com/
```
### Upload assets to your own server or CDN
Upload your cloned assets to somewhere accessible online, in this example I am using [Transmit](https://panic.com/transmit/) with [Amazon S3](https://aws.amazon.com/s3/).
> 💡 **Tip:** If you have full control of the main site and you have predictable asset locations then you can link to those assets rather than cloning them.
### Re-link all assets
When you ran the wget command it will have downloaded the HTML of the page that you targeted. Locate that file on your local disk and in the code find and replace any linked assets with their new address. Test the local page periodically in a browser to check your progress.
Chrome development tools showing there are still some assets that are missing. Fix all of these kinds of errors before moving to the next step.
While you are re-linking assets you may also want to remove any unused tracking code.
Once there are no more errors check the domain that assets are coming from to make sure no assets are being served from an address you don't have control of.
[Download: galleryexamplenodpgcode.zip](http://media.digitalphotogallery.com/hyqelgcvfopo/downloads/galleryexamplenodpgcode.zip) — Example file at this stage.
### Learn about DPG page layouts
View [this article](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/07414412-b299-11e6-89d4-be279144b405) to learn how to get the current DPG insert code and find out how to apply your HTML code to your DPG gallery.
### Convert the downloaded HTML into a skin
Now that you have a perfect copy of the original page you can start editing it to add in the DPG inserts.
Add in the DPG inserts for header.
Remove the content HTML and replace with the DPG content insert.
Add inserts to the end of the page.
Create your page layout in DPG.
Test your layout on a single page. Once you know that it works correctly, apply it to all pages.
You now have a full working DPG site which matches your main website. Finally, add any links from your main site to point to the new photo gallery.
[Download: galleryexamplewithdpgcode.zip](http://media.digitalphotogallery.com/hyqelgcvfopo/downloads/galleryexamplewithdpgcode.zip) — Finished code from this example.
---
## Adding page collections for additional years
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/0e041d22-ee4b-11e6-bb98-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:24:20Z
Adding a new page collection will create a new set of pages. This allows you to easily update your site over multiple years.
_(Requires edit mode Standard.)_
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/5fde9204-ad3a-11e7-8bde-6210b48a5672/7208a898-ad3a-11e7-8bde-6210b48a5672.mp4)
On the website screen, go to **Pages** and scroll down to click the **Collection** button. Choose your page collection, in this case *Music Festival Press Gallery* and enter the new year in the **Group** field. Click **OK** and wait while your pages are created.
Once that's done, you'll see the newly created pages in the list of all pages. You can create additional individual pages to the new year as necessary.
---
## Adding new sections
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/823a1b3e-f21e-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-11-21T22:20:17Z
Our default templates come with various pre-set pages such as **Days** and **Artists**, but you can easily add more that are specific to your content.
These are created by using keywords and there are two different approaches:
* Simple Keywords - for content which can be described by one keyword, such as *People* or *Fashion*.
* Namespaced Keywords - for content which consists of multiple items within a category, such as artists, venues or stages.
### Simple keywords
If the content can be described by an individual keyword such as **Crowd**, **Fashion** or **People**, then you can use a simple keyword to create a new gallery section. First, [add the chosen keyword](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb) to the images that you want to show in the section.
You can preview how it will look by visiting your gallery page and adding the following string to the URL:
```
?image_keywords=Keyword
```
In the example shown below, we would add:
```
?image_keywords=Secret+Shows
```
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/36a1916c-b504-11e7-9992-d658663aa1e7/52031e26-b504-11e7-9992-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
You can also click on the keyword in the gallery itself.
To add this section to the navigation, you just need to take the last part of the URL and create a navigation item for it.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/bee8892a-b515-11e7-8ce0-d658663aa1e7/cd705586-b515-11e7-8ce0-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Go to **Content** and **Navigation** on the website screen and click the **Create** button. Enter the name and URL for the new item. You'll now see your new link in the navigation.
#### Read more:
* [Controlling navigation items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7)
### Namespaced keywords
If you have content that you want to categorise, such as different venues or activities, then you should use [namespaced keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/df4b3ddc-f221-11e6-b72f-6e61028599f7).
_(Requires edit mode Advanced with Development enabled.)_
Namespaced keywords are displayed on a Keywords page, so we'll start by making a new one.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3babd7d4-b52d-11e7-9b47-1e21557f5317/4c937610-b52d-11e7-9b47-1e21557f5317.mp4)
On the **Pages** screen, click the **Create** button.
Match these options when you create your page, replacing the title and path with your own and the group with the relevant year group.}
{video:9771e4cc-b533-11e7-872e-d658663aa1e7
Once your page is created you need to configure it. Click **Edit** and choose the **Content** tab. Under **Image sources** click **Add** and make sure the correct gallery is selected. If you have several years of galleries, they will show up here.
Click **Add** under **Namespaces**. This is where you enter your namespace keyword, in this case *venue*. This will form the first part of your keywords for this page, such as **venue**:The Big Tent.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can choose the order that the namespaced keywords will appear on the page. For the **Day**: namespace the order should be set as **Creation date**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/0f57e962-b536-11e7-8baa-d658663aa1e7/1cebc7ec-b536-11e7-8baa-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
Finally, once the new keyword page is configured, you can [add a navigation item](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a4ad2c9c-d6cb-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) pointing to the page.
---
## Toggling image protection
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/9489babe-f463-11e6-92f2-6e61028599f7
Last updated: 2017-02-16T16:19:13Z
Most gallery pages have image protection options to help prevent users downloading images by right-clicking, dragging or touching-to-save on mobile devices.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/c6e949b6-101a-11e7-85d1-02daa0202684/d7b4a7ea-101a-11e7-85d1-02daa0202684.mp4)
You can enable these options by clicking the **Edit** button next to the relevant gallery page, then selecting the **Settings** > **Security** tab. Toggle your chosen switches to the on position and click **Update**.
---
## Square crops for lead images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7b5c62e6-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-24T18:56:29Z
Some areas of the gallery use cropped thumbnails to represent items within a section, such as keywords. While DPG will try to intelligently select the best area for the crop, you can also choose it manually using the [crop tool](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/28dc013a-ab85-11e2-bc0b-b8f6b11825bb).
> 💡 **Tip:** The crop selection of an image does not affect the original dimensions or aspect ratio, just the way that it is viewed in the relevant (e.g. square) view.
You can find the **Crop** panel in the sidebar when viewing an individual image.
---
## Setting lead images for keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/334b9e52-080f-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:26:22Z
The lead image for a keyword is the thumbnail which shows on the keyword page. By default, the image with the highest [star rating](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb) will become the lead image for that keyword.
### Using star ratings
We recommend star ratings as your primary method of controlling lead images. If you have multiple websites with the same content (e.g. a press and a public gallery) the highest rated images will be used for both, saving you the need to set them on each site.
In the event that a site needs to be rebuilt in the future, star ratings will also carry over as they are part of the image metadata.
Learn more about star rating content [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb).}
In some situations, multiple keywords may share the same lead image in a gallery. For example, if two artists collaborate at an event and are pictured in the same highest rated photo, their lead image will be the same. In this case, you can set the lead image for each of their artist keywords individually.
### Setting a lead image for a keyword
{video:91b2e724-a783-11e7-82af-b68a4d6fbdb2
Navigate to the gallery set and click the keywords icon. Choose the relevant keyword to edit. Open the **Keyword profile** panel in the sidebar and drag your chosen image to the thumbnail area. This will now show as the lead image for that keyword.
> 💡 **Tip:** Setting the lead image should be done by going through the set first, then the keyword. If the image is in several galleries, you will need to repeat this process for each gallery set.
---
## Setting naming patterns for file downloads
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/54861868-2078-11e7-9feb-6e427e8a5d79
Last updated: 2017-10-02T17:47:42Z
You can set a custom naming pattern for any file downloads on your DPG sites.
### Turn on file renaming
DPG allows you to create two different types of downloads - zip **archives** and individuals **downloads**. You can enable renaming on either or both.
### Enable zip archive renaming
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/308949e8-2079-11e7-8db3-269460a4cb02/474a1752-2079-11e7-8db3-269460a4cb02.mp4)
From the dashboard go to **Settings** and click on the **Downloads** tab. Toggle the **Rename files** switch to the on position. Click **Update**.
This will rename any image archives to your custom naming pattern.
### Enable image download renaming
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b94365cc-2086-11e7-9828-02daa0202684/c93f72c2-2086-11e7-9828-02daa0202684.mp4)
From the website screen, open the **Downloads** panel. Toggle the **Rename** switch to the on position and click **Save**.
This will rename any individual files downloaded from your website to your custom naming pattern.
### Setting up the naming pattern
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/657d1048-207a-11e7-b5fc-269460a4cb02/740b66be-207a-11e7-b5fc-269460a4cb02.mp4)
From the **Downloads** settings screen click on the **Naming Pattern** tab. Click the **Add** button and choose the type of element you want to use as part of the name. Click add.
Repeat this process to create your naming pattern.
### Using namespace keywords
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/ec941bbe-2087-11e7-a46e-269460a4cb02/fe521478-2087-11e7-a46e-269460a4cb02.mp4)
You can use namespace keywords to automatically add information to your files. Click **Add** and choose **Keyword namespace** from the dropdown, then add the namespace keyword in the **Value** field and click the **OK** button.
> 💡 **Tip:** Enter only the first part of the namespace keyword. E.g. for the keyword stage:Main Stage, enter **stage** and the file will have **Main Stage** in the filename.
Preview the naming pattern in this field.}
{detail:336d520c-2093-11e7-ace6-02daa0202684
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/6b8fd1a4-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-21T22:19:54Z
Keywords allow you to organise images, both for internal categorisation and to easily give structure to website galleries. On websites, keyword pages can be used to pull in content with certain keywords, allowing visitors to navigate and discover further.
Keywords can be added by photographers during their editing process, so any important information is captured and attached to content in the system for later use.
### Keyword types
There are two types of keywords - **simple keywords** and **namespaced keywords**.
As you can see by the different icons, *artist*, *day* and *stage* are namespaced keywords, while *Crowd* and *People* are simple keywords.
### Simple Keywords
Simple keywords are useful for organising images by theme, content or descriptor to help users find content. For example, tagging things like *Crowd* or *Fireworks* so that those images are easy to find in future. With large galleries, it's also a good idea to tag best and noteworthy images (we suggest *Highlights*).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/36ec13fc-456c-11e7-892f-2e80af156eae/43dc091e-456c-11e7-892f-2e80af156eae.mp4)
### Namespaced keywords
Namespaced keywords are used to group together keywords of the same type.
They are useful for cataloguing things like artists, areas or events.
This example shows an image with **artist:** and **day:** keywords.}
In the music festival gallery [demo](https://festival.dpg.gallery/2017/artists/) below, the Artists page is configured to pull in images keyworded with the **artist:** namespace. For example, artist:Long Thief and artist:Lovely Vista. This automatically populates the page to show all the artist images from the festival.
{video:2377a18a-4579-11e7-bb0e-2e80af156eae
### Namespaced keyword conventions
Namespaced keywords use this format:
```
namespace:Item
```
* The namespace should always be lowercase followed by a colon (:), e.g. **artist:** or **stage:**
* There should be no space before or after the :, e.g. **artist:Coldplay** not **artist : Coldplay**
* The item after the namespace should be written in standard case e.g. **day:Saturday**
DPG will try and correct some keyword formatting issues for you, but you should still try and follow these rules.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Keywords are case-sensitive so artist:Lana Del Rey is different from artist:LANA DEL REY. Inconsistent capitalisation will result in duplicate keywords showing up in your gallery. You can correct keyword case by using the rename function or by [validating your keywords](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5e5afd2a-4492-11e7-8586-3e1faff2bde0) with the correct case before the event.
### Examples
Some suggestions for festival keywords:
* **day:**Saturday
* **artist:**Taylor Swift
* **stage:**Main Stage
* **area:**Campsite
* Individual keywords such as People, Food and Drink, Fireworks
* Highlights
### Viewing keywords
You can see all the keywords in your account by visiting [the keywords section](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/keywords).
When working on a specific event it's always best to show just the keywords for the gallery you are working on, by going into the relevant set.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/cba98c0e-4567-11e7-bf71-2e80af156eae/e320d0b8-4567-11e7-bf71-2e80af156eae.mp4)
> 💡 **Tip:** You can create a [custom shortcut](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3cdb017a-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) to the Gallery page to make it even easier to navigate there.
### Adding keywords to images
Keywords can be added in image editing software such as Adobe Lightroom and imported by using the **Get details from image metadata** option on the image upload screen in DPG.
Users and admins can add or remove keywords [using the DPG interface](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb).}
### Viewing keywords on the site
You can view images with a specific keyword on the website by adding the following to the gallery URL:
```
?image_keywords=keywordhere
```
For example, to view the Crowd keyword:
https://festival.dpg.gallery/2017/gallery/?image_keywords=Crowd
You can also chain keywords by separating them with a comma in the url:
https://festival.dpg.gallery/2017/gallery/?image_keywords=People,Crowd
this shows the People and Crowd keywords.
### Dynamic keywords
{detail:b713f946-b43e-11e7-9dee-d658663aa1e7
### Keyword profiles
[Keyword profiles](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ce675ac4-63eb-11e6-974d-be279144b405) allow you to add extra information and links to a keyword page, which is great for brands and sponsors or to add information to public galleries.}
### Searching for keywords
{detail:12086f08-b444-11e7-b8c8-1e21557f5317
---
## Validated keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/5e5afd2a-4492-11e7-8586-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-05-31T00:00:21Z
Admins can add validated keywords which are used by the system as the definitive way each keyword will appear. You should double check the title case or stylisation of all artist or stage names, as the case of uploaded keywords will be matched to this list.
> 💡 **Tip:** If the validated keyword is 'stage:Main Stage' and a photographer enters 'stage:MAIN STAGE' the case will be automatically adjusted to match the validated version.
You can validate existing keywords which have already been added to images by following instructions [here](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/50c2c744-7ac9-11e6-8ef6-be279144b405).
### Adding validated keywords
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/e60deffe-4544-11e7-9c78-2e80af156eae/fc5ca00c-4544-11e7-9c78-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Go to **Settings**, **Keywords** and click on the **List** tab. Click the **Add** button and enter your keyword in the text box. Click **OK**.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/3b9e8d7a-4545-11e7-882d-8ef06f2f9be6/4cd2c6a6-4545-11e7-882d-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
You can also enter a comma separated list of multiple keywords in one go.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9a5002e4-4546-11e7-996a-8ef06f2f9be6/b35f9448-4546-11e7-996a-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Once your validated keywords have been added, you can click on the **All** tab to be able to select and copy them. This can be given to Photographers to pre-enter the correct keywords in Adobe Lightroom for their convenience.
### Predefined keywords
Selecting the **Predefined keywords** option for a user means that they will only be able to choose from the validated keywords. Any other keywords they add will be discarded on upload. This does require extra work for admins prior to the event in validating all required keywords, but means that it's impossible for users to make mistakes.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Only select the predefined keywords option if an admin will be able to maintain the list of validated keywords prior to each event.
---
## Keyword cover images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/4512d5e0-457d-11e7-914d-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-11-21T22:06:06Z
The cover image is the thumbnail which shows for each namespace keyword and makes up the keywords page.
By default the keyword cover image will be the one with the highest [star rating](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/72eb50c8-ac07-11e2-b177-b8f6b11825bb). If more than one image shares a 5 star rating, the cover will be rotated at random.
### Setting cover image rating
The easiest way to control the cover image is with the star rating.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/868d35c0-4581-11e7-a9dc-8ef06f2f9be6/98009cc0-4581-11e7-a9dc-8ef06f2f9be6.mp4)
Navigate to your chosen keyword from the Gallery set, select an image and rate it 5. This will set the image as the cover for this keyword.
> 💡 **Tip:** Photographers may use image ratings in their editing process and these ratings are imported on upload. To override this, you can [set a default rating](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/891bae10-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4) in the settings.
### Setting cover image manually
If you require more precise control over the cover image, you can set it manually for each keyword within a set.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/334bb7a8-457f-11e7-b1f1-2e80af156eae/4ee42f2c-457f-11e7-b1f1-2e80af156eae.mp4)
Navigate to your chosen keyword from the Gallery set, open the **Keyword profile** panel and drag an image onto the keyword profile thumbnail.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** As the cover image is saved on a set basis, you will need to repeat this for both the Public and Press sites where relevant.
---
## Using redirects
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/245fdc06-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-03T14:35:36Z
A redirect is a way to send visitors to a different URL from the one they originally requested. For example, you may want to redirect from the main gallery page to the current day's content during a weekend-long festival and to a Highlights page once the event is over.
_(Requires edit mode Advanced.)_
### Adding a redirect
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/b638159e-a7b3-11e7-8c7a-3a377cb6afa6/c8667cec-a7b3-11e7-8c7a-3a377cb6afa6.mp4)
Go to the website requiring the redirect and open the **Redirects** panel in the sidebar. Enter the URL that you want to redirect **From** and **To**.
If you're redirecting within the same website, you only need to add the last part of the domain, for example to redirect from the main homepage to the Days page you should enter from: **/** to: **/2017/days/**
Then click the **Add** button. Once your redirect is added, make sure to visit the website to verify that it redirects as expected.
You can create several redirects ahead of time and remove them at your convenience. If the redirects are going from the same URL, only the first in the list will be active at any one time.}
### Removing a redirect
autoplay
To import a redirect, use the drop down menu to change the Update Method to **Import**. Select a file to import (see below for a sample file) and click the **Add** button.
### Sample redirects
This is a sample set of redirects which you can download and import:
[Download: musicfestival2017publicwebsiteredirects.zip](http://media.digitalphotogallery.com/hyqelgcvfopo/downloads/musicfestival2017publicwebsiteredirects.zip) — Festival Redirects 2017
Once imported this file will add the following redirects:
* From / To /2017/gallery/?image_keywords=day:Thursday
* From / To /2017/gallery/?image_keywords=day:Friday
* From / To /2017/gallery/?image_keywords=day:Saturday
* From / To /2017/gallery/?image_keywords=day:Sunday
* From / To /2017/gallery/?image_keywords=highlights:2017
### Exporting redirects
You can export a set of redirects to use again by clicking the **Export** button. Import this file as necessary.
---
## Website and download statistics
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e43168fc-096b-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:33:43Z
DPG automatically collects a number of different analytics from website visitors.
For more information see [live statistics](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d748c3e8-ac1b-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874) and [detailed statistics](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c85db15e-ac1b-11e2-8b9b-f23c91703874).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/54e20576-67c6-11e6-b912-aab69d8b7bb7/775a2a52-67c6-11e6-81c7-aab69d8b7bb7.mp4)
### Accessing analytics
You'll see the **Statistics** section on your dashboard and in the main menu.
Click the **Websites** option. }
**Search** - live and popular search data.
---
## Team performance
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/aa5ac24a-096b-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-18T23:01:29Z
You can generate graphs to show team performance for any set with images in DPG. This shows images shot and uploaded per hour, as well as a graph of the total content in the set by each creator.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2de7998e-b44d-11e7-965b-d658663aa1e7/4d3724b2-b44d-11e7-965b-d658663aa1e7.mp4)
To generate a graph, go to your gallery set and click on the clock icon.
---
## Exif data
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ef68aa5a-096b-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-18T23:01:29Z
You can analyse the Exif statistics for all of the images in your account or just those in a specific set.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/09ec96a4-b454-11e7-a631-1e21557f5317/22ad89e6-b454-11e7-a631-1e21557f5317.mp4)
Click the graph icon on any image overview screen to see the Exif statistics.
---
## Set default view order for images, sets and keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/891bae10-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:40:52Z
You can set defaults for a number of account settings, such as the default view order and star rating on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_options).
> 💡 **Tip:** Changing the default rating may be useful if your photographers use star ratings as part of their workflow and you don't want these to be imported on upload.
---
## Find images without title or keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ac015fb0-0811-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-09T19:23:34Z
DPG allows you to find images sorted by various metadata and other properties. This can be useful for checking if images lacking information such as keywords or titles haven't been missed accidentally.
### View images by keywords count
To find images with no keywords, go to **Images** > **Metadata** > **Keywords count**, or visit [this link](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/metadata/keywords_count).}
### Other information
{detail:1382b0f8-ad25-11e7-9143-c60f3f8f2cfd
> 💡 **Tip:** Add a [custom menu item](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/91dbde3a-d638-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7) shortcut for easy access to any of these links.
---
## Custom menu items for shortcuts
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3cdb017a-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:41:42Z
As an admin or a picture editor you may find that you are visiting the same sets on DPG repeatedly. To make this easier, you can create [custom menu items](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/91dbde3a-d638-11e6-a00c-6e61028599f7).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/696ded6a-ee0e-11e6-971d-8e12dd763e7d/7648134e-ee0e-11e6-971d-8e12dd763e7d.mp4)
Click the heart icon on any page that you want to add to your custom menu. Go to **Manage** to rename or delete shortcuts.
---
## Duplicate images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ee4e48dc-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:42:18Z
Duplicate images can appear when the same image has been uploaded multiple times.
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/abefdd32-a912-11e7-a5b4-3a377cb6afa6/c5ecb3e0-a912-11e7-a5b4-3a377cb6afa6.mp4)
You can find duplicates by going to **Images** and **Duplicates**, or following [this link](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/images/duplicates).
Before deleting duplicates, always check if any of them are inside sets, or you could delete an image from a live site in favour of one that isn't.
---
## Images stuck in processing
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/fc2442cc-080d-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-04T15:16:24Z
If you have images which are stuck then you should use the [debug screen](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/01b5fa52-aeb9-11e2-b037-22b8e83b8e79).
---
## Image uploaded, but can’t be seen on the site
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/079fd1ca-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-10-03T21:48:08Z
If you can't see an image on the site, the first thing to check is that it's in the correct set.
> 💡 **Tip:** Make sure that you're checking the **[testing address](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/11817342-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4)** of your website, or it may be cached.
Use the **Sets** panel on the review screen to check that the image is in the correct set.
Look out for images that have been added to a set above the correct one, such as the 2017 set instead of the correct Gallery set inside it.}
{detail:2c8c146e-a883-11e7-9c28-b68a4d6fbdb2
---
## Site has not updated
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/11817342-080e-11e6-8390-16474ff850f4
Last updated: 2017-11-15T19:48:02Z
Each DPG site should have two hosts - a **public** one and a **testing** one. If you have made changes, but don't see them reflected on the public address - check your testing site. The testing address is not cached and will update in real time.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Testing hosts are not indexed by search engines and are slower than public hosts, so you should avoid sharing testing addresses publicly.
### Finding your testing address
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2bc87412-a87b-11e7-ab80-b68a4d6fbdb2/3b39c2e8-a87b-11e7-ab80-b68a4d6fbdb2.mp4)
You can find your site's addresses in the **Hosts** tab on the website screen.
### The public host
The public host exists behind a cache layer which updates adaptively depending on traffic. During low traffic these updates will be fast, but once it hits a certain threshold it starts caching more aggressively. Cached pages are then updated in the background so that visitors always land on a pre-rendered page. This allows the site to be stable even under extremely high traffic.
---
## Image metadata issues
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f5a3d20e-6ab0-11e6-bf8c-be279144b405
Last updated: 2017-10-03T20:12:03Z
If you are seeing an upload error such as:
```
Your editing software is removing important Metadata, update your export settings and reupload.
```
then your image is missing its metadata. Metadata is used in a variety of ways in DPG, one of which is the date and time the image was captured. This allows images to be sorted into the correct order, so it's important that it isn't stripped on export.
If you are getting this error, export your images with the metadata included and try uploading them again.
### Exporting with metadata in Adobe Photoshop
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/9ba69c22-a86d-11e7-ae95-3a377cb6afa6/b93770fe-a86d-11e7-ae95-3a377cb6afa6.mp4)
In Photoshop this should be as simple as using the **File > Save As** command.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Avoid using commands such as **Save for Web** in Photoshop, as this will strip all metadata.
### Exporting with metadata in Adobe Lightroom
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/2eeff42a-a872-11e7-8bc3-b68a4d6fbdb2/522f7f82-a872-11e7-8bc3-b68a4d6fbdb2.mp4)
When exporting in Lightroom, make sure that your export preferences are set to **All Metadata**.
---
## Shifting Exif dates
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f8a4332e-18af-11e7-809f-7a458206432c
Last updated: 2017-10-03T18:18:52Z
If a member of your team has uploaded images with their camera set to an incorrect time, you can adjust this using the time shift feature. This offsets the date/time of affected images to correct the **Date taken** recorded in DPG.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** To be able to input the shift syntax your date picker must be set to **Date picker** not **Date & Time** on the [settings screen](https://admin.digitalphotogallery.com/account/settings#images_options).
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/725f0ee2-18b4-11e7-b352-02daa0202684/97a03c3a-18b4-11e7-b352-02daa0202684.mp4)
Select images on the overview screen. Open the **Image information** panel and enter your desired time shift in the **Image creation time**. Click **Update**.
> 💡 **Tip:** You can use [this tool](https://www.timeanddate.com/date/timeduration.html) to help you work out the difference between two times.
You can see the new **Date taken** and the original **Shifted from** on any time-shifted images by clicking on the image information icon.
### Examples
Time shifts are entered in words and can be done in years, months, days, hours and minutes. Here are some examples:
Move time back by 1 hour:
```
Shift Exif back 1 hour
```
Move time ahead by 1 hour 20 minutes:
```
Shift Exif forward 1 hour 20 minutes
```
A more complex time move:
```
Shift Exif forward 1 year 2 days 4 hours
```
Reset back to original Exif date and time from camera:
```
Shift Exif forward 0 hours
```
> 💡 **Tip:** Time shifts are always relative to the original image Exif date and time. If you shift an image by one hour then want to shift it by another hour, you should enter **Shift Exif forward 2 hours**. If in doubt, just reset back to the original time and start again!
---
## Colour space warning
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/014b865a-4ed2-11e7-b117-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2017-10-03T17:47:19Z
If you are seeing the following error on the upload screen:
```
This image is not using the recommended sRGB colour space. Please update your export settings and reupload.
```
This error flags that you are using a colour space which is not currently fully supported by all web browsers. This means that your images, though they will look normal on your machine after export, won't show the correct colours on the web. You should change the export settings in your editing software and export the images again using the **sRGB colour space**.
Below you can see a comparison of the same photograph exported in two different colour spaces. On the left, the colours of the sRGB image look as they should. If you drag the slider, you can see the difference to the colours on the right which look dull and distorted.
### Setting the colour space
[▶ Video](https://cache.dpg.media/hyqelgcvfopo/videos/eb41debc-4ed2-11e7-b921-2e80af156eae/0eec8fe2-4ed3-11e7-b921-2e80af156eae.mp4)
On the export screen of your editing software, select **sRGB** from the colour space options.
---
## Troubleshooting keywords
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c18dc37e-52c9-11e7-8fdf-3e1faff2bde0
Last updated: 2020-02-04T19:10:12Z
Below you can see some examples of common keyword issues. If you need to remove or rename a keywords, see [this article.](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/eb94ce26-ab82-11e2-bb5f-b8f6b11825bb)
### Not separating keywords with a comma
❌ If keywords aren't separated by a comma, they'll appear as one long keyword and namespaces won't function.}
{detail:7676e014-52ce-11e7-9ed3-8ef06f2f9be6
### Misspelling keywords
❌ Keywords which are spelled wrong look messy and make it difficult for images to be found via search. It's a good idea to provide photographers with a list of keywords so that everyone uses a consistent spelling.}
### Misspelling or missing namespace
{detail:fbdd7408-5dbd-11e7-aa30-2e80af156eae
❌ Keyword is missing its namespace, for example **artist:**.}
{detail:de86d95e-5dc1-11e7-88fb-2e80af156eae
### Inconsistent capitalisation
❌ If you are seeing duplicate keywords then the most likely cause is that keywords have been entered using a variety of different cases.}
{detail:5901efc4-a878-11e7-a60f-b68a4d6fbdb2
### Unnecessary or duplicate keywords
❌ It's a good idea to brief photographers to stick to the provided list of keywords. Information such as photo credits and copyright information shouldn't be included as keywords.}
{detail:39807726-5dd0-11e7-8c3d-8ef06f2f9be6
---
## iOS & Android
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/c80e8d2e-9170-11e7-8d41-76c92ec7a447
Last updated: 2017-10-23T19:10:29Z
You can create a mobile optimised DPG gallery and integrate it into your iOS & Android apps using WebView or alternatively use our [API](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/category/c2cdaf84-eed6-11e2-8302-22b8e83b8e79) to pull in images.
---
## Overview
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a55c3278-6385-471f-a4ea-4d26a80cb9c0
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:28Z
The DPG API lets you do everything you'd normally do with your images in the admin, only from your own code: browse, search, upload, keyword, caption, arrange into sets, publish and download. It's a versioned REST interface that speaks JSON.
The current version is **`/v1`**, and it lives at:
```
https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/v1
```
We publish the whole contract as an OpenAPI 3.1 specification, so you can generate a client straight from it. And because every request is checked as it arrives, a mistake comes back to you as a clear, readable error rather than quietly reaching your data.
> 💡 **Tip:** New to this? The Quickstart takes you from an empty account to your first authenticated call in a few minutes.
### What you can do
- **Images.** Browse and search your whole library; filter by keyword, rating, Exif, capture date and more; read every version and its URL; and edit titles, descriptions, ratings, crops, keywords and metadata.
- **Sets.** Read your set hierarchy, add and remove images, reorder them, and control when a set goes live.
- **Uploads.** Send files to your account's image processor through a short-lived, signed ticket.
- **Downloads and archives.** Get secure, expiring download links and build ZIP archives.
### How it works
A few ideas run through the whole API, so once you've met them everything feels familiar:
- Every object has a stable **`public_uuid`**, and every list paginates the same way.
- Every write takes an **`Idempotency-Key`**, so if a request times out you can safely send it again without doubling up.
- **`GET /v1/me`** tells you exactly what your token is allowed to do.
- Every error comes back in the same shape, with a machine-readable code and the field that caused it.
- And if you're pointing an AI agent at the API, there's a plain-language guide at **`/llms.txt`** and the full contract at **`/llms-full.txt`**.
[Open the OpenAPI specification](https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/openapi.v1.yaml)
### Reads and writes
You authenticate with a bearer token, then read or write JSON:
```
curl https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/v1/images \
-H "Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN"
```
Reads hand you the data straight away. Writes work a little differently: they return an **Operation** (a `202` response) that you poll until it's finished. The [Operations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313) guide explains it in full.
### Where to go next
These guides are written to be read in order:
1. [Quickstart](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7ef0919d-76b2-443f-ae48-b44ac65cd678). Turn the API on, make a token, and make your first call.
2. [Authentication](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1667f446-73dd-43ab-b737-de59974d8845). Service tokens, signing users in, and scopes.
3. [How writes work: Operations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313). The asynchronous model, and idempotency.
4. [Working with images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a1c55e31-6b9e-49b2-98bb-2bd6ecea5d1f). Browsing, searching and editing.
5. [Sets & galleries](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/67afa745-7507-4e62-98f8-4eaf64e55362). Hierarchy, membership, order and going live.
6. [Keywords, metadata & enrichment](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d059236a-1d78-47d3-b781-f290133681c8). The editorial side.
7. [Uploading images](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ed720389-054e-4037-b8d6-98771af4bff9). The signed-ticket flow.
8. [Downloads & archives](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ceaec2dd-2c1d-4da9-a962-f2d217ecf4e7). Download links and ZIP bundles.
9. [Errors, rate limits & conventions](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e78e2cca-e45b-4a85-b4c9-ffd0b5ce3e76). The things that apply everywhere.
10. [Building with AI agents](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f7ab02ff-e7a5-419b-a76c-3f97b3fdc870). Pointing a language model at your gallery.
---
## Quickstart
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/7ef0919d-76b2-443f-ae48-b44ac65cd678
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:30Z
This guide gets you from nothing to your first authenticated response in a few minutes. You'll switch the API on, make a token, and read from your account.
### 1. Switch on API access
The API is off until you turn it on. An account administrator does this once, in the admin under **Settings → API → Settings**: switch **API Access** on and click **Update**.
> 💡 **Tip:** Every endpoint checks this switch first. Until it's on, you'll get `403 api_not_enabled` no matter which token you use.
### 2. Make a token
For a server-to-server integration, the credential you want is a **service token**: an account-wide key you send as a bearer token. You make one in the admin under **Settings → API → API Tokens**. Give it a name, choose the scopes it needs (start read-only), and create it.
Your token looks like `dpg_api_live_…`, and you'll only see the full value once, so copy it somewhere safe as soon as it's created.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Treat a token like a password. Anyone who has it can act on your account within its scopes. You can revoke it at any time from the same **API Tokens** screen.
### 3. Make your first call
Ask the API who you are and what you're allowed to do:
```
curl https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/v1/me \
-H "Authorization: Bearer dpg_api_live_YOUR_TOKEN"
```
```json
{
"account": { "uuid": "…", "name": "My Festival", "unique_id": "myfest" },
"service_token": { "uuid": "…", "name": "My integration" },
"capabilities": ["api.images.read"]
}
```
That `capabilities` list is exactly what your token can do, and it's worth a look before you try a write.
### 4. Read some images
```
curl "https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/v1/images?limit=5" \
-H "Authorization: Bearer dpg_api_live_YOUR_TOKEN"
```
You'll get back a JSON array of images, each with its `public_uuid`, title, metadata and version URLs. Keep an eye on the `X-Has-More` and `X-Next-Offset` response headers; they tell you whether there's another page to fetch.
### Where to next
[Authentication](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1667f446-73dd-43ab-b737-de59974d8845) covers scopes and the sign-in flow for user tokens, and [Operations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313) covers the one idea behind every change you'll make.
[Open the OpenAPI specification](https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/openapi.v1.yaml)
---
## Authentication
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/1667f446-73dd-43ab-b737-de59974d8845
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:31Z
Every request you make carries a bearer token:
```
Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN
```
There are two kinds, depending on who's doing the calling.
### Service tokens
A **service token** (`dpg_api_live_…`) stands for an integration rather than a person. It's account-wide, you make it in the admin under **Settings → API → API Tokens**, and you send it straight through as a bearer token with no sign-in step. This is what you want for a server, a script or an automated workflow.
What a service token can do is set by its **scopes**:
| Scope | What it grants |
|---|---|
| `api.images.read` | Read images, sets, keywords and facets |
| `api.images.write` | Edit image fields |
| `api.images.delete` | Delete images |
| `api.keywords.write` | Add, remove and rename keywords |
| `api.ratings.write` | Set ratings |
| `api.metadata.write` | Edit metadata, crop, alt-text and credits |
| `api.sets.write` | Create and edit sets, membership, order and go-live |
| `api.upload` | Upload images |
| `api.download` | Resolve downloads and build archives |
Give a token only the scopes it needs. You can also set an expiry, restrict it to certain IP addresses, and cap the size of a request.
> 💡 **Tip:** `GET /v1/me` shows you a token's live capabilities. It's the quickest way to check it's scoped the way you meant.
### User tokens
When your software is acting for a signed-in person, like a mobile or desktop app, use the sign-in flow instead. It hands out short-lived access tokens tied to that user's own permissions.
1. `POST /v1/auth/sign_in` with `login`, `password` and a `device` descriptor.
- If the user has two-factor turned on, you'll get an `mfa_token` back; finish the sign-in with `POST /v1/auth/mfa` and their current authenticator code.
- Otherwise you'll get a `refresh_token` and the accounts they can work on.
2. `POST /v1/auth/token` with the `refresh_token` and an `account_uuid` gives you a 15-minute **access token** for that account.
3. When it runs out, call `/v1/auth/token` again with your latest `refresh_token`. The refresh token changes every time you use it, so always keep the newest one.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Refresh tokens are single-use, and they rotate on every call. If an old one turns up again we treat it as a sign the token has leaked and end that device's session, so only ever store the most recent one.
Signing in is rate limited, both per IP address and per login, and a throttled request comes back as `429` with a `Retry-After` header.
### Which one should you use?
For an integration or an automated workflow, use a **service token**. It's simpler, and it's what the rest of these guides assume. For an app that people log into, use the **user flow**.
---
## How writes work (Operations)
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:33Z
When you read from the API you get your answer straight away. Writing works a little differently, and it's worth understanding before you start making changes, because every write in the API behaves the same way.
### Why a write gives you an Operation
Some image work takes real time: regenerating versions, building an archive, moving thousands of photos between sets. That work runs through the image processor, so a write doesn't sit and wait for it. Instead it:
1. takes your request and replies with **`202 Accepted`** and an **Operation**, then
2. does the work in the background, moving the Operation to `succeeded` or `failed`.
You poll the Operation until it's done.
```
PATCH /v1/images/{public_uuid}
Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN
Idempotency-Key: 8f14e45f-ceea-467a-9e0b-1a2b3c4d5e6f
Content-Type: application/json
{ "title": "Main Stage, Friday headline" }
```
```json
{
"uuid": "op-7c9e…",
"status": "succeeded",
"type": "update",
"image_public_uuids": ["be66ea4e-…"],
"result": { "message": "Updated successfully." }
}
```
Then keep polling:
```
GET /v1/operations/op-7c9e…
```
until `status` reads `succeeded` or `failed`.
> 💡 **Tip:** Most operations finish almost instantly and come back already `succeeded` in that first `202`. It's still worth polling, so your code copes gracefully with the ones that take a moment longer.
### Idempotency
Every write needs an **`Idempotency-Key`** header. It can be any unique value for the action you're performing, and a UUID does the job nicely.
- Send the **same key with the same body** again and you'll get the original Operation straight back, with the work done only once. So if a request times out, you can safely retry it.
- Send the **same key with a different body** and you'll get `409 idempotency_key_conflict`.
That's what makes writing safe to automate: a dropped connection never turns into a duplicate edit.
### Polling without the waste
When you read an Operation, send back the `ETag` you were given as `If-None-Match`. While nothing has changed you'll get a tiny `304 Not Modified` back, so polling all the way to the finish costs next to nothing.
### In short
Write, get an Operation (`202`), then poll until it's `succeeded` or `failed`. Always send an `Idempotency-Key`. Every write in the API follows this same pattern.
---
## Working with images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/a1c55e31-6b9e-49b2-98bb-2bd6ecea5d1f
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:35Z
This guide is about finding your images and editing them.
### Finding and searching
`GET /v1/images` is where you find things. On its own it lists your library newest first, and you narrow it with filters that all stack together:
- `?query=` searches the full text of your library (titles, keywords, filenames, dates and metadata), ranked by relevance. It understands `+must-have -exclude "exact phrase" wild*`.
- `?keyword=` and `?namespace=` filter by a keyword, optionally within a namespace.
- `?rating=` and `?min_rating=` filter by your editorial rating.
- `?exif_property=` and `?exif_value=` filter by Exif, like camera make, lens or ISO.
- `?created_at_from/to`, `?updated_at_from/to` and `?creation_date_from/to` are three separate date ranges: when a photo was uploaded, when it was last changed, and when it was actually taken.
- `?has_video`, `?has_geo` and `?bbox=` filter by video, geotag and map area.
```
curl "https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/v1/images?query=sunset&min_rating=4&limit=20" \
-H "Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN"
```
Results come back in pages: use `?limit` (up to 200) and `?offset`, and let the `X-Has-More` and `X-Next-Offset` response headers tell you when there's more to fetch.
To read a single image, `GET /v1/images/{public_uuid}` gives you the lot: its keywords, rating, metadata, which sets it's in, and every version with its URL. If you only want the versions, there's `GET /v1/images/{public_uuid}/versions`.
> 💡 **Tip:** Image URLs come from whichever media CDN your account is set to use, so don't hard-code a host; always use the `url` a version gives you.
### Editing
`PATCH /v1/images/{public_uuid}` changes the main fields. Send whichever ones you want to change:
```
PATCH /v1/images/{public_uuid}
Idempotency-Key:
{ "title": "…", "description": "…", "creation_date": "2026-07-03", "rotation": 90 }
```
Like any write, it hands you back an Operation to poll (see [Operations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313)). `rotation` has to be `0`, `90`, `180` or `270`, and `creation_date` can be any date or timestamp we can parse.
To delete an image, use `DELETE /v1/images/{public_uuid}`. That one needs the `api.images.delete` scope.
Keywords, ratings, metadata, crop, alt-text and credits each have their own endpoints, over in [Keywords, metadata & enrichment](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d059236a-1d78-47d3-b781-f290133681c8).
> ⚠️ **Warning:** Every text field is checked against its length before it's saved. If something's too long you get a `400 validation` back that names the exact field, so you can fix it and try again. Nothing is ever quietly cut short.
---
## Sets & galleries
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/67afa745-7507-4e62-98f8-4eaf64e55362
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:37Z
Sets are how your images are grouped and ordered, and they're what your public galleries are built from. They nest inside each other, so a set can hold both images and other sets.
### Reading sets
- `GET /v1/sets` gives you the top-level sets. Add `?parent_public_uuid=` to get a set's children, in the order that set is arranged in.
- `GET /v1/sets/tree` gives you the whole nested structure in one go, ready to draw as a folder tree.
- `GET /v1/sets/{public_uuid}` gives you a single set, with its counts and which website it's on.
- `GET /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/images` gives you the images in a set, in the order the gallery shows them.
### Building and arranging
These are all writes, so each one hands back an Operation to poll and needs an `Idempotency-Key`.
- `POST /v1/sets` creates a set (a `name`, and optionally a `parent_public_uuid`, `colour`, `description` and `type`).
- `PATCH /v1/sets/{public_uuid}` renames it, recolours it, sets its lead image, or moves it under a new parent.
- `POST` and `DELETE /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/images` add and remove images (`image_public_uuids: […]`).
- `PATCH /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/order` sets the order of the images.
- `PATCH /v1/sets/reorder` sets the order of the sets themselves.
```
POST /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/images
Idempotency-Key:
{ "image_public_uuids": ["be66ea4e-…", "c0ffee00-…"] }
```
> 💡 **Tip:** `colour` and `type` take the same fixed choices as the admin, so an off-palette colour or an unknown type is turned away rather than saved.
### Going live, and holding back
When you're ready to publish, `PATCH /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/visibility` is the tool. It sets whether particular images are hidden, and if you give it an `activation_time` it will bring embargoed images out at exactly the moment you choose. That's how you prepare a shoot in advance and release it on a deadline.
Every time you rearrange a set we take a snapshot of it first, so you can always go back: `GET /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/snapshots` lists them and `POST /v1/sets/{public_uuid}/restore` puts one back.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** `hidden` has to be a real `true` or `false`. We won't guess at anything in between, so a stray value can never accidentally publish images you're holding back.
---
## Keywords, metadata & enrichment
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/d059236a-1d78-47d3-b781-f290133681c8
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:38Z
These are the endpoints for the editorial side of an image: its keywords, metadata, rating, crop, alt-text and credits. Each one is a write, so it comes back as an Operation and needs an `Idempotency-Key`.
### Keywords
DPG keywords can be **namespaced**, which just means grouping them under an axis, in the form `axis:value` (for example `artist:Marina`). We store the two parts together but hand them back to you split, so you can filter by a plain value within an axis.
- `POST /v1/images/{public_uuid}/keywords` adds keywords, like `{ "keywords": ["sunset", "artist:Marina"] }` (up to 200 at a time). Add a colon to namespace one.
- `DELETE /v1/images/{public_uuid}/keywords` removes one, either by its full form or by the bare value plus a `namespace`.
- `POST /v1/keywords/rename` renames a keyword across a whole batch of your images at once, which is handy for tidying up a name that was spelled a few different ways.
- `GET /v1/keywords` and `GET /v1/keywords/namespaces` show you the account's vocabulary and its axes, with counts.
### Metadata
`PUT /v1/images/{public_uuid}/metadata` writes the IPTC fields: creator, copyright, contact details, usage terms and the rest. Send just the ones you want to set:
```
PUT /v1/images/{public_uuid}/metadata
Idempotency-Key:
{ "creator": "Jane Doe", "copyright_notice": "© 2026 Jane Doe", "copyright_marked": true }
```
Your reusable master profiles are at `GET /v1/metadata_profiles`.
### Ratings, crop, alt-text and credits
- `PUT /v1/images/{public_uuid}/rating` sets the rating, from 0 to 5.
- `PUT /v1/images/{public_uuid}/crop` sets a crop for an aspect ratio (in whole pixels), and `DELETE` clears it.
- `PUT /v1/images/{public_uuid}/alt_text` sets the accessibility text.
- `POST` and `DELETE /v1/images/{public_uuid}/credits` add and remove credit lines, like a stylist or an agency.
- `POST /v1/images/{public_uuid}/extract_metadata` pulls the caption, keywords and date that are already embedded in the file into the fields you can edit.
> 💡 **Tip:** If you're making the same change across a lot of images, the batch endpoint (`POST /v1/operations/batch`) runs up to 50 of these in a single call. There's more on it in the **Errors, rate limits & conventions** guide.
---
## Uploading images
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ed720389-054e-4037-b8d6-98771af4bff9
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:40Z
When you upload through the API, the image itself doesn't pass through the API. We give you a short-lived, signed ticket, and you send the file straight to your account's image processor, which is built to take it.
### How it works
**1.** Call `POST /v1/uploads` with the image's details: `filename`, `title`, `description`, `keywords`, `creation_date`, `set_public_uuid` and `read_metadata`. We check all of it here and bake it into the ticket.
```
POST /v1/uploads
Idempotency-Key:
{ "filename": "IMG_1234.jpg", "title": "Sound check", "set_public_uuid": "…" }
```
**2.** You get a ticket back:
```json
{
"upload_url": "https://…imageprocessor…",
"file_field": "file",
"fields": { "…signed envelope…" },
"transaction_uuid": "…"
}
```
**3.** Send the file as `multipart/form-data` to `upload_url`, including every entry from `fields` along with the file itself as the `file` part.
**4.** The processor creates the image and hands back its `image_public_uuid`, which you can then read with `GET /v1/images/{that}`.
> 💡 **Tip:** Send your titles, captions and keywords to `POST /v1/uploads`, not as extra parts on the upload. We check them there and put them into `fields` for you, so all you have to do is pass `fields` back exactly as they came.
> ⚠️ **Warning:** The ticket doesn't last long. Ask for it and upload promptly, and don't hold on to a ticket to reuse later.
---
## Downloads & archives
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/ceaec2dd-2c1d-4da9-a962-f2d217ecf4e7
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:42Z
The API can hand you secure, time-limited download links, including for the private original that never appears on your public CDN, and it can build ZIP archives whenever you need them.
### Downloading a single file
`POST /v1/downloads` gives you a signed URL for one version of an image:
```
POST /v1/downloads
Idempotency-Key:
{ "image_public_uuid": "be66ea4e-…", "version": "original" }
```
```json
{ "url": "https://…signed…", "filename": "IMG_1234.jpg", "access": "private", "expires_at": 1783099999 }
```
The link works until the time in `expires_at`, then it stops. Leave `version` out and you'll get the largest version we can serve. This one needs the `api.download` scope.
### Building a ZIP archive
When you want a lot of images at once, build an archive:
- `POST /v1/archives` with `image_public_uuids: […]` (and, if you like, a `version_profile_uuid` and a `filename`) kicks off the build and hands back an Operation to poll.
- `GET /v1/archives` lists the archives your account has ready, each with a link you can share, its size, how many images it holds, and when it expires.
```
POST /v1/archives
Idempotency-Key:
{ "image_public_uuids": ["…", "…"], "filename": "friday-selects" }
```
> 💡 **Tip:** Archives are the way to send a whole selection to a client. The build happens in the background as an Operation, so poll it, then share the link from `GET /v1/archives`.
---
## Errors, rate limits & conventions
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/e78e2cca-e45b-4a85-b4c9-ffd0b5ce3e76
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:44Z
A handful of things behave the same way on every endpoint. Once you know them, the rest of the API holds no surprises.
### The error format
Whenever something goes wrong, the response has the same shape:
```json
{
"error": {
"code": "validation",
"message": "…a readable explanation…",
"detail": "title must be at most 191 characters",
"field": "title",
"request_id": "…"
}
}
```
`code` is a stable machine name you can switch on, `detail` and `field` tell you exactly what to put right, and `request_id` is the reference to give us if you ever need to ask. You'll see codes like `unauthorized`, `forbidden`, `api_not_enabled`, `validation`, `image_not_found`, `idempotency_key_conflict`, `rate_limited` and `payload_too_large`.
> 💡 **Tip:** Because a `400 validation` tells you the field and the rule it broke, a program can read that, correct itself and try again, with nobody watching.
### Paging
Lists take `?limit` (50 by default, up to 200) and `?offset`, and every list sets two response headers so you always know where you stand:
- `X-Has-More` is `true` or `false`.
- `X-Next-Offset` is the `?offset` to use for the next page.
Keep going while `X-Has-More` is `true`.
### Rate limits
Signing in and MFA are rate limited. If you go over, you get `429 rate_limited` back with a `Retry-After` header telling you how many seconds to wait. Wait that long before trying again.
### Cheap polling
Every GET returns an `ETag`. Send it back as `If-None-Match`, and if nothing has changed you get an empty `304 Not Modified`, which is easy on both ends, especially over a slow or metered connection.
### Doing a lot at once
`POST /v1/operations/batch` runs up to 50 writes in a single request, so you can add keywords, set ratings and move images between sets all together. It hands back one summary plus a child Operation for each item, and the whole batch is checked before any of it runs, so it's all-or-nothing.
### Idempotency, once more
Every write takes an `Idempotency-Key`. The same key with the same body gives you back the original result, safely; the same key with a different body gives you a `409`. There's more in [Operations](https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/2811a89b-e9f5-413a-b05c-7bb20b699313).
---
## Building with AI agents
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/f7ab02ff-e7a5-419b-a76c-3f97b3fdc870
Last updated: 2026-07-03T17:22:53Z
We've built the API so that an AI agent, whether that's a Codex or Claude-style assistant or something you've written yourself, can pick it up and run your gallery with very little help. If you're wiring the API into an agent, this is the place to start.
### Everything in one read: llms.txt
Point your agent at:
```
https://api.digitalphotogallery.com/llms.txt
```
It's a plain-language brief: how to authenticate, how writes work, idempotency, identifiers, paging, rate limits and the error format, all sized to read in a single fetch. There's also `/llms-full.txt`, which adds the entire specification inline, so an agent can take the whole thing in at once.
### Turning the spec into tools
The OpenAPI specification at `/openapi.v1.yaml` carries every request and response, all the limits (lengths, allowed values, ranges) and worked examples. Most agent frameworks turn that straight into tools your agent can call, so it checks a request against the same rules we do before it ever sends one.
### Why it works well for agents
- It's self-describing: `GET /v1/me` tells the agent what it's allowed to do.
- It's self-correcting: a `400` names the field and the rule, so the agent can fix it and carry on.
- It's safe to retry: idempotency keys mean a confused or interrupted agent never makes the same change twice.
- It backs off politely: a `429` carries a `Retry-After`, so the agent knows how long to wait.
> 💡 **Tip:** The one thing to get across to an agent is that writes are asynchronous. It should send the request, take the Operation it gets back, and poll that Operation to see what happened. The `status` is what's true, not the fact that the request was accepted.
---
## Install Wget
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/138f7464-d845-11e2-bbd6-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-08-23T22:35:01Z
---
## Clone Assets
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/3853a682-d848-11e2-bbd6-22b8e83b8e79
Last updated: 2017-08-23T18:44:17Z
---
## Site quota reached
Source: https://support.digitalphotogallery.com/articles/article/10c72f02-3634-11ea-8132-5684601e5062
Last updated: 2020-01-13T19:08:48Z
This error means that you've created the maximum number of websites allowed within your plan.
You can upgrade the account to create more.